(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Southern College Catalog 1992-93"

ft ft., r 



ijtf&&*~ 



%*. 



1992-1993 Catalog 



Collegedale Campus 

Mailing Address: 
EO. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 

FAX: (615) 238-3001 

Telephone: 

General Number, (615) 238-2111 
Admissions information, 
Nationwide, 1-800-SOUTHERN 
(1-800-768-8437) 









Orlando Campus 

Mailing Address: 

Nursing Department 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 
Orlando, FL 32803 

FAX: (407) 897-5572 

Telephone: (407) 897-1890 












In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be factually accurate. 
The publisher assumes no responsibility for editorial, clerical, or printing errors. The 
information presented is, at the time of printing, an accurate description of course 
offerings, policies, and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog, 
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the college and the 
student The college reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any 
time, without prior notice. 

MeKEEUBRART 

Southern Advenfet Untanfy 

P.O. Box 629 

CoSegedale.™ 37315 



Table of Contents 



Academic Calendar 3 

This Is Southern College 6 

Admissions 10 

Financial Policies 15 

Student Costs 15 

Housing 17 

Methods of Payment 20 

Financial Aid 30 

Student Life and Services 42 

Academic Policies 47 

Degree Requirements 48 

General Education Requirements 51 

Departments of Instruction 77-267 

Allied Health 77 

Art 85 

Behavioral Science 88 

Biology 95 

Business & Office Administration 105 

Chemistry 122 

Computer Science and Technology 127 

Education and Psychology 137 

Engineering Studies 161 

English and Speech 164 

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 171 

History 180 

Industrial Technology 187 

Journalism and Communication 192 

Mathematics 204 

Modern Languages 210 

Music 214 

Nondepartmental 227 

Nursing 229 

Physics 242 

Religion 250 

Interdepartmental Programs 266,267 

General Studies 266 

Medical Science 266 

Non-degree Pre-professional Programs 268-273 

Anesthesia 268 

Dentistry 268 

Law 269 

Medicine 270 

Optometry 271 

Osteopathic Medicine 272 

Pharmacy 272 

Veterinary Medicine 273 

The Registry 274 

Index 289 



• 






#<* Academic Calendar 

$&1_ 1992-93 School Year 

>Y^The Southern College summer term consists of four 4- week 
sessions. Students in attendance during the 1991-92 school year 
may register at any time during the week immediately preceding 
the session. 

1st Summer Session 

May 5 Registration 

May 5 Classes Begin 

May 6 Late Registration Fee 

May 7 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

May 15 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a W" 

May 22 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive H F" 

May 29 Classes End 

2nd Summer Session 

June 2 Registration 

June 2 Classes Begin 

June 3 Late Registration Fee 

June 4 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

June 12 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a ,f W" 

June 19 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive T" 

June 26 Classes End 

3rd Summer Session 

June 29 Registration 

June 29 Classes Begin 

June 30 Late Registration Fee 

July 1 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

July 3 Independence Day Observed 

July 10 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

July 17 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

July 24 Classes End 

4th Summer Session 

July 26 Registration 

July 27 Classes Begin 

July 29 Late Registration Fee 

July 29 Last Day to Add a Course/Fee for Class Change 

August 7 Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a "W" 

August 14 All Withdrawals After This Date Receive V 

August 20 Classes End 



Academic Calendar 



1st Semester 

Aug 14-16 
Aug 21, 23 
Aug 24 
Aug 24, 25 
Aug 26 
Aug 26 
Sep 2 
Sep 8 
Oct 15 
Oct 16-18 
Oct 30-Nov 
Oct 29 
Nov 2-13 
Nov 25-29 
Dec 4 
Dec 14-17 
Dec 15-Jan 



1 



Faculty Colloquium 

ACT and CLEP Exams 

Freshman Orientation 

Registration by Appointment 

Classes Begin 

Late Registration Fee 

Fee for Class Change 

Last Day to Add Course 

Mid-term Ends 

Mid-semester Vacation 

Alumni Homecoming 

Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a T 

Pre-Registration/Advisement 

Thanksgiving Vacation 

All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F" 

Semester Exams 

Christmas Vacation 









2nd Semester 



3,4 
4 
5 
5 

12 
18 



January 
January 
January 
January 
January 
January 
January 26 
February 25 
Feb 26-Mar 7 
March 12 
Mar 22-Apr 2 
April 5 
April 9 
April 4, 5 
April 26-29 
May 2 



Registration for Pre-registered Students 

Registration by Appointment 

Classes Begin 

Late Registration Fee 

Fee for Class Change 

Last Day to Add Course 

Senior Class Organization 

Mid-term Ends 

Spring Break 

Last Day to Drop and Automatically Receive a ,f W" 

Pre-R egistration/Advisement 

Senior Deadline for Correspondence/Incompletes 

All Withdrawals After This Date Receive "F M 

College Days 

Semester Exams 

Commencement/Semester Ends 






4 



1992 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 


1 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


S 6 7 8 910 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


26 27 26 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 5 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6_7 8-9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 


27 28 29 30 31 






1993 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


31 








30 31 




JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


12 3 4 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 


28 29 30 


26 27 28 29 30 31 



1994 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 

30 31 


27 28 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 3 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


27 28 29 30 


25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


31 






30 31 










1995 



JANUARY 


FEBRUARY 


MARCH 


APRIL 


MAY 


JUNE 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


12 3 4 


1 


12 3 4 5 6 


1 2 3 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


4 5 6 7 8 9 10 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


11 12 13 14 15 16 17 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


18 19 20 21 22 23 24 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 


26 27 28 29 30 31 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


28 29 30 31 


25 26 27 28 29 30 


JULY 


AUGUST 


SEPTEMBER 


OCTOBER 


NOVEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 


12 3 4 5 


1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 7 


12 3 4 


1 2 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 14 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22-23 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


27 28 29 30 31 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 31 


26 27 28 29 30 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 

31 











TUTC Tc 

J. 1110 xo 

Southern College 



Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co- 
educational institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church* primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of 
the United States. Its purpose is to provide biblical, liberal arts, 
professional, pre-professional, vocational, adult studies, and special 
programs in a Christian setting. 

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES 

The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of 
humanity in the world. The following is a summary of this 
understanding: 

(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and 
Sustainer of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of 
all knowledge. 

(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion 
with Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, 
spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but 
God in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration 
of His image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal 
personal fellowship with God. 

In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed 
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's 
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. 
Education, consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. 
Southern College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, 
and physical environment designed to encourage this development 
through the following specific objectives. 

Spiritual 

The spiritual goal of Southern College is to enable students to grasp 
Christian beliefs and values as understood by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. Along with three hours' mandatory religion course 



*This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, 
which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, 
Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Tennessee. 

6 



This Is Southern College 



work for each year of attendance, students have religious convocations 
and various opportunities for Christian fellowship and service to help 
them better internalize these ideals. 

Intellectual 

The intellectual goal of Southern College is to help students con- 
front the ideas and values which underlie civilization. Course require- 
ments and general education options aim at broadening and deepening 
the students' outlook. An honors program challenges the most capable 
students, while academic awards recognize a range of scholarly achieve- 
ments. 

Occupational 

The occupational goal of Southern College is to prepare students for 
service in a practical world. Although that does not always mean 
specific career orientation, the major and minor course work offers 
useful competencies as well as skills related to specific vocations. 

Social 

Regarding the relationship of individuals to society, the goal of 
Southern College is to encourage students to attain the social maturity 
necessary for successful family and community living. Southern College 
provides activities and courses aimed at developing healthy inter- 
personal relations, communication skills, and decision-making abilities. 

Physical 

Regarding personal health, the goal of Southern College is to 
educate students to be active in promoting their own physical well- 
being. Southern College is smoke-, alcohol-, and drug-free by policy, and 
the cafeteria offers a meatless diet. Health-oriented courses and 
activities combine to encourage a balance of exercise, rest, diet, study, 
work, and recreation. 

HISTORY 

In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern 
College had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the 
small village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as 
Graysville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern 
Industrial School and five years later to Southern Training School. 

In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion 
of plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in 
Hamilton County, Tennessee. The name H Collegedale H was given to the 
anticipated community. At its new location, the school opened as 
Southern Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it 
achieved senior college status and the name was changed to Southern 



This Is Southern College 



Missionary College. In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College 
of Seventh-day Adventists. 

SETTING 

Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled 
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and 
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educa- 
tional philosophy. 

ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS 

Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of 
Regents. 

Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza- 
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree pro- 
grams in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by 
the National League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board 
of Review. The Department of Nursing is an agency member of the 
Department of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the 
Division of Nursing Education of the National League for Nursing. It 
is also accredited by the Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized 
by the Florida State Board of Nursing. 

The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education 
for the preparation of secondary and elementary teachers. Southern 
College is also a member of the Association of American Colleges, the 
American Council on Education, the Tennessee College Association, the 
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the 
National Association for Schools of Music. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

The academic program consists of 36 baccalaureate degree majors 
and 27 minors. Students may pursue programs of study leading to the 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business 
Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work 
degrees. Fourteen programs leading to an associate degree are also 
offered. Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available 
to students wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school. 

Secondary teaching certification is available in ten disciplines. A 
one-year certificate is available in Auto Body Repair. SC also cooperates 
with Loma Linda University in offering the M.Ed, degree and with 
Andrews University in offering the M.S.N, degree. 



8 



This Is Southern College 



STUDENTS 

Sixty-five percent of the students of Southern College come from the 
eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign 
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men. 

Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial, 
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist 
Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study, 
business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and 
institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels. 

FACILITIES 

The following buildings house the academic activities of the college 
on the Collegedale campus: 

Brock Hall-Art, Business and Office Administration, English and 

Speech, History, Journalism and Communication, Modern Languages, 

Instructional Media, and WSMC FM90.5 
Daniells Hall-Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science and Technology 
Hackman Hall-Biology and Chemistry 
Mazie Herin Hall-Nursing 

William lies Physical Education Center-Physical Education 
Ledford Hall-Industrial Technology 
McKee Library 
Miller Hall-Religion Center 
Student Center-Computer Centex, Student Health Service, Cafeteria, 

Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student 

activity rooms, K.R.'s Place 
Summerour Hall-Behavioral Science, Education and Psychology 
J. Mabel Wood Hall-Music 
Lynn Wood Hall-Alumni, Conference Rooms 
Wright Hall-Administration 

Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs: 
Collegedale Academy-secondary laboratory school 
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church 
Charles Fleming Plaza-shopping center with businesses serving the college 

and community 
Recreational Area-tennis courts, a track, playing fields 
Arthur W. Spalding Elementary School-laboratory school 
Student Apartments 
Student Park 

Talge Hall-men's residence hall 
Thatcher Hall-women's residence hall 
WSMC FM90.5--radio station 

Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries and 
service departments. 






Admissions 



Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless 
of race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests 
are in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as ex- 
pressed in its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is 
not a requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by 
the policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist 
institution. 

PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1 

Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three 
satisfactory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one 
of the following three conditions at the time of enrollment: 

Regular Acceptance 

A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home 
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at 
least 2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a 
minimum composite score of 18 on the Enhanced American 
College Test (ACT). 

B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT, and be eighteen 
years old by June 1 (prior to admission). Each applicant must 
have an official transcript of his or her grades and credits sent 
to the Admissions Office from the high school most recently 
attended. 

C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, 
fourteen of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum 
GPA of 3.00 in the major subjects, and have a minimum 
composite score of 18 on the Enhanced ACT. 

Southern College must have received a final official high school 
transcript or GED scores and a transcript from the high school 
last attended from each new student before he or she will be 
admitted to registration. 









Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should 
consult departmental admission requirements. 

2 

Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign language. 

10 



Acceptance on Academic Probation 

A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below 
the minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be 
accepted on academic probationary status. 

B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than 
12 semester hours during the first semester. 

If both the high school GPA and the Enhanced ACT composite score 
are below the minimum requirements (2.00 and 18 respectively), it will 
be necessary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours 
(in solid courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being 
accepted at Southern College. These six hours may be taken at 
Southern College during the summer (last session excluded) or at 
another accredited college. 

Subjects Required for Admission 

Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following 
minimum subjects in their secondary program: 

1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech. 

2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra. 

3. Two units of science or an ACT score of 14 in science reasoning. 
A college class in biology, chemistry, or physics must be taken in 
addition to general education requirements if this condition is 
not met. 

4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World 
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be 
taken as part of the general education science requirements. 

5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. 
If deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level 
will be required. 

6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended. 

ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION 

Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen 
or as transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the 
CATALOG for admission requirements. 

ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another 
accredited college or university must follow the same application 
procedure as other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward 
the requirements for a degree when the student has satisfactorily 
completed a minimum of twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by 



li 



Admissions 

examination taken at other colleges will be accepted according to 
Southern College standards (see "College Credit by Examination" in the 
Academic Policies section of the CATALOG). A maximum of 72 semes- 
ter hours may be accepted from a college where the highest degree 
offered is the associate degree. Background deficiencies revealed by 
transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual 
attention. 

Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are 
not regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 
16 semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. 
Only those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses 
and for which the student has earned a "'C" grade or better will be 
accepted. 

A student who has been dismissed from another institution because 
of poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that 
institution, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify 
for readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. 
Transfer students must submit both their college and high school 
official transcripts to the Admissions Office before being admitted 
to registration. Those who do not have credit for first semester 
College Composition and three semester hours of college level 
mathematics will be required to take the Enhanced ACT 
(American College Test) prior to registration at Southern College. 

ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS 

Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission 
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates, or 
otherwise qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer 
to another institution of higher learning, may register as special 
students. A special student may enroll for a maximum of five semester 
hours per term. 

ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS 

An international student making application to Southern College 
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school 
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the 
institutions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not 
be accepted to Southern College until the college has received original 
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other 
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should 
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an inter- 
pretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if 
possible. 



12 



Admissions 

The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate 
academic documents received for international students based on the 
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets 
published by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and 
Admissions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, 
published by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists. 

Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General 
Certificate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or 
more "0" level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with 
marks 1 through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a 
natural science, and three others selected from a second language, 
mathematics, science, and social studies. 

Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before 
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language 
Proficiency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL). Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is 
below 500 will not be admitted. Students must reach the above stated 
score to be admitted to the college for the regular academic year. 

In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses 
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information 
section of the CATALOG.) 

International students should realize that according to U.S. 
Immigration laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more 
than 20 hours per week and may not be employed except on the college 
campus. 

It is important that international students not leave their homeland 
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College. 
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials 
are satisfactory, a surety advance deposit has been made, and the 
student is able to demonstrate the ability to finance his/her education 
at Southern College. Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued. 

When students depart from their homeland, they should have in 
their possession: 

1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College 

2. 1-20 form 

3. A valid passport 

4. A valid visa to enter the United States 

5. Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in 
addition to the international surety deposit required of all 
non-U.S. citizens). 



13 



Admissions 



APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION 

♦ Prospective students should request application forms from the 
Office of Admissions. 

♦ Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should 
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee 
of $20. 

♦ It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools 
(high school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of 
Admissions in support of the application. These will become the 
property of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED 
DIRECTLY FROM AN APPLICANT. 

♦ Students transferring from another college or university who do 
not have credit for first semester College Composition and three 
semester hours of college level mathematics will be required to 
take the ACT prior to registration at Southern College. 

♦ Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of 
credits, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions 
Committee will notify the applicant of the action taken. 

WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY 

New students are urged to submit applications no later than the last 
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the 
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to 
suggest ways of strengthening the student's preparation. Because of the 
difficulty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtain- 
ing necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time 
will be necessary for processing late applications. 

Students in residence may submit reapplications without charge 
until April 30; thereafter the regular application fee of $20 will be 
required. 









14 



Financial Policies 

EXPENSES 

FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT 

Southern College tries to give every student the opportunity to 
obtain a Christian education. Every effort will be made to assist 
students in meeting their financial obligation in order to reach this 



The Student Finance Office will assist students in their financial 
planning. Financial aid is available to qualified recipients in the form 
of grants, loans, scholarships and employment (see page 30). Before 
registration each student must submit a payment contract to the 
Student Finance Office signed by the student and financial sponsor 
indicating how college expenses will be paid. 

Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is 
given below to assist the student in financial planning. 



STUDENT COSTS 












Tuition 1992-93: 













Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of 
$318 per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be 
charged $3,750. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $238 per 
semester hour. 

ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET 

Residence Hall Non-residence Hall 

Student Student 

Semester Year Semester Year 

Tuition (12-16 hrs/semester) $3,750 $7,500 $3,750 $7,500 

Books and school supplies 230 460 230 460 

Residence Hall 700 1,400 

Food ($225 monthly average) 900 1,800 



Total estimated costs* $5,580 $11,160 $3,980 $7,960 

(Health insurance, automobile parking, and Campus Shop personal purchases are in addition if 
applicable.) 

•With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced. 

FAMILY REBATE 

When two students from the same immediate family are both en- 
rolled as full-time students (taking 12 hours or more) at SC and have 
the same financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of 5% will be applied to 



15 



Expenses 

each statement. A 10% rebate will be applied when three or more 
students have the same financial sponsor and are enrolled as full-time 
students. Application forms for this rebate are available at the 
Cashier's Office. 

SOUTHERN SCHOLARS' FINANCIAL BENEFITS 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern Scholars 
may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for each 
semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with the junior 
year a Southern Scholar will receive a scholarship covering a three- 
hour class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to cover 
Honors Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per hour" rate for a 16-semester 
hour class load will be the basis for calculating these scholarships (see 
page 15). 

MUSIC LESSON FEES 

Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. 
A student will receive 14 half-hour lessons per semester for one hour 
of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $116 
music lesson fee per semester for both credit and non-credit lessons. 

Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of 
unexcused absences. 

Community School of Music students (non-college students) register 
for private and group lessons at the Music Department Office. Each 
student is required to pay a yearly registration fee of $15. Lessons are 
to be paid for in advance either by the semester or by the month. 

SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES 

The following special fees and charges* are assessed separately inas- 
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly: 

Application for admission (not refundable) $20.00 

Audit tuition 1/2 reg. tuition 

Automobile parking fee (per semester): 

Dormitory $36.00 

Village $26.00 

Motorcycle parking fee $26.00 

Cancellation of registration $50.00 

Change of program $12.00 

Credit by examination (per hour) recording fee $35.00 

Examinations: 

Challenge or waiver $48.00 

CLEP $40.00 

Rescheduling mid-term or final $63.00 

Incomplete grade recorded $7.50 



16 



Expenses 

Insufficient funds check fee and penalty $18.00 

** Insurance: 

Student , . . $235.00 

Spouse $725.00 

Children $575.00 

Late Registration $35.00 

Late return of organizational uniform $20.00 

(The full cost will be charged if irreparably damaged 
or not returned.) 

Lost residence hall key or replacement: 

Talge Hall $10.00 

Thatcher Hall $20.00 

Lost student I.D. or replacement (must pay cash) $5.00 

Medical Technology recording fee (senior year) $55.00 

***Nursing education fees: 

Associate degree (per semester) $250.00 

Baccalaureate degree (after completing Assoc. Degree) 

(per nursing semester hour) $13.00 

Transcript fee $3.00 

One-day service $6.00 

♦See individual class descriptions for class fees and charges. 
** Subject to change by insurance company. 
♦♦•Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class. 

STATEMENT CHARGES 

The following items may be charged to the student's account: 

a. Books and required school supplies (required school supplies 
limited to $85 per semester). 

b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction 
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full 
semester whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour 
of private music instruction consists of fourteen half hour 
lessons. Refunds will be granted only when the instructor is 
not available for lessons. 

HOUSING 

Residence Hall Costs 

Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,400 for the 
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August 
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one 
room. A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be 
allowed to room alone at an additional cost of $275 per semester if 
sufficient rooms are available and s/he has approval from the Student 
Finance Office. It is the student's responsibility to have arranged for 



17 



Expenses 

a roommate unless specific arrangements have been made to room 
alone. No pets are allowed in the residence halls. 

No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the 
campus. When a student withdraws, a prorated portion of the semester 
charge, beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room, will be 
refunded. 

Residence Hall Deposit 

A room deposit of $100 is required of each dormitory student. In 
order to guarantee a room in the dormitory, payment should be made 
by July 1. After July 1, no room is held for a student whose deposit has 
not been paid. This deposit is held in reserve until the student grad- 
uates and/or permanently moves out of the dormitory. 

Apartment/Mobile Homes 

College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by 
married students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The 
apartments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. 
Rents range from $165 to $280 per month. Storage facilities are avail- 
able for an additional $10 per month. Rent charges are based on the 
date of issue and return of keys and proper clearance with the office of 
the Vice President for Finance. No pets or firearms are allowed in 
college housing. 

Apartment/Mobile Home Deposit 

Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the 
college are required to pay a housing deposit of $150 of which $75 is 
due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time the 
apartment or trailer is rented. 

Housing Deposit Refund 

If a student gives notice before August 1 that s/he will not be 
attending, the housing deposit will be refunded. The deposit will not be 
refunded after August 1. 

Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the student's 
account if the deposit is insufficient to cover these costs. The dormitory 
dean/Service Department will determine if the dorm room/apartment 
or trailer has been left clean and undamaged. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the dorm student the privilege 
of choosing food and paying for what is selected. Students are encour- 
aged to eat healthfully by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus 
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be 
charged a minimum of $85 per month which will be prorated for vaca- 
tions and holidays. 



18 



Expenses 

ADVANCE PAYMENTS 

Regular: An advance payment of $1,650 is required before registra- 
tion with one-half of the advance payment ($875) being held for second 
semester. For new students entering second semester the advance 
payment is $825, and all other appropriate charges are applicable. 
When a married couple enrolls for a combined total of seventeen 
semester hours or less of classwork, they will be charged only one 
advance payment. 

One-half of the advance payment ($825) is held for second semester 
and earns interest at 2% less than prime per annum if: (1) the full 
advance payment ($1,650) has been paid by September 1, and (2) the 
account balance as of December 31 is paid in full. Interest will be 
credited to the January statement. 

Advance payments also earn interest during the summer months if 
(1) advance payment of $825 or more is paid by June 1; (2) the account 
balance as of May 31 is paid in full. Interest will be credited to the 
September statement. No interest will be paid on partial advance 
payments or if there is a balance due in the account by May 31 or 
December 31. 

For students residing in any dormitory or married student housing, 
a housing deposit is due before occupancy and is in addition to the 
advance payment. 

International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment 
listed above, international students are required to pay the following: 
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required 
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be 
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This 
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular advance 
payment required of all students entering Southern College. 

Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program, 
students are required to send an advance payment of $250 to hold their 
placement in the class. This payment also serves as the first semester's 
Nursing Education Associate Degree Fee. The $250 fee is in addition 
to the Regular Advance Payment of $1,650. There is also a $250 fee 
charged to the A.S. nursing student's account second semester. If a 
student applies for the nursing program but does not attend the 
college, or changes his or her major, the deposit is refundable if the 
Department of Nursing is notified by August 1. After August 1, the 
nursing deposit is not refundable. 



19 



Expenses 

ADVENTTST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY 

Students wishing to apply for study abroad under the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad (ACA) program must follow the procedures listed 
below: 

1. Complete and submit the ACA application (obtain from 
Admissions Office) along with the $100 application fee. 

2. Make arrangements for the total amount of expenses and fees 
required by the selected college through the Southern College 
Student Finance Office at the time of application. Any difference 
in total cost and approved financial aid must be paid in cash 
prior to financial approval of the application. 



METHOD OF PAYMENT 






Residence hall and nonresidence hall students may choose one of the 
three methods of payment below: 

Payment Plan I— Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges 
for tuition (minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid 
in cash at registration, a discount of 3% for the semester or 5% for the 
year is allowed on this cash payment. Amounts paid as a result of 
student loans, grants, or scholarships are excluded from the amount on 
which the discount is allowed. Students choosing to pay cash in 
advance must on or before registration time, pay the full amount 
required by the plan for the semester or year, less any advance 
payments or credits. 

The following schedule outlines how Payment Plan I would work for 
both a semester and the year: 





Residence Hall 


Non-residence Hall 




Student 


Student 




Semester Year 


Semester 


Year 


Total estimated charges 


$5,580 $11,160 


$3,980 


$7,960 


(a) Less cash discount 








(3% for semester) 


-167 


-119 




(b) Less cash discount 








(5% for year) 


-558 




-398 


Net cash due at registration 


$5,413 $10,602 


$3,861 


$7,562 



Note: For calculating the discount, estimated charges may be reduced by approved financial aid and 
scholarship awards (excluding student wages). Cash discount applies to the cash paid at 
registration. 

Payment Plan II— Tuition Guaranteed Plan. The college will 
guarantee to the student that tuition will remain constant under the 
following provisions: 



20 



Expenses 

1. The tuition rate in effect at the time of the first contract will 
remain in effect until the student graduates provided full time 
continuous registration is maintained not to exceed four years 
excluding a one-year leave of absence which may be given for 
student missionaries and/or task force workers. 

2. Total estimated cost for the year must be paid prior to or at fall 
registration. 

3. Any cash withdrawals, except student earnings, will void the 
contract. 

4. Participants in this plan are eligible for a five percent cash 
discount on the total estimated cost the first year of partici- 
pation only. The next three years, the tuition rate will remain 
the same as year one; and a 5% discount will be given on room, 
board, and books only. 

5. Dependents of denominational workers may deduct the denomi- 
national tuition assistance when making their payment; how- 
ever, the tuition assistance must be received by the college from 
either the denominational employer or the denominational 
worker within two months after registration or the contract is 
void. 

6. Student earnings may be withdrawn from the student's account 
and will not reduce the amount to be paid. 

7. Costs in excess of the total estimated amount to be paid will be 
billed monthly and should be paid on a monthly basis or the 
contract is void. 

8. Should the estimated cost be less than the amount paid, the 
credit will be refunded after June 1. 

9. If the Payment Contract is broken for any of the above reasons, 
or the student withdraws during the school year, the student 
who re-enters Payment Plan II may do so based on the rates of 
enrollment for the new year. 

This plan only guarantees the tuition rate-not the room, board, 
books, and other miscellaneous charges. The student/financial sponsor 
must prepay each year the total estimated costs. 

Payment Plan Ill—Contract for Monthly Payments. Students desiring 
to pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may 
choose this plan. 

Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth working day of 
each calendar month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the 
last day of each month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of 
statement according to the following schedule: 



21 



Expenses 






FIRST SEMESTER 



Past Due Date 



August Statement 1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and ONE- 
THIRD of the semester's advance 
payment. 
2. Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. September 20 



Sept. Statement 



ONE-THIRD of the semester's 

charges for tuition and room 

less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 

credits for financial aid and ONE- 

THIRD of the semester's advance 

payment. 

Plus the current month's charges 

less the current month's credits. 



October 20 



October Statement 1. 



ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE -THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 
Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



November 20 



SECOND SEMESTER 

January Statement 1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and ONE- 
THIRD of the semester's advance 
payment. 
2. Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 

February Statement 1. ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room 
less ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's credits for financial 
aid and ONE-THIRD of the 
semester's advance payment. 






February 20 






22 



Expenses 



February, cont. 



SECOND SEMESTER, cont. 



2. Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



Past Due Date 



March 20 



March Statement 



ONE -THIRD of the semester's 
charges for tuition and room less 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
credits for financial aid and 
ONE-THIRD of the semester's 
advance payment. 
Plus the current month's charges 
less the current month's credits. 



April 20 



An example of estimated school costs on this plan without financial 
aid, work, or scholarships is as follows: 

, ' Residence Hall Non-Residence 



Statement Date 


Payment Date 


Student 


Hall Student 


Advance Payment 


By registration 


$1,650 


$1,650 


August 31 


By September 20 


1,585 


1,052 


September 30 


By October 20 


1,585 


1,052 


October 31 


By November 20 


1,585 


1,052 


January 31 


By February 20 


1,585 


1,052 


February 28 


By March 20 


1,585 


1,051 


March 31 


By April 20 


1,585 


1 T 051 



Total estimated payments $11,160 



$7,960 






Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be 
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated 
until account is current. 

Arrangement for final payment of the semester account must be 
made before semester examinations may be taken or before regis- 
tration for a new semester 

INTEREST ON PAST-DUE BALANCE 

Interest will be charged at a rate of 1% per month on any past-due 
balance still outstanding by the end of the month. 

COLLECTION POLICY 

Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are 
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. Pay- 
ments due on noncurrent accounts that are not received by the last 
working day of the month will be charged a 1% (12% APR) per month 



23 



Expenses 

service charge. If arrangements are not made within 120 days sifter a 
student leaves Southern College, the unpaid account balance will be 
submitted to a collection agency or attorney. Since delinquent accounts 
are reported to the Credit Bureau systems, prompt payment of accounts 
builds credit ratings which will be important to the student in the 
future. 

If the college deems it necessary to employ a collection agency or an 
attorney to collect defaulted accounts, all charges for these services, 
including court costs, if incurred, will be added to unpaid bills. 

BANKRUPTCY 

Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy 
proceedings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the 
collection of the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge 
of a student's current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal 

prohibition. No further services will be extended. 

■ * 

TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS, AND TEST SCORES 

It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test 
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an 
unpaid or past-due account at the school, or any unpaid account for 
which the college has co-signed. 

Official grade transcripts will be issued for currently enrolled 
students when the students' accounts are current according to the pay- 
ment schedule set forth above. No exceptions will be made. 

Official grade transcripts for nonenrolled students will be issued 
when students' accounts are paid in full and when there are no delin- 
quencies in the payment of student loans. No exceptions will be made. 

To expedite the release of these documents, the student should send 
a money order or certified check to cover the balance of the account 
when requesting the documents. Under provisions of federal loan 
programs, Southern College withholds any records when payments for 
these loans become past due or are in default. 

TUITION WAIVERS FOR INTERNSHIP CLASSES 

The following policy applies for all internship classes with the 
exception of the Long-term Health Care Internship class. See the 
course description for that rate. 

Students Taking Fewer Than 12 Hours Exclusive of Internship Hours 
A two-thirds tuition waiver will be given on the internship hours. 
Total tuition is not to exceed the 12-16 hour rate. 



24 



Expenses 



Students Taking 12-16 Hours Exclusive of Internship Hours 

No tuition waiver will be given if the addition of the internship 
hours does not bring the student's total hours to more than 16. 

Students Taking More Than 16 Hours 

A two-thirds tuition waiver will be given on the number of 
internship hours that bring a student's total hours to more than 16. 

REFUND POLICIES 

Complete Withdrawal from Classes 

A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester 
will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed with- 
drawal form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records 
Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

First week of the semester — 100% less a withdrawal fee of $50.00 

Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week 

No refunds after the eleventh week 

Partial Withdrawal 

Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according 
to the date the drop form with all the required signatures if filed with 
the Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows: 

First week of the semester — 100% 

Second week through the eleventh week — 10% less per week 

No refunds after the eleventh week 

Shortened School T^erm (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes 
First two (2) school days — 100% 
Third (3rd clay through end of term) « Prorated through mid-term 

CREDIT REFUND POLICY 

Credit balances are refundable, upon request, 30 days after the 
monthly statement is received for the last month the student was in 
school in order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For 
example, if a student drops out of school in December, a full credit 
refund would not be made until after the January statement is pre- 
pared during the first week of February. When the credit balance is 
large, a portion may be refunded earlier upon request to the Student 
Finance Office. 

If the student has received financial aid during the current semester, 
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the 
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 34). Cash refunds will not be 
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial 
sponsor. 



25 



Expenses 

HEALTH AND ACCIDENT INSURANCE 

Southern College requires all students to be covered by health and 
accident insurance. Each student will automatically be enrolled in the 
college health and accident plan unless the s/he signs a waiver card at 
the time of registration indicating s/he does not want the college 
insurance because: 

1. The student has other insurance equal to or better than the 
college insurance plan. 

2. The student is covered under the SDA denominational health 
care plan. 

3. The student does not live in college-owned housing and is taking 
less than six semester hours of classwork during the fall and 
spring semesters or less than three hours 6f classwork in the 
summer. 

NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS 

When determining what to bring to campus, students should remem- 
ber that the college is not responsible for the personal effects of any 
student even though such effects may be required by the college for 
student use, or required by the college to be stored in a designated 
location. College-carried insurance does not insure the personal effects 
of any individual. The college recommends that students consider 
carrying insurance to cover such losses. 

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 

As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries 
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of 
work-related accidents. 

STUDENT BANKING SERVICE 

When opening a student bank account, the student or financial 
sponsor may contact the Cashier's Office to make the proper arrange- 
ments. This is entirely separate from the student's school expense 
account. Withdrawals from this account may be made by the student 
in person as long as a credit balance and proper identification are 
provided. If a check is deposited into this account, the student must 
wait two weeks for it to clear the banking system before a withdrawal 
may be made. 

CHECK CASHING 

Students are encouraged to use their home banks or a local area bank 
for their personal financial services. The Cashier's Office will cash 
approved checks not to exceed $300. No third party checks will be 
honored. Checks must be made payable to either the student or cash. 
Proper identification is required. 

26 



Expenses 

Each time a check is returned by a bank for insufficient 
funds, account closed, or any other reason, there will be an $18 
returned check fee made to the student's account. The student 
then forfeits the privilege of cashing future checks* 

CREDIT CARDS 

The Cashier's Office honors VISA, Master, and American Express 
cards for making payments on a student's account. No cash with- 
drawal service is available from these cards - this service may be 
obtained from a local bank. 

When using a credit card to pay on an account, the following 
information must be supplied: 1) name of credit card being used; 2) 
cardholder's name; 3) credit card number; and, 4) expiration date. 

STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS 

Work opportunities are available in departments and industries 
operated by the college and local private businesses. These employing 
agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a uniform 
work force. Students are expected to maintain satisfactory job 
performance and meet all work appointments, including during 
examination week. Work superintendents reserve the right to dismiss 
students if their service and work records are unsatisfactory. Should a 
student find it necessary to be absent from work, s/he must make 
arrangements with the work superintendent and, if ill, with Student 
Health Service. 

Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of 
work. Personnel/Student Labor personnel will assist students in finding 
jobs provided the 1) student arranges a class schedule that allows 
"blocks" of time for work, and 2) is physically able and willing to accept 
any job offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. 
Students must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be 
eligible for campus work. 

A student accepting employment is expected to retain it for the entire 
semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the school 
nurse or Personnel/Student Labor Office. Should a student receive 
opportunities for mote favorable employment during a school term, the 
transfer must be made through the Personnel/Student Labor Office and 
the two employing organizations. If a financial plan requires work, the 
student must NOT drop his/her work schedule without making proper 
arrangements with the Personnel/Student Labor Office. To do so may 
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card 
until proper arrangements are made. 

The student pay rate is not less than the current minimum wage 
rate. It may be higher if a student possesses special skills or training 
and shows responsibility and consistency. 

27 



Expenses 



Students may work off campus; however, permission may be withheld 
for off-campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's 
health or character development. Any exceptions to the financial 
policies will be considered by the Financial Appeals Committee. 

SUMMER WORK INCENTIVE PROGRAM 

1. Work supervisors may recommend raises for a student's summer 
wage within the pre-set wage rate scale. 

2. Two-thirds of the dormitory student's summer rent to be 
refunded, provided: 

A. A minimum of 200 hours of summer work is completed. 

B. The student is enrolled for at least six hours for the fall term. 

3. Any variation to the above plan must be approved by the Admin- 
istrative Council. 

LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS 

Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to 
secure permission before accepting any off-campus employment. 
Foreign students with student visas are allowed to work on campus up 
to twenty hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student 
visas of their own or have immigrant visas. 

STUDENT TITHING 

Southern College encourages the payment of tithe and offerings by 
its student workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements 
may be made by the student (except for those employed in the Federal 
Work-Study Program) to have 10% of his/her school earnings charged 
to his/her account as tithe and 2% for offerings. These funds are then 
transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale Seventh- 
day Adventist Church. 

STUDENT MISSIONS PROGRAM/ 
TASK FORCE POSITIONS 

Any student desiring to serve as a Student Missionary or in a Task 
Force position needs to work with the Chaplain's Office. The General 
Conference policy requires the completion of: Student Missions 
Orientation Class, RELP 099/101, prior to placement in a volunteer 
position. The orientation class is taught the last nine weeks of the 
second semester. Students who register for RELP 099 will not receive 
any academic credit hours; students who register for RELP 101 may 
receive two academic credit hours [i.e. RELP 099, Missions Orientation, 
hours; RELP 101, Missions Orientation, 2 hours]. 



28 



Expenses 

Those students who desire deferment on their student loan payments 
during their mission service placement must enroll in: NOND 227 
Christian Service I, 6 hours, and NOND 228 Christian Service II, 6 
hours. 

To receive 12 hours of academic credit, the student must complete 
a full academic year of service. Students enrolled in NOND 227 and 228 
must have taken RELP 099 as a prerequisite. A maximum of 12 hours 
is available during the year of service. Tuition is charged at 10 percent 
of the current rate. Specific details regarding academic assignments 
may be obtained from the Chaplain's Office. 

Before final authorization may be obtained, all students going as 
Student Missionaries or Task Force workers must be cleared by the 
Student Finance Office. 

POST GRADUATE TUITION PLAN 

A Post Graduate Tuition Plan has been established for the purpose 
of assisting students who have graduated from an accredited college/ 
university and have an earned bachelor's degree. This plan becomes 
effective May 1, 1993. The plan allows eligible students to enroll in 
classes for one-half tuition. Tuition rates are as follows: 

1-11 Semester Hours $160.00/hour 

12-16 Semester Hours $1,875.00 

17+Hours (in excess of 16 hours) $120.00/hour 

The provisions that apply are: 

1. To be eligible for the Post Graduate Tuition Plan, a student must 
have graduated with a bachelor's degree at least two years before 
entering the program. 

2. Applicants must have a clear financial SC account and all loan 
payments must be up-to-date at the time of registration before the 
Post Graduate Tuition Plan is approved. To continue to partici- 
pate in the plan, students must reapply each semester. If a 
participant's account or loan payment becomes delinquent, that 
student will lose his/her Post Graduate Tuition Plan privileges 
and cannot be reinstated. 

3. Regular readmission criteria apply to this program. Completed 
applications and other college transcripts must be on file in the 
Admissions Office no later than four weeks prior to the beginning 
of the semester for which the graduate is applying. 

4. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Student 
Finance Office. 

5. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and 
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The Post 
Graduate Tuition Plan does not include private music lessons, in- 






29 



Expenses 

dependent study, directed study, student teaching, internships, 
A.S. nursing, the fifth year of a five-year degree program, or a 
program where a tuition discount is already in effect. 

6, Since the Post Graduate Tuition Plan offer is for tuition only , it 
does not apply to lab fees, surcharges for applicable courses, 
dormitory charges, books, or cafeteria charges. 

7. This program is open to a limited number of students. Southern 
College reserves the right to discontinue or amend this special 
tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration. 

SENIOR CITIZEN TUITION PLAN 

Persons over 65 years of age may audit any regular college course 
free of charge, provided there is space available and sufficient 
enrollment of students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab 
fees will be charged where required. 

They may take classes for college credit at one-fourth the regular 
rate, provided there is space available and sufficient enrollment of 
students paying regular tuition to offer the class. Lab fees will be 
charged where required. 

They may enroll in seminars, workshops, other courses offered out- 
side the regular academic structure, and private lessons at full price. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of 
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial 
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national 
origin, or ethnic group. The Student Finance Office follows established 
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent 
treatment of all applicants. 

Students are urged to contact the Student Finance Office, PO. Box 
370, Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, (1-800-SOUTHERN), for infor- 
mation about and applications for financial aid. Applications received 
by May 1 will be given preference. Applications received after May 1 
will be processed as long as time and funds permit. 

General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one 
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take 
at least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and demon- 
strate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the 
Student Finance Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S. 
citizenship or a permanent resident visa. (Visa documents must be 
submitted with aid application.) Students desiring aid must reapply 
each year, have a GED or high school diploma on file in the Records 

30 



Financial Aid 



Office, and continue to make satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree to receive financial aid. 

Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid, 
recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree. (Satisfactory academic progress is defined in the following 
section.) If a student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress 
or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or 
take required examinations, financial aid will be suspended. 

If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the 
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to 
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic 
Progress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid 
from institutional and private sources as well as federal programs. 

Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is admin- 
istered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and 
philosophy which is, that the parents are the primary and respon- 
sible source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. 
Financial aid is available to help fill the gap between the student's own 
resources (parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and 
the total cost of attending Southern College. The amount of parental 
i contribution is based on the family's net income, number of 
j dependents, allowable expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family 
j Financial Need Analysis from the American College Testing Program 
or College Scholarship Service is used in determining a student's 
; eligibility for financial aid. 

f Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholarships 
awarded on the basis of academic achievement 

SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS 
FOR FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL 
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

According to the 1986 Higher Education Amendments, all financial 
aid recipients must maintain satisfactory academic progress toward a 
degree, both in a qualitative and a quantitative measure, in order to 
continue to receive financial aid. 

A financial aid recipient's progress at Southern College will be based 
on the student's enrollment status which is determined by the 
number of hours attempted. Academic progress will be measured by 
the number of hours the student has successfully completed during the 
[ semester. 

A financial aid recipient will be expected to complete not less than 
the minimum hours required by his enrollment status of: 



31 



Financial Aid 



1. Full time 12 hours or more 

2. 3/4 time 9-11 hours 

3. 1/2 time 6-8 hours 

This would allow a student the equivalent of 10 full-time semesters 
to complete a four year degree; and the equivalent of six full-time 
semesters to complete a two year degree. 

The formula for academic progress is: enrollment status (as outlined 
above) x 12 hours (full time equivalent) = hours needed for progress. 

For the purpose of this policy, a student must also maintain a 
cumulative and resident grade point average above the suspension 
levels as stated in the following schedules: 

Cumulative Required GPA Level 
Semester Hours (Includes Resident and Cumulative GPA) 
6- 48 1.50 

49- 64 1.65 

65- 80 1.75 

81 - 93 1.85 

94 - 119 1.95 

120 up 2.00 

A student's financial aid will be suspended if s/he does not maintain 
satisfactory academic progress as set forth above. 

Financial Aid Probation Policy 

1. Students who fail to maintain "satisfactory academic progress" 
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester. 
The recipient must see a financial aid counselor before aid will 
be released for the probationary semester. This aid is subject to 
adjustment or cancellation. 

2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA as listed in 
the requirements above must be attained by the end of the 
probation semester or financial aid will be suspended. 

Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid 

Students may submit a written appeal to the Academic Progress 
Committee describing the circumstances which contributed to their 
failure to make academic progress. This appeal must also include an 
outlined program of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory 
academic requirements. 

When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be 
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional 
semester hours and has met the satisfactory academic requirements. 



Financial Aid 



Provisions for Transfer Students 

Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be 
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all 
hours they have attempted. Students with a GPA below the policy stated 
above will be on financial aid probation provided that they were eligible 
for continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred. 

If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they 
must follow Southern College's procedure for appeal and reinstatement 
of financial aid. 

FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must 
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid 
programs: 

1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College 
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College 
Scholarship Service. 

2. The Southern College application for financial aid (Form B). 

3. Southern College Admissions application. 

4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who 
attended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern 
College). 

5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all 
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS). 

6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms. 

7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from hometown lender. 
(Southern College has arranged for last-resort lenders for 
students whose hometown lenders do not participate in the GSL 
program or for any reason refuse to make the loan). 

Applications are available in January of each year and may be 
obtained by contacting Southern College Student Finance Office. Stu- 
dents are urged to complete applications as early as possible after the 
family income tax returns have been completed. Income tax returns 
only have to be completed, not necessarily mailed to the IRS before sub- 
mitting the financial aid application. 

Financial Aid Award Procedures 

An official Offer of Financial Aid will be sent to each applicant. To 
confirm and reserve the funds offered, the student must return the 
signed acceptance of the offer within ten days of receipt. 

Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds 
are available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. 
The financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) 
loan, 3) grant or scholarship. 



33 



Financial Aid 



Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds 

Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each 
semester. To have funds released to statements, students must sign 
vouchers, and other required documents at the Disbursement Office in 
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this 
procedure is followed. 

Financial Aid Overawards 

When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not 
included in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the 
Student Finance Office. Federal regulations prohibit "overawards," 
therefore, when the total of all resources exceeds the allowable student 
budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial aid 
funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any 
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account. 

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID 

REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 

The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined 
on page 25. 

Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct 
educational costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student 
withdraws from classes and under the refund policy receives a refund 
of tuition and room rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the 
financial aid credited to the student account. The allocation of the 
refund will be applied as follows (according to the refund formula): 

1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT 

2. PERKINS LOAN (Formerly NDSL) 

3. STAFFORD LOAN (Formerly GSL) 

4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS FOR 
STUDENTS 

5. PELL GRANT 

6. STATE GRANT 

7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS 

8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS 

9. PARENTS/STUDENT 



34 



Financial Aid 



Refund Formula: 

Total amount of Federal and State financial aid 
(excluding employment) awarded for period 

Total amount of all financial aid awarded for 
period (excluding employment) 



Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula 
According to the order of allocation: 

1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant-These funds are 
very limited and can be reawarded to needy students who may 
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds. 

2. Perkins Loan- To reduce the amount of debt to the student; and 
the recovery of funds can be reawarded to other needy students. 

3. Stafford Loan-It is to the student's advantage to reduce the 
amount of debt that will have to be repaid. 

4. Parent Loans/Supplemental Loans for Students-These loans are 
obtained generally to offset or reduce their expected contribution. 

5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be 
reawarded. 

6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants. 

7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited; 
therefore, these funds can be reallocated to other students. 

8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not 
need. 

9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational 
expenses. 

Financial Aid Repayment Policy 

There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and 
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An 
example would be the student who received a Stafford Loan and did not 
use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a repayment 
to any federally funded student aid program cannot receive any type of 
federal student aid for future enrollment periods until repayments have 
been made. 

VETERANS 

Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an 
accredited training institution. VA. benefits are not available to 
students on the Orlando Campus. Those who qualify for educational 
benefits should contact the nearest Veterans' Administration Office. 



35 



Financial Am 



Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in 
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is 
required to report promptly to the VA. the last day of attendance when 
an eligible student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly. 

A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not 
fulfill requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, 
non-credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and 
correspondence work cannot be certified. 

TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

General Institutional Scholarships 

Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from a 
variety of scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are 
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards 
usually range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the 
student's need and availability of funds. 

If the student's grade point average (GPA) falls below the required 
level, the SC scholarship will be deferred or canceled. The amount of 
the SC scholarship will be reduced by the amount the student receives 
in funding from other resources that exceeds the total budgeted 
expenses for the school year subject to federal regulations. 

The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students 
regardless of financial need: 

ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary 
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern 
College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

For those incoming freshmen students who have a high school GPA 
of 3.85 or above and an ACT composite score of 28 or above, a high 
academic scholarship of $6,500 over four years is available. Two 
thousand dollars will be awarded the first year at SC and $1,500 for 
each of the following three years. The student must maintain an SC 
GPA of 3.50 and carry not less than 14 semester hours of class work 
each semester enrolled. 

LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen 
who have served as S.A President, S.A Vice-President, S.A Spiritual 
Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor, and School 
Paper Editor, provided they enroll at Southern College for a minimum 
of twelve semester hours. 



36 






Financial Aid 



NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to 
finalists in the National Merit contest. Finalists receive tuition-free 
scholarship for four continuous years at Southern College. They must 
maintain an SC GPA of 3.50 and enroll each semester for not less than 
15 semester hours. 

ACT SCHOLARSHIPS -Incoming freshmen with a composite score 
of 26-30 are eligible for a $700 award if they maintain a college GPA 
of 3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern 
College. Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 31-36 are eligible 
for an $850 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester 
of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must 
enroll at Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. 

SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS -Students participating in 
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from 
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the 
student's statement upon enrollment of a minimum of 12 semester 
hours. Funds will not be matched for past due accounts for prior years. 

STUDENT MISSIONARWTASK FORCE SCHOLARSHIPS-Students 
who were approved by Southern College to serve as Student 
Missionaries or Task Force Workers may upon the completion of a year 
of service apply for a $1,000 scholarship through the Chaplain's Office 
if they are enrolled at SC for a minimum of 12 hours. 

CHURCH AND/OR CONFERENCE MATCHING PLAN»Southern 
College will participate in a matching plan, matching one-third of the 
total scholarship funds received from a church or conference. The 
student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 hours. Funds will not be 
matched for past-due accounts for prior years and will not exceed 
$1,000 per student per year. The participating church and/or con- 
ference must complete and sign the matching application form certify- 
ing that their appropriation came from local church funds, not from the 
student, his parents, or his relatives, and is not for wages or pay for 
services rendered by the student. These forms may be obtained from 
the Student Finance Office. 

Grants 

THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides 
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students. 
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally- 
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances. Pell 
Grant recipients may receive funds on a yearly basis to a maximum of 
five years. 



37 



Financial Aid 



SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT-- 
Limited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need. 

STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS -These grants are made 
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, 
Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, 
Massachusetts, New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, 
Tennessee, Vermont, Washington, and West Virginia. Students should 
check with their states' grant agencies for additional information. 

Loans 

PERKINS LOAN (formerly National Direct Student Loan)«Under 
this program students can borrow money from the federal government 
through the school. Repayment and five percent interest begin nine 
months after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half- 
time enrollment. 

FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing 
students only. Repayment and five percent interest begins nine months 
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time 
enrollment. 

STAFFORD LOANS (Formerly Guaranteed Student Loans) are 
available through lending agencies in each of the states. A student may 
borrow from a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, or 
other lender, and the state agency will guarantee the loan. 



Category 


Annual 


Aggregate 


of Borrower 


Loan Limits 


Loan Limits 


First and Second Year 


$2,625 




Third Year or beyond 


$4,000 


$17,250 



The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the 
student is in school. Repayment and 8% interest begin six months after 
a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment. 
For new borrowers who seek loans for a period of enrollment beginning 
on or after July 1, 1988, the interest rate is 8% for the first four years 
of repayment and 10% thereafter until the loan is paid in full. 

PARENT LOANS (PLUS)/SUPPLEMENTAL LOANS (SLS)--A 
parent or self-supporting student may borrow from a bank or other 
lender and a state or private non-profit agency will guarantee the loan. 
A parent may borrow $4,000 per year to a limit of $20,000. 

PLUS and SLS borrowers generally must begin repaying both princi- 
pal and interest within 60 days after the last loan disbursement. 
However, if a deferment applies (including a deferment for being in 
school) borrowers do not begin repaying any principal until the 
deferment ends. 



38 



Financial Aid 



Note: Deferments do not apply to interest, although the lender may 
let the interest accumulate until the deferment ends. 

PLUS and SLS loans have variable interest rates, adjusted each year. 
For the 1991-1992 award year, the interest rate was 9.34%. The 
interest rate for the 1992-93 award year will be determined in June 
1992. The interest rate for each loan is shown on the promissory note, 
signed by the borrower when the loan is made. 

Work 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM-Under the work-study pro- 
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the 
fovernment pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus, 
tudents can work part-time while they are in school; they can work 
full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay 
rate is usually the current minimum wage. This may vary depending 
on the skill and experience needed for the job. 

OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to 
students meeting the above requirements or having exceptional 
academic achievements. Details concerning amounts and qualifications 
for recipients of these funds can be obtained from the Student Finance 
Office. 

Dorothy Ackerman Vocal Scholarship Endowment Fund 

George Alden Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from 

Massachusetts 
Frances Andrews Journalism Scholarship Fund 
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian Mountain region 
Birmingham First SDA Church Scholarship Fund 
V Robert Bottomley, M.D., Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Theresa Brickman Scholarship for office administration majors 
Burdick Scholarship for religion, behavioral science or science majors 
Business Administration Scholarship for business majors 
Caldwell Nursing Loan for nursing students planning to serve the 

Chattanooga community 
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan 
Cashman-Offer Scholarship Fund 
Merle Peabody Chapman Scholarship Fund 

Chatlos Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Drs. Tony Y.T. and Delma AQ. Chen Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Lucille Coppock Education Scholarship Endowment Fund 
John Christensen Scholarship for chemistry majors 

39 



Financial Aid 



Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship for nursing students 

(Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic origin) 
Alvin Christen8en Memorial Loan for junior or senior biology or 

natural science majors 
Otto Christensen Loan for potential Bible instructors or theology 

majors 
Class of 1969 Loan for juniors and seniors 
Florence Cloutier Memorial Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Communication Scholarship 
Frankie Collins Loan for ministerial students 
Conger Memorial Scholarship for education majors or minors 
Edy the Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship for junior/senior 

voice majors or minors 
Wilfred and Kathryn Cowdrick Scholarship Fund 
K. R. Davis Scholarship Endowment for sophomore through senior 

Student Association officers 
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship for education majors 
Duge Family Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Paul Fisher Scholarship 
Harry if. Goggans Scholarship 

K. W Grader Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from Florida 
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship 
Edgar 0. Grundset Scholarship Fund 
Hearst Foundation Scholarship for nursing students from the 

Appalachian region 
Henson Mathematics Scholarship for math majors 
Dr. James W Hickman Scholarship Fund 
D. W. Hunter Scholarship for theology students 
Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship 
William lies Scholarship 
Johnston Nursing Scholarship for nursing students from North 

Carolina 
Jonathan Lincoln Art Scholarship for art majors or minors 
Irad C. Levering Loan for elementary and secondary education 

majors 
Lions Club Nursing Scholarship Fund 
Luddington Memorial Scholarship 
Nellie Henderson Maddox Scholarship for music major or minor with 

keyboard emphasis 
Manor Care Scholarship for office administration majors 
McClusky Scholarship Fund for biology majors 
McKee Latin American Scholarship 



40 



Financial Aid 



Ruth McKee Memorial Scholarship Fund 

Marvin Midkiff Scholarship Endowment Fund 

Mitzelfelt Band Scholarship for members of the band 

Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship for junior and senior history 

majors 
Carolyn Niemeyer Scholarship for nursing majors 
Nursing Magazine Scholarship for nursing majors 
Nutrix-Primus Nursing Scholarship for nursing majors 
Odom Scholarship Fund for religion, theology, or education majors 
Eva Pangborn Memorial Scholarship 

Donald R. and Betty Phillips Scholarship Endowment Fund 
Stephen C. and E. Marie Poch Scholarship Fund 
Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan for nursing students 
A F Ruf Family Scholarship for English and history majors 
So-Ju-Conian Anonymous Birthday Scholarship for descendants of 

Southern Junior College students 
Southern College Symphony Scholarship Fund 
Linda Beardsley Stephens Memorial Loan for nursing students 
Daniel W Stephenson Graphic Arts Scholarship 
Stover Scholarship Fund 

Sudduth Memorial Scholarship for potential teachers 
Ambrose Suhrie Scholarship for elementary education majors 
Anton Julius Swenson Loan 
Tait-Curry Family Scholarship for nursing, business, or chemistry 

majors 
Mollie Tanzer Scholarship 
Dennis and Joan Taylor Scholarship Fund 

William Taylor Scholarship for students from Southeast Asia College 
John C. and Sue Dale Thompson Scholarship 
Sanford and Martha Ulmer Scholarship 

Wayne VandeVere Scholarship for business and accounting majors 
Mattie Vroman Memorial Revolving Loan Fund 
WKB.G. Families Scholarship Endowment for student missionaries 
Everett Watrous Scholarship 
E. 0. White Ministerial Scholarship 
Drs. John B. and Alice L. Wong Scholarship Fund 
Scott Jeffery Yankelevitz Memorial Scholarship 



41 






Student Life 
and Services 



A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of 
association. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if 
students develop their interests and meet their needs through partici- 
pation in the nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged 
to take advantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their 
cultural, social, and spiritual growth. 

RESIDENCE HALL LIVING 

Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take" 
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for 
the rights and opinions of others, and offers first-hand experience in 
adjusting to a social group. 

To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires 
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork 
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with 
their parents or other approved relatives in the vicinity, to reside in 
one of the residence halls. 

REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for 
Students with Special Needs 

Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and 
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending. 
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for 
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office 
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive 
information concerning all features of campus life and can share with 
the college officials any information pertinent to personal needs. 

DINING 

For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern 
College provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the 
students' needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social 
and cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is 
available for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary 
dining rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty 
organizations. 



42 



Student Life and Services 



HEALTH SERVICE 

The Health Service is administered by a nurse director in coopera- 
tion with a college physician and the Vice President for Student 
Services. The director uses the physician's standing orders and 
maintains regular office hours. The college physician holds regular 
clinic hours each weekday morning. 

An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on 
an on-call basis by live-in registered nurses who are continuing for 
their B.S. degrees. 

The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all 
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The 
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for 
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to 
cover costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given 
are charged by the pharmacy. 

All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student 
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover- 
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than 
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing 
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In 
case of major illness, students may be referred to off-campus hospital 
facilities. 

GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE 

During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser 
who will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on 
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek 
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member 
of the faculty. 

Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a pro- 
fessional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student 
Services or Director of Testing and Counseling. Personnel trained in 
psychology and counseling are available to those with serious social and 
personal problems. 

The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling 
service in providing guidance information to both students and 
counselors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service 
as a means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or 
occupation. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAM 

Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the 
student desiring a college education. There is much that the student 
must do to get acquainted with the academic, social, and religious life 



43 



Student Life and Services 



of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College 
Student Handbook. Instruction and counsel are given which will help 
the student better understand the college program and what is 
expected of him/her as a citizen of the college community. 

Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to registration 
for the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in 
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes, 
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when 
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new fresh- 
man students are required to attend the orientation program. 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE 

Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his/ 
her educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the 
college to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to 
work, is physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his 
class schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should 
be able to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employ- 
ment should contact the Personnel/Student Labor Office. 

SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE 

One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting 
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service 
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of 
prospective employers. The offices of Student Services and Testing and 
Counseling serve as the liaison sources in bringing graduates and 
employers together. 

STUDENT ASSOCIATION 

Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more 
semester hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association 
with voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for 
leadership development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives 
of Southern College are afforded by the Association. The Association 
assists the college administration and faculty in the implementation of 
policies and assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus 
activities entrusted to it. 

The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated 
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees. 
Hie activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, Southern 
Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the weekly announcement 
sheet, Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty pictorial directory, 
Joker. 



44 



Student Life and Services 



The activities and responsibilities of the officers and the detailed 
organization of the Student Association are outlined in the Student 
Association Constitution and Bylaws. 

CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS 

Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than 
thirty campus organizations provide opportunities for enrichment, 
leadership training, and enjoyment. They include church-related 
organizations-Campus Ministries, Student Ministerial Association, 
Collegiate Adventists for Better Living, and the Literature Evangelists 
Club; clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the departments; 
social clubs-Married Couples* Forum, Sigma Theta Chi (women's 
residence hall), and Upsilon Delta Phi (men's residence hall); and 
special interest or hobby clubs. 

Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative 
grade point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the 
previous semester to hold any elected office. 

CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES 

- Each year a concert-lecture series featuring significant artists, 
lecturers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally in 
connection with the weekly assembly program. Hie cost of admission 
for students is included in the tuition. 

STANDARDS OF CONDUCT 

In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of 
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine 
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and 
social integrity appreciate standards that elevate and ennoble. 
Admission to Southern College is a privilege that requires the 
acceptance of and compliance with published and announced regula- 
tions. Only those whose principles and interests are in harmony with 
the ideals of the college and who willingly subscribe to the social 
program as ordered are welcomed. It therefore follows that since 
students at Southern College receive an education subsidized by the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church, those who engage in activities designed 
to be detrimental to the church on or off campus will not be knowingly 
accepted or retained. 

A student who is out of harmony with the social policies of the 
college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitude gives evidence of an 
unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific 
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of 
drugs, movie theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or 
vulgar language, hazing, and improper associations are to be avoided. 



45 



Student Life and Services 



Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of 
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The 
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A 
copy may be obtained from the office of the Vice President for Student 
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are 
of equal force with those listed in official publications. 

ASSEMBLY AND WORSHIP SERVICES 

In private parochial education it has been shown that elimination 
of residence hall worships and all school-wide convocations is the first 
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church. 
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student 
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an 
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private 
education such as is found at Southern College. The religious emphasis 
weeks and the weekend church services assist in the spiritual growth 
of the students. Students are required to attend these services 
regularly. Failure to do so will jeopardize the student's current status 
and readmission privileges. 





















46 



Academic Policies 



PLANNING A COURSE OP STUDY 

When planning for college, students should consider in detail the 
course of study which will lead to their desired professions or occupa- 
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made 
before entering college, students may take a general program of study 
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This 
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned. 

The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts, 
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of 
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Arts, Associate of Science, 
and Associate of Technology degrees, various pre-professiona! curricula, 
and a one-year occupational certificate program. 

When planning their course work, students should acquaint them- 
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements out- 
lined in this CATALOG. Freshman students may consult faculty 
members during the summer months before the beginning of the fall 
term. Students planning to teach should consult the Department of 
Education and Psychology so as to include teacher education courses 
as a part of their program in order to qualify for denominational and 
state certification. 

Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree 
Requirements. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any 
one catalog in effect during the period of residency. If students 
discontinue their education for a period of twelve months or more, they 
must qualify according to the catalog in force subsequent to their 
I leturn. 

GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: 
Baccalaureate Degree 

The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as 
i follows: 

♦ Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 11). 

♦ A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and 
cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* 
Students earning the Bachelor of Music degree will take 132 
semester hours. 

A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at 
least 14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree 
and at least 18 upper division hours in the major for all other 
degrees. 



47 



Academic Policies 



Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a 
B.A. degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a 
cumulative grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* comple- 
tion of the general education requirements, and electives to 
satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses 
completed with grades lower than a "C- H will not be applied on 
a major or minor. Grades of M C H or better are required for the 
Nursing major and grades of H C-" or better are required for 
Nursing cognate courses. 

More than one major may be earned provided all courses re- 
quired for each major and its cognates are completed. Each 
major must include a minimum of 20 semester hours that do 
not overlap with any other major or minor. 
More than one minor may be earned provided all courses 
required for each minor are completed. Each minor must 
include a minimum of 12 semester hours that do not overlap 
with any other major or minor. 

♦ Completion of an examination as required by the department. 

♦ Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to 
complete, beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a mini- 
mum of 30 hours, including 16 hours upper division, and a 
new major. 

♦ Completion of General Education requirements as spelled out 
in the "General Education Requirements" section of this 
CATALOG. 






GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree 

♦ A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumula- 
tive grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. Nursing majors 
need 69 semester hours. 

♦ Completion of a major, the general education requirements, 
and electives to satisfy the total credit requirements for 
graduation. Courses completed with grades lower than "C- M will 
not be applied on a major. 



*For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.50 must be 
met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary education, a GPA 
of 2.50 is required in the major and in required non-major subjects. The music major 
requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The nursing major 
requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate courses as well as in the major. The medical technology 
major requires minimum grades of C- and a minimum average of 2.25 in the major and 
cognates. 



48 



Academic Policies 



Students who have completed one associate degree and who 
wish to obtain another associate degree may do so upon 
completion of the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. 
The work completed for the second degree must include at 
least 24 hours in residence over and above the number of 
hours earned for the first degree. If the second associate 
degree is earned subsequent to the first associate degree, 
the requirements for the second degree will be governed by 
the provisions of the CATALOG in effect at the time the 
student re-enters the college for work toward the second 



♦ Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time 
they receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees 
are in different fields. If requirements for an associate and a 
baccalaureate degree in the same field are completed at the 
same time, only the higher degree will be conferred. 

ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS 

♦ A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the require- 
ments of a specific one-year program. 

♦ A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or 
above. Grades in the technical area below "C- H will not be 
accepted. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor 

♦ A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be 
upper division credit. 

CLASS STANDING 

Freshmen 0-23 semester hours 

Sophomores 24-54 semester hours 

Juniors 55-93 semester hours 

Seniors 94 semester hours 

Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a 
good citizenship record. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Degree Candidacy: A student may become a degree candidate when 
s/he enters upon the school term during which it will be possible to 
complete all requirements for graduation. Formal application for grad- 
uation must be made during the fall registration of the senior year. 



49 



Academic Policies 



Dates of Graduation: The date of graduation will be (a) the date of 
commencement for those graduating at the close of the school year; 

(b) the last day of the semester for those finishing first semester; and 

(c) for others, the last day of the month in which graduation 
requirements are met. A commencement service occurs at the end of 
the second semester of each school year. 

Transcripts: Before a student will be allowed to graduate, tran- 
scripts of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at 
the Office of Records. 

Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to 
participate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all 
the courses they need for graduation or if they submit approved plan 
for completing their courses during the summer. 

Prospective Summer Graduates: A $200 fee is charged to students 
who are listed on the May graduation program as prospective summer 
graduates. This fee is refundable only if the degree requirements are 
completed by August 31. Criteria for students to be listed on the 
graduation program as prospective summer graduates are as follows: 

1. They must lack no more than six hours of regular coursework 
or eight hours of internship. 

2. They must submit a plan showing how they can complete the 
hours they lack in the summer. 

3. They must have all Incomplete grades made up, challenge 
examinations completed, etc. at the same time as the May 
graduates— three to four weeks prior to commencement. 

4. They must meet the minimum GPA standards at Southern 
College, overall, and in the major as of midterm of the second 
semester. 

Deferred Graduation: Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate 
under the requirements of the CATALOG of the year in which they 
enter the college, or of any subsequent year in which they are in 
attendance, provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve 
months or more. Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree 
and fail to graduate within six calendar years (four years for an 
associate degree), must plan to conform to the current CATALOG. 

RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS 

Baccalaureate Degree: Thirty semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 
baccalaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with 
eight upper division in the nuyor and three upper division in the minor 
fields. 



50 



Academic Policies 



Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the 
associate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of 
study. 

Certificate Programs: Eighteen semester hours of credit must be 
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a 
one-year certificate. 

Transfer Credit: Unless prior arrangements are made with the Vice 
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept 
transfer credit earned at another college or university during any 
session the student is simultaneously enrolled at Southern College. 

UPPER DIVISION CLASSES 

Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level 
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course 
(upper division). The English Composition and mathematics 
requirements in area A, Basic Academic Skills, of General 
Education must be met before enrollment in upper division 
classes. 

GENERAL EDUCATION 

While recognizing the validity of many different general education 
programs, the faculty of Southern College have designed the following 
sequence that provides development of academic skills and opportu- 
nities for self-fulfillment, and conveys basic values of both the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church and western civilization. Students may 
exercise considerable latitude when selecting courses to comply with 
General Education requirements. A comprehensive general education 
test is required of all students before an associate degree is awarded or 
before they register with junior class standing. 



GENERAL EDUCATION OBJECTIVES 
AND REQUIREMENTS 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 



AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College can use the skills of reading, 
writing, and mathematics. 

Underlying all general education requirements are the basic 
academic skills of English and mathematics. It is important 
for a graduate to be able to discern an author's organization, 
arguments, and supports, and to write coherently, fluently, 
and grammatically. Graduates need numeric and symbolic 
computation skills to function successfully in our scientific 
and technological society. 









51 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 

All English Composition and mathematics 

requirements in Area A must be completed 

before upper division work is undertaken. 

Upper division transfer students may take Area A 

requirements concurrently with upper division 

classes. 

1. English 3-6 6-9 
ENGL 101 is required for an associate degree; 

ENGL 101 and 102 for a bachelor's degree. 
Students with an Enhanced ACT English score 
below 15 must take ENGL 099 before enrolling 
in ENGL 101. 

2. Mathematics 0-3 0-3 
Students with a Mathematics ACT score below 22 

must take one mathematics course (100 level or 
above). MATH 080 is required of all students who 
meet none of the following criteria: 1) ACT 
Mathematics score of 16 or above, 2) ACT Mathe- 
matics Elementary Algebra subscore of 8 or above, 
3) Completion of high school Algebra II with a 
grade of C or better. 

3. Candidates for the bachelor's degree must complete 
three writing-emphasis classes. These classes are 
identified by a n (Wf following the course name, 
[e.g.> History of the South (W)J in the departmental 
listings. One such class must be in the student's 
major field and one must be outside the major field. 
The third may be chosen from any area. 

AREA B. RELIGION 6 12 

A graduate of Southern College has a knowledge of the Bible 
and a sense of Christian community based on the teachings, 
beliefs, and history of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 
A correct understanding of the human condition results from 
a knowledge of the Bible as God's word, a commitment that 
springs from that truth, and a system of values derived from 
such knowledge and insight 

Transfer students must take 3 hours for each year 

or part thereof in attendance at an SDA college 

with a minimum of 6 hours. Bachelor's degree 

students must take at least three hours from each 

of the sub-areas and include one upper-division 

class. 

1. Biblical Studies 
All RELB courses. 

2. Religion 

All KELT courses. (Only one of KELT ai7, 318, 
424, will apply.) 



52 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 
AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL 
AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS 

A graduate of Southern College has knowledge of history and 
the skill to analyze political and economic systems. It is 
essential that one have an historical perspective in a 
society that allows its members a voice in shaping its political, 
social, and economic institutions. 

Students with less than one secondary school 

credit for World History must include one of the 

following: HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 

386 or 389. 

1. History 3 6 
All HIST courses. 

2. Political and Economic Systems 3 
All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elementary 

education majors only), GEOG 306; 
ECON 213, 224, 225. 

AREA D. LANGUAGE, LITERATURE, 

FINE ARTS 3 9 

A graduate of Southern College can recognize the impact of 
arts and humanities on life and integrate such knowledge 
into personal experience. 

Language, literature, speech, and the fine arts convey ideas, 
values, and emotions. An acquaintance with these modes of 
communication enhances the ability to express oneself and 
fosters an appreciation of the cultural heritage of world 
civilization and the complexities of human existence. 

Bachelor '8 degree students must include at least 
2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas. Students entering 
Southern College who have less than two secondary 
school credits of foreign language and who are 
pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must complete 
the elementary level of a foreign language. 
L Foreign Language 
PREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102, 
211-212; SPAN 10M02, 211-212; 
RELL 271-272, 311-312, 471-472. 

2. Literature 

All literature courses offered by the English 
Department and ENGL 326. 

3. Music and Art Appreciation 

HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 320, 321, 322, 323; 
MUCH 215; ART 218, 318, 344, 345. 

4. Speech 

SPCH 135, 136, 236. 



53 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 

AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE 3-6 6-9 

A graduate of Southern College comprehends the basic 
concepts of science and can apply the scientific method 
to problem solving. 

A study of the sciences develops an inquiring attitude 
toward one's environment It provides individuals with 
empirical and rational methods of inquiry and an awareness 
of both the potential and the limitations of pure and applied 
science in solving problems. 

Bachelor's degree students must take at least 3 

hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only one of the 

following may apply: BIOL 424, PHYS 317, 318. 

Students who have less than two secondary school 

units in science, and a Science Reasoning ACT 

standard score less than 14, must take 3 hours of 

science above the usual requirements; e.g. associate 

degree students must take 6 hours and bachelor's 

degree students must take 9 hours. 

Southern Scholars must take a sequence of two 

classes from the same department. See the "Honors 

Studies Sequence" section of the CATALOG for 

clarification. 

1. Biology 

BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 151-152, 225, 226, 
314, 424. 

2. Chemistry 

CHEM 103, 111-112, 113-114, 151-152. 

3. Physics 

PHYS 137, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317, 318. 

4. Earth Science 
ERSC 105, 106. 

AREA F BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY, 

HEALTH SCIENCES 2 5 

A graduate of Southern College will have a knowledge of 

and be able to apply the dynamics of personal relationships, 

social interaction, and healthful living toward effective 

service. 

The basic social units significantly shape people's lives, 

and a knowledge of their workings is necessary to understand 

ourselves and others. 

Bachelor's degree students must include at 
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas. 
1. Behavioral Science 
PSYC 124, 128, 217, 224, 233, 315, 349, 
367, 377, 415, 465; SOCW 211, 212, 233, 
296, 375, 424, 465, 496; EDUC 217, 427; 



Academic Policies 



Semester Hours 
Assoc. Bachelor's 






3 6 









1. Behavioral Science, cont. 

all SOCI courses except 201, 223, 365. 
2* Family Science 

BUAD 128, SOCI 201, 223, 233, 365; 

PSYC 233. 
3. Health Science 

HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125. 

AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS 

A graduate of Southern College will understand how to live 
a balanced life by following the principles of wellness 
and using leisure time wisely. The Seventh-day Adventist 
philosophy stresses the balanced development of the whole 
person. Toward this goal, education in the use of leisure 
time is important, particularly in creative, recreational, 
and practical skills. Associate degree students may take 
a maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area; bachelor's degree 
students may take a maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. 
All students must take at least 1 hour from G-3. 
i. Creative Skills 

All MUPP courses; ART 104-105, 109, 110, 
235; ENGL 314; JOUR 225, 315. 

2. Practical Skills 

ACCT 103, 221-222; BUAD 126; CPTR 104, 
105, 106, 107, 120, 126, 131, 132, 217; 
CPTE 245, 249, 345, 349; EDUC 250; 
ENGL 313; ENGR 149, 150; JOUR 103, 205; 
LIBR 125; OFAD 105, 115, 214, 218, 225, 
228, 245, 345; TECH 145, 149, 154, 164, 
174, 223, 264, 364. 

3. Recreational Skills 

All PEAC courses. Optional pass/fail grading 
is available for these courses. 






SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program) 

The honors program is designed for students who bring to their 
baccalaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual 
curiosity. Special projects, interdisciplinary studies, and designated 
honors courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating 
educational experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in 
this experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate 
studies. 

The program is administered by an Honors Committee. This com- 
mittee admits students to the program and discontinues honors status 
of those who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its mem- 
bers also advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor 
their progress. 



55 



Academic Policies 



Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during 
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 
3.70 or higher. Other students must have completed at least 31 and at 
most 62 semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or higher. 

To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a 
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each 
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence 
courses, receive a B (3.00) average or higher in the honors sequence 
courses and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors 
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless 
extenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors 
committee. 

Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in 
residence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee 
in the case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern 
College who wish to take honors sequence classes at another institution 
must secure prior approval from the honors committee. 

After completing one year in the honors program, Southern 
Scholars may receive a scholarship for the cost of auditing one class for 
each semester that they remain in the program. Beginning with the 
junior year, the student will also receive a scholarship covering a 
three-hour class each semester. Also, a scholarship will be granted to 
cover Honors Seminar HMNT 451, 452. The "per-hour" rate for a 
16-semester hour class load will be the basis for calculating these 
scholarships. 

HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE 

A. General Education 

Honors students must meet regular general education requirements 
with the following stipulations: 

1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: RELT 
424 or RELT 467. 

2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the 
intermediate level. 

3. Area D-2. ENGL 445 must be selected. 

4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected. 

5. Area E. MATH 181 or MATH 215 and one of the following 
science sequences must be selected: BIOL 151-152; 

CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214. 

B. Honors Seminar 

HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight seminar sessions, one each 
month, September through April. Taken during the junior or senior 
year. 



56 



Academic Policies 



. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study) 
A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under- 
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and 
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special 
performance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors 
committee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to 
justify public presentation. The project must be approved by the 
honors committee in consultation with the student and his 
supervising professor. 

GRADUATION WITH HONORS 

Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will 
have the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, 
magna cum laude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate 
designations will appear on the diploma. Students completing the 
honors program will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated 
as Southern Scholars. 

HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST 

At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who 
have carried a minimum of 12 semester hours and who have attained 
the following grade point averages will be included in the honors group 
indicated: 

3.25 Honor Roll 

3.50 Dean's List 

3.75 Distinguished Dean's List 

MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS 

Southern College offers 36 majors and 27 minors for students wish- 
ing to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty 
hours or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum 
of fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other 
bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester 
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of 
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social 
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen. 

All minors consist of at least eighteen semester hours. Six hours of 
a minor must be upper division credit. 

The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under 
the respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study." 

DEGREES AND CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Arts degree consists of four years of course work 
that places a student's major field of study in the context of a liberal 






57 



Academic Policies 



arts education. To encourage a wide range of studies, a minor is 
required. A foreign language component is required. 

The Bachelor of Science degree consists of four years of course 
work that places the student's major field of study in the context of a 
liberal arts education. The degree permits somewhat greater concentra- 
tion in the field of study. No minor or foreign language study is 
required except as specified for certain majors. 

The Bachelor of Business Administration degree is a pro- 
fessional degree consisting of a four-year program with concentrations 
available in various fields of business. Requirements for this degree are 
outlined in the Business and Office Administration Department section. 

The Bachelor of Music degree is a professional degree consisting 
of four years of course work designed to meet the needs of students 
wishing to receive teaching credentials. Requirements for this degree 
are outlined in the Music Department section. 

The Bachelor of Social Work degree is a professional degree con- 
sisting of a four-year program of courses designed to meet the needs of 
students wishing to go into the social work profession. Requirements 
for this degree are outlined in the Behavioral Science Department 
section. 

The Associate of Arts degree is a two-year program designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to pursue a short general studies 
program. 

The Associate of Science degree is a two-year program designed 
to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue a short occupational 
or pre-professional program. 

The One-Year Certificate is available for students desiring | 
training in Auto Body Repair. Requirements for the certificate are 
outlined in the Industrial Technology Department section. 

Pre-Professional Curricula are programs designed to prepare 
students to enter professional schools. In some cases pre-professional 
curricula will lead to an associate degree. 






CURRICULUM J^HART 



Department 
Allied Health 



Art 

Behavioral 
Science 

Biology 



Degree 

BS 

AS 
AS 
AS 

BS 
BSW 

BA 



Major 

Medical Technology 
Pre-Dental Hygiene 
Pre-Occupational Therapy 
Pre-Physical Therapy 



Beh Sci-Family Studies 
Social Work 



*Biology 
♦Biology 



Minor 



Art 

Behav Sci 
Sociology 

Biology 



58 



Academic Policies 



Department 


Desrree 


Major 


Minor 


Business 


BBA 


Accounting 




& Office 


AS 


Accounting 




Administration 


BS 


Business Admin 


Business Admin 




BBA 


Computer Info Systems 






BS 


Long-Term Health Care 






BBA 


Management 






BBA 


Marketing 






BS 


♦Office Admin 


Office Admin 




AS 


Office Admin 




AS 


Pre-Health Info Admin 




Chemistry 


BA 


*Chemistry 


Chemistry 




BS 


♦Chemistry 




Computer Science 


BBA 


Computer Info Systems 




ft Technology 


BA 


Computer Science 


Computer Science 




BS 


Computer Science 






AS 


Architectural Studies 




AS 


Computer Applications 






AS 


Computer Science 




Education & 






Education 


Psychology 


BA 


Psychology 


Psychology 




BA 


Psychology (Elem Ed K-8) 






BS 


Soc/Lang Arts (Elem Ed 1-8) 








Secondary Teaching-see *asterisked majors 


Engineering 


AS 


Engineering Studies 




Studies 








English 


BA 


♦English 


English 


General Studies 


AA 


General Studies 




Health, PE, 


BS 


♦Health, PE, Recr 


Hlth, PE, Recr 


ft Recreation 


BS 


Health Science 






BS 


Corp/Com Wellness Mgmt 




History 


BA 


♦History 


History 

Political Economy 


Industrial 


Cert 


Auto Body Repair 


Technology 


Technology 




Graphic Arts Prep 
Technical Plant Services 




Journalism 


BA 


Broadcast Journalism 


Broadcasting 




BA 


Journ (News Editorial) 


News Editorial 




BA 


Public Relations 


Public Relations 


Mathematics 


BA 


♦Mathematics 


Mathematics 




BS 


♦Mathematics 





59 



Academic Policies 



Department 
Modern Languages 


Degree 

BA 
BA 
BA 
BA 


Major 

(1 year abroad req) 
French 
Qerman 
Spanish 
International Studies 


Minor 

(1 semester abroad req) 
French 
Qerman 
Spanish 


Music 


BA 
BMus 


Music 
♦Music Education 


Music 


Nursing 


AS 
BS 


Nursing 
Nursing 




Physics 


BA 
BS 


♦Physics 
♦Physics 


Physics 


Religion 


BA 
BA 
BA 


Religious Studies 
Religion-Church Ministry 
♦Religion Teaching Min 


Practical Theology 

Religion 

Biblical Languages 



Cert * One-year certificate program 

•Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines 



PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs 
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to 
professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. The following 
pre-professional curricula are offered at Southern College: 

Anesthesia Osteopathic Medicine 

Dental Hygiene Pharmacy 

Dentistry Physical Therapy 

Law Radiology Technology 

Medical Technology Medicine Respiratory Therapy 

Occupational Therapy Veterinary Medicine 

Optometry 



An AS. degree in Allied Health is available to students who fulfill 
pre-professional requirements in the allied health fields of Dental 
Hygiene, Health Information Administration, Occupational Therapy, 
and Physical Therapy. Pre-professional and technical admission 
requirements may vary from one professional school to another. The 
student is, therefore, advised to become acquainted with the admission 
requirements of the chosen school. 

Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are 
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental 
Programs" (See Index). 



60 



Academic Policies 



REGISTRATION 

Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration 
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is 
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration 
forms are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to 
participate in the orientation activities. 

Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from 
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the 
scheduled registration periods will be charged a late registration fee. 
The course load of a late registrant may be reduced according to the 
amount of classwork missed. No student may register after two weeks 
of the semester have elapsed. 

Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration, students 
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet 
their objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be 
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular 
activities. 

To make program changes, students must obtain the appropriate 
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining 
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, they must 
return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and complete 
withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the voucher 
is filed at the Office of Records. A fee will be assessed for each change 
in program after the first week of instruction. 

A student may not change from one section to another of the same 
course without the approval of the instructor. 

A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid- 
term and receive a grade of H W" automatically. A student withdrawing 
from a class after that date and up to two weeks before the last day of 
classes will be assigned a grade of "W or H WF H by the teacher. The 
grade for any withdrawal during the final two weeks of the semester 
will automatically be M F." 

Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students 
may register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) 
for which they are qualified. Auditors are to be admitted to classes of 
limited enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish 
to enroll for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is 
expected but examinations and reports may be omitted. With the 
approval of the instructor, a student may change a course registration 
from audit to credit or from credit to audit only during the first week 
of instruction. No credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one- 
half of the regular tuition charge. 



61 



Academic Policies 



Canceled Classes. The Vice President for Academic Administration 
or a department may cancel a class for which fewer than six students 
enroll. This policy applies to ordinary classes but not to directed study 
courses, private lessons, and other special classes such as special 
methods of secondary teaching. Students enrolled in canceled classes 
should confer with their advisers to determine alternate means to 
complete their schedules. 

COURSE LOAD 

College courses are expressed in semester hours. A semester hour 
consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for one semester. 
Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week and three- 
semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory period of 
two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period. Students 
should expect to study up to two hours outside of class for each fifty- 
minute period the class meets. Ideally, a sixteen-semester-hour class 
load should require up to 32 hours of study each week by the student. 
Except by permission of the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion, a student may not register for eighteen or more semester hours. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must 
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer 
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree 
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take 
reduced programs of studies during the regular academic year. The 
typical class load during the summer is one three-hour class per 
session. 

Study-Work Program. It is important that the student adjust the 
course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work. During 
registration the student should confer with his adviser in planning the 
proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable study- 
work program, the following will serve as a guide: 

Maximum 



Course Load Work Load 

16 hours 16 hours 

14 hours 20 hours 



16 hours 16 hours 



12 hours 26 hours 

10 hours 32 hours 

8 hours 38 hours 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Southern College is committed to assist every student in the area 
of academic advisement. Every full-time student is assigned an 
academic adviser from his/her major field and is required to consult 
with the adviser before registering for classes. 

62 



Academic Policies 



In planning the program of studies for each semester, the student 
should carefully follow the recommended sequence of course require- 
ments outlined in this CATALOG. The final responsibility for meeting 
graduation requirements is the student's. 

To avoid possible deficiencies or final curriculum conflicts, students 
should periodically check with the Records Office to determine whether 
all curriculum requirements are being met in an orderly and logical 
sequence. Seniors must file an application for graduation at the fall 
registration of their senior year. 

As early as possible in the process of curriculum planning, students 
who have chosen a career in teaching should consult the Teacher 
Certification Officer regarding the requirements for teaching 
credentials. 

FULL TIME STUDENT 

Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students 
in the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses 
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will 
be classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more 
semester hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. 
Students receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance 
Office for the definitions of a full-time student set up by the various 
agencies which offer aid. 

GRADING SYSTEM 

Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student 
and parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. 
Only semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record. 
The following system of grading and grade point values is used: 

1.0 grade points per hour 

0.7 grade points per hour 

0.0 grade points per hour 

Withdrawal 

Withdrew Failing 

(0.0 grade points per hour) 

Audit 

Incomplete 



A 


4.0 grade points per hour 


D 


A- 


3.7 grade points per hour 


D- 


B+ 


3.3 grade points per hour 


F 


B 


3.0 grade points per hour 


W 


B- 


2.7 grade points per hour 


WF 


C+ 


2.3 grade points per hour 




c 


2.0 grade points per hour 


AU 


c- 


1.7 grade points per hour 


I 


D+ 


1.3 grade points per hour 


P 



A student may receive an "I" (Incomplete) because of illness or other 
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must 
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the applica- 
tion with the teacher to receive an incomplete. There is a charge of 



63 



Academic Policies 



$7.50 for processing grades of incomplete. Any incomplete which is 
not removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) will automatically become an "E" 

A course may be repeated before the student takes a more advanced 
course in the same field. Only the last grade will be counted on 
repeated courses. No course may be repeated more than once without 
permission from the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number 
of grade points earned by the hours attempted. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the 
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations 
of the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only 
directory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone 
listing, birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in 
officially recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees 
and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency 
or institution attended, may be released by the institution without 
consent of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold 
such information. 

Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are 
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also 
provides for the release of information to college personnel who demon- 
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in 
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), 
and certain federal and state government officials. 

A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to 
challenge the content of records. 

A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the 
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and 
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, 
parents, or interested parties upon request. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic 
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to 
maintain high, ethical Christian levels of honesty. 

Faculty Responsibilities: 

1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments, 
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer 
collaboration." 



64 



Academic Policies 



2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they 
state otherwise. 

■ 
Student Responsibilities: 

1. Students assume responsibility to avoid plagiarism by learning 
the proper procedures for acknowledging borrowed wording, 
information, or ideas. Otherwise students might innocently 
misrepresent others' material as their own. 

2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should 
confer with their teachers. 

3. Students are to assume that all course work is "no collaboration" 
unless stated otherwise by the teacher. 

Departmental Policies: 

Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have 
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those 
published here. Such policies will be presented to students before 
implementation. 

Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty: 

1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such 
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student 
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the 
situation, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice 
President for Academic Administration must be consulted. 

2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual 
procedures for the teacher to follow will be to: 

a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or 
project if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing 
the class. 

b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the 
exam, assignment or project would constitute failing the class. 
The teacher will then write up the incident and state the 
penalty administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President 
for Academic Administration and the student. 

3. Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to 
be dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the 
action through the established appeal procedures spelled out in the 
"Grievance Procedure" section of this CATALOG. 

ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 

When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative 
GPA falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic probation 
and restricted from holding office in any student organization or being 



65 



Academic Policies 



a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation will not 
be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class absences. 

Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 
2.25 in his/her major will also be placed on academic probation. 
Candidates for an associate of science degree must have a GPA of at 
least 1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 
after attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year 
certificate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second 
semester of enrollment. No more than one additional semester of 
enrollment will be permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not 
then reached, the student will be dismissed. 

Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 
in order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College. 

A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern 
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels 
indicated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee, 
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the 
student in writing of the committee's decision. 



Semester Hours Attempted 


G.RA/Subject to Dismissal 


6- 48 


1.50 


49- 64 


1.65 


65- 80 


1.75 


81- 93 


1.85 


94 - 116 


1.95 


117 - up 


2.00 



A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two 
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have 
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college-level 
work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and 
motivation. 

Students receiving financial aid must also meet an academic 
progress policy set by the federal government. For further explanation 
see page 31, "Southern College Academic Progress for Federal and 
Institutional Student Financial Aid." 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance 
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the CATALOG may 
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for 
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of 
the department chair of their major. The petition must contain a state- 



66 



Academic Policies 



ment of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified 
in writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration of the 
action on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are 
available from the Records Office. 

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE 

Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed 
upon or that they have been treated uiyustly with respect to their 
academic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of 
their cases. They should do the following to effect a solution: 

1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned. 

2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chair. 

3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to 
the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee, 
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his 
designee and including three other faculty members and two 
students selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the 
student and the teacher involved in the case are entitled to 
appear before the committee or to present a written statement of 
the case. The decision of the committee shall be presented in 
writing to the individuals involved within three days of the 
committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both 
parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be 
implemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for 
Academic Administration. 

ABSENCES 

Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is expected. 
Teachers prepare an absence policy for each class, which includes an 
explanation of penalties, if any, for absences, and the procedure for 
making up work, if such is allowed. It is the responsibility of teachers 
to publish their policies for each class at the beginning of each 
semester, but it is the students' responsibility to familiarize themselves 
with the practices of each teacher from whom they are taking classes. 
Generally speaking, teachers will not excuse absences for reasons other 
than illness, authorized school trips, or emergencies beyond the 
students' control 

Students are not penalized if they incur absences while participating 
in school-authorized activities, but they are held responsible for work 
they miss and it is their responsibility to initiate arrangements to make 
up their assignments. One and one-half absences are given for missing 
a 75-minute class, two for missing a 100-minute class, etc. 



67 



Academic Policies 



Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and 
fairness, final examinations will be taken as scheduled in the official 
examinations schedule. In the case of illness verified by Student Health 
Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, three examina- 
tions scheduled consecutively in one day, or four or more examinations 
scheduled in one day, a final exam may be rescheduled upon approval 
by the teacher and the Vice President for Academic Administration. 
The rescheduled examination will be given at a time convenient to the 
teacher. 

When examinations are rescheduled because of three scheduled 
consecutively in one day or four in one day, the last examination of the 
day will normally be the one rescheduled. Examinations rescheduled for 
any reason other than those listed above, may require a fee of $63 per 
examination. All rescheduling requests will be made on a form available 
at the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

Assembly. Assemblies are held each Thursday at 11:00 a.m. During 
weeks of spiritual emphasis, assemblies are held on Tuesday as well. 
Occasionally, assemblies will be held in the evening or may begin at 
10:30 a.m. on Thursday. All students are required to attend 16 assem- 
blies each semester. Failure to meet this assembly requirement may 
result in suspension of registration. Exceptions to the assembly 
attendance requirement are made by the Office of Student Services 
only for legitimate direct work or class conflicts with scheduled 
assemblies. Any excuses for absences from assembly must be approved 
by the Vice President for Student Services. 

A special series of orientation assemblies is scheduled during the 
fourth summer session. 

LIMITATIONS ON CLASS ATTENDANCE 

Classes at Southern College are open to registered students only. 
Information disseminated in the classroom or other places of learning 
is the primary product that the college sells, hence visitors may not 
expect to enter such gatherings freely. To attend classes visitors must 
be official guests of the institution with legitimate business in a 
classroom or have the permission of the instructor. 

Visitors who attend classes may not exercise the right to engage in 
the discussions of a class unless invited to do so. Classes are gatherings 
at which college employees organize learning experiences about pre- 
arranged topics as listed in the catalog rather than public forums. 
Registrants who pay tuition can expect their class rights to be 
protected from the intrusion of anyone who has not similarly paid for 
the course. 



Academic Policies 



Teachers and the institution reserve the right to remove legitimate 
students from classes if their behavior threatens the purposes of the 
class by exceeding the bounds of normal academic freedom. 

Teachers conducting extension classes from other institutions on 
the Southern College campus share the rights spelled out by this policy. 

WAIVER EXAMINATIONS 

Upon the approval of the department chair and the Vice President 
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of 
curricular requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive 
examination-written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined 
by the department involved. A fee of $48 per examination is charged. 

NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT 

In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting, 
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means— challenge 
examinations and correspondence courses. 

The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and 
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted 
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These 
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting 
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral 
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason, 
most college credits should be earned through class participation. 
However, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit 
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means. 

College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types 
of examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a 
department which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved 
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations 
which must be passed at the sixty-fifth percentile or above, and the 
Advanced Placement Examinations which must be passed with a score 
of three or better. A student may challenge a given course by 
examination only once. No CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted 
after the student has been enrolled in that course beyond the second 
week of a semester. No course may be challenged as part of the 
last thirty hours of any degree. Grades are recorded for depart- 
mental challenge examinations and scaled scores are recorded for 
nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a challenge 
examination while in residence must be obtained from both the 
department chair and the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



69 



Academic Policies 



Students may earn a maximum of twelve hours of credit by exam- 
ination in courses that do not appear in the college catalog if the 
evaluating tests are approved by the Academic Affairs Committee. 

Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be 
placed on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not trans- 
ferable until that student has successfully completed twelve semester 
hours in residence at Southern College. 

Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under 
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this CATALOG. 

Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be 
obtained from the Office of Records or the Testing and Counseling 
Center. 

Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of correspon- 
dence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree 
program and eight hours toward an associate degree. 

Griggs University, a department of Home Study International, 
Washington, D.C., is the officially recognized correspondence school. 
Southern College recommends Home Study International for those 
students needing correspondence credit and accepts all such credits 
when the study program is approved by the college prior to enrollment. 
The college accepts credits from correspondence schools which are 
accredited by NUCEA (National University Continuing Education 
Association) on the basis that credits are accepted from other regionally 
accredited colleges. 

A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in 
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college. 
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during 
the summer, must be approved in advance by the college. 

Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require- 
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned 
to apply on the lower division requirements for a major. A course in 
which the student earned a grade of "D" or H F M while in residence may 
not be repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be 
entered on the student's record until s/he has earned a minimum of 
twelve hours in residence with an average of at least H C." Official 
transcripts must be in the Office of Records before a diploma will be 
ordered. The graduation date will be the last day of the month after the 
official transcript is received. 

TRANSCRIPTS 

Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained 
by the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The 
request must include the student's signature and payment of $3 in 



70 



Academic Policies 



cash, check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day 
service is available for $6. Because of legal difficulties, telephone 
requests from students and telephone or written requests from other 
members of the student's family cannot be honored. 

A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative 
purposes without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. 
Official transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student 
Copy.* 1 No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not 
paid in full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No 
exceptions will be made. 

SEQUENCE OF COURSES 

A student may not receive credit for a course which is a prerequisite 
to a course for which s/he has already received credit. 















71 



Academic 
Enrichment Services 



E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The E. A Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the 
business curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of 
E. A Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the 
student a broader understanding of the business world. The public is 
invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for a fee, con- 
tinuing education credit is available. Lectures are presented at 8 p.m. 
in the E. A Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock Hall, Room 338. 

EUGENE A. ANDERSON 

HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES 

The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to 
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are 
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected 
performances are broadcast internationally on the American Public 
Radio Program, "Pipe Dreams." The series is made possible through the 
generosity of Eugene A Anderson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the educa- 
tion and eryoyment of the students and the public. Because of its 
uniqueness, this series attracts organists and other fine arts 
enthusiasts from all areas of the country. 

The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was 
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April 
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 
13 stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John 
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Oregon. 

FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES 

Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh- 
day Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field 
on campus to address the professional community. Southern College 
believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process and is committed to 
providing professional nurses with continuing education opportunities, 
as well as exposing student nurses to the importance of self-initiated 
education. 

This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is 
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson. 



72 



Academic Enrichment Services 



CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES 

Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the 
Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three artists and/or 
ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for students, 
faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a fashion that 
over a four-year period a student can become acquainted with solo and 
ensemble music of many style periods. Master classes are often 
scheduled in conjunction with a concert. 

STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES 

The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of 
Religion with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This 
individual is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk 
session during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest 
lecturer at several religion classes. 

CLASSIC FILM SERIES 

Christian education involves the difficult challenge of learning to 
live in a secular society while remaining critical of its values. To this 
end, the Classic Film series, sponsored by Student Services and the 
History Department, seeks to present films that are historically 
significant but also informative and entertaining. They are intended to 
augment the educational and cultural experience of students at the 
college level and encourage the application of critical thinking to 
popular culture. Critical notes are provided to aid in deciphering the 
film's latent content from its manifest content. 

E. 0. GRUNDSET LECTURE SERIES 

The E. O. Grundset Lecture Series is jointly sponsored by the 
Southern College Chapter (Kappa Phi) of the Beta Beta Beta National 
Biological Honor Society and the Biology Department. Five or more 
lectures are presented each semester by guest speakers. The general 
public is invited. 

The lectures are divided into two categories. The Technical Research 
Seminars are designed to update students, faculty, and the community 
on current biological research as well as to illustrate to students how 
biological knowledge is acquired through research. The Natural History 
Lectures are less technical and provide a general understanding of 
organismic and ecological biology, either by a description of the plants 
or animals in a certain region or an account of the behavior, habits, or 
ecology of certain species. 




























73 



Academic Enrichment Services 



ROBERT H. PIERSON LECTURE SERIES 

The Robert H. Pierson Lecture Series brings to the Department of 
Religion recognized speakers to address faculty, students, and the 
community on topics of interest in the religious world and in the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

The selected individual usually speaks at a Friday evening and 
Sabbath morning service in the Religion Chapel, and holds a discussion 
session Sabbath afternoon. 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

The Instructional Media Service provides audio-visual services to the 
college administration, faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff 
includes a director, secretary, and service technician. 

LIBRARIES 

McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational 
materials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, 
pleasant areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large 
microform collection contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special 
collections in the library include the Seventh-day Adventist Heritage 
Collection: books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh- 
day Adventist Church; and the Dr. Vernon Thomas Memorial Civil War 
and Abraham Lincoln Collection: books, letters, manuscripts, news- 
papers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings, maps, and artifacts of this 
period in American History. 

The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is 
well-known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing 
material resource center. 

The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately 
200,000 items. Approximately 900 periodicals are currently received 
which include a large number of titles kept permanently on microform. 
McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog as well as a 
computerized magazine index. Various databases are available on 
CD-ROM. The library is a member of Ohio College Library Center and 
charter member of the Southeastern Library Network automated 
systems. 

The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400, 
including 300 individual study carrels. 

MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION 

Southern College is affiliated with two marine biological stations to 
enrich and supplement its on-campus programs. One of these facilities, 
the Bahamian Field Station, is located on the island of San 



74 



Academic Enrichment Services 



Salvadore, Bahamas, and provides the opportunity for students to study 
tropical ecology, both terrestrial and marine. This station provides 
lodging, classroom, and laboratory facilities for studying coral reef, 
sandy beach, rocky shore, and mangrove swamp biomes. 

The affiliation with Walla Walla College's Rosario Beach Marine 
Biological Station on Fidalgo Island in the Puget Sound provides 
students with opportunities to study some of these similar habitats in 
a temperate climate. This station in the state of Washington also 
furnishes facilities for summer classwork and research. Its close 
proximity to biomes ranging from sea bottom to Alpine tundra provides 
an excellent opportunity for instruction and investigation. 

WSMC FM90.5 

WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio 
station licensed to Southern College. 

WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. 
The station regularly hires between 15 and 20 students as on-air 
announcers, or production assistants. The station is an excellent way 
for the student to receive hands-on experience in the field of 
broadcasting. 

WSMC represents the college to the Greater Chattanooga 
community, with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of 
Chattanooga. Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts 
station in southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station 
in a seven-state region to receive satellite capability. The station also 
exists as an outreach of the college-striving to enhance the quality of 
life in the community. 

The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational, educa- 
tional, and inspirational programs. WSMC is affiliated with National 
Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press, and the 
Adventist Radio Network. 

WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility 
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library, 
and on-air studios. 






75 



Departmental 
Courses of Study 



COURSE NUMBERS 

Each course number consists of three figures as follows: 

HIST 354 - Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours 

The first numeral indicates class year status as follows: 
(^-Developmental (no credit) 
1-freshman level (lower division) 
2--sophomore level (lower division) 
3--junior level (upper division) 
4-senior level (upper division) 

Within a given 100 sequence there is no significance in one course 
number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not 
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235. 

Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in 
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second [e.g., 
ENGL 101-102. College Composition]. However, credit is given for the 
first semester when taken alone. 

Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester 
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma [e.g., 
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions] represent complete 
units, either one of which is counted for graduation without reference 
to sequence. 

Designation in brackets following course titles, [e.g., MATH 103. 
Survey of Mathematics (A-2)l indicates the General Education area and 
sub-area that the class fulfills. Classes designated with a "(W)" are 
writing classes for General Education credit. 

Students may earn credit for a cross-listed course from only 
one department [e.g. HIST 356 and SOCI 356]. 

COGNATE COURSES 

Required courses related to the major which are not a part of the 
major are called cognate courses [e.g., students majoring in Nursing are 
required to take Microbiology as a cognate course]. 



76 



Allied Health 






Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: David Ekkens, William Hayes, Henry Kuhlman 

Adjunct Faculty: John Lechler 

Medical Technology: Lee Alan Forsythe, Rodney Holcomb, 
R. A Ramkissoon, Patricia Rogers 

The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of 
specialization within the health care industry. Job openings are plenti- 
ful and pay scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. 
The department offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an AS. 
degree in Allied Health (Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational 
Therapy, Pre-Physical Therapy). 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Adviser: Henry Kuhlman 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology 
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 
12- to 13-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology pro- 
gram accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and 
Accreditation (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. Hospital 
programs affiliated with Southern College include Florida Hospital 
Medical Center and Hinsdale Hospital. Internship in other CAHEA - 
accredited programs requires prior college approved. 

The Medical Technology degree qualifies a person to take a number 
of national certifying examinations, including those offered by the 
Board of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists 
(ASCP) and the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory 
Sciences (NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in 
hospitals, clinics, physicians' offices, public health agencies, private 
laboratories, pharmaceutical firms, and research institutions. 

The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet 
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health 
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have 
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or 
advisers of the specific hospitals for those requirements. 

Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and grad- 
uating seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified 
Medical Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to 
fulfill the requirements of the college and the hospital program. 

During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for 
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program. 
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is 



77 



Allied Health 



determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student 
must complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning 
the clinical year. The overall grade point average must be acceptable to 
the college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept 
students with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. 
Although hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they 
are conditional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission 
criteria. 

Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based 
medical technology programs is available through the college medical 
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance 
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, 
tuition for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each 
affiliated hospital. Southern College charges a $55 recording fee for the 
clinical year. 

• MAJOR 2 

MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours 

This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with the 
profession. The history and standards of medical technology and employment 
opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory procedures will be 
taught and laboratory tours will be conducted. 

• COGNATES 42 

BIOL including 151-152, 315, 330, 340 17 

*CHEM including 151-152, 311-314, 16 

CPTR 120 or 131 3 

MATH 120 3 

BUAD 234 3 

♦These must be courses which could apply to a Chemistry major. 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 35 

AREA A 1. ENGL 101, 102 6 

2. (See Cognates) 

AREA B Religion 9 

AREA C History, Political Science, and Economics 6 

AREA D Language, Literature, and Fine Arts 6 

AREA E (See Cognates) 

AREA F Behavioral, Family, or Health Sciences 3 

AREA G Activity Skills 5 



• Grades of C- and better are required in the major and cognates. A minimum 
GPA of 2.25 must be earned on the major and cognates. 

Twenty hours of upper division credit, including two writing (W) courses are 
required. One (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a noncognate 
area. 



78 



Allied Health 



ELECTIVES . . . . 13 

Recommendations include: 

BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418 

CHEM 315, 321, 323 

MATH 215 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 
TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 92 






HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable 

Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their 

specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given 

in the twelve to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in 

affiliate programs include: 

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematology, 
Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Microbiology, 
Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Biochemistry, 
Instrumentation, Research. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


1 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


CHEM 311,312 


•Organic Chemistry 


3 3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 313,314 


•Organic Chem Lab 


1 1 


HIST 174, 175 


Survey of Civ 


3 3 


BIOL 151-152 


•General Biology 


4 4 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 


BIOL 330 


•Gen Microbiology 


4 


RELB 125 


Teaching! of Jesus 


3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Elective *1 


1 3 


MDTC225 


•Intro to Med Tech 


2 






15 16 




Literature *3 


3 










Area G, Act Skills 


1 

16 16 












YEAR 3 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 


Clinical Year 




BIOL 315 


•Parasitology 


3 








BUAD 234 


•Principle* of Mgmnt 3 








CPTR 131 


•Fund of Prog I 


3 








BIOL 340 


•Immunology 


2 








Biology *2 


3 










Area B, Religion *3 


3 










AreaD, 












Lang/Ut/FArt 


3 










Elective* *4 


3 8 
15 16 









•An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement. 

•1 Pre-Meds recommended to take Calculus I 

•2 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417) 

•3 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course 

•4 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211-212, 213-214) 






20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours must be completed prior 
to the clinical year. 



79 



Allied Health 



ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH 

The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions 
prepares the student for admission to professional programs at Loma 
Linda University or Andrews University. Admission to any professional 
school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements 
of the individual school. Students desirous of admission to other 
professional programs should check the bulletin of that school to 
ascertain the requirements. 

Students who plan to graduate from Southern College with an 
Associate Degree in Allied Health must meet the AS. degree general 
education requirements of SC as well as the entrance requirements of 
an accredited clinical program to which they will be applying. 

Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied 
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the 
final year at Southern College. The lowest acceptable grade for courses 
to be transferred is C. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is 
required for the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but 
grade point averages between 2.50 and 3.50 are considered minimal for 
entrance to the junior year of Allied Health programs. Some programs 
require the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT). 

There are three major emphases in the Allied Health Professions 
degree: pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical 
Therapy. 

The department also offers curricula to meet requirements for 
entrance into the following Allied Health degree programs at Loma 
Linda University and most other university programs: 

1. Occupational Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 

2. Physical Therapy Assistant (Associate in Science Degree) 

3. Radiologic Technology (Associate in Science and Bachelor of 
Science Degrees) 

4. Respiratory Therapy (Associate in Science and Bachelor of 
Science Degrees) 

5. Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology (Bachelor of Science 
Degree) 

For details on these programs and Southern College curricula for 
entrance into them write: 

Chair, Allied Health Department 
Southern College of SDA 
RO. Box 370 
Collegedale, TN 37315-0370 



80 



Allied Health 



PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University.) 

Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years of high school math with a C grade or better 

and 22 math ACT score* 

Area B RELB or KELT, 6 hours 

Area C HIST, 3 hours 

Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Pine Arts, 9 hours; SPCH or CPTR, 3 hours 

Area E BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 

Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, or ECON 

Area G PEAC, 2 hours; Music or Art, 1 hour 



Electives to make a total of 64 hours 



•MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

(Allied Health Professions) 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




m 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


CHEM 111-112 


Survey of Chemistry 3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 


3 


CHEM 113-114 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 1 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math* 0-3 




BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 4 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 3 
Area B, Religion 3 






Area D, For Lang/Lit/ 
Fine Arts 3 6 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area G-1, Music/Art 1 




Area G-3, PE Activity 1 


1 




Psychology, Sociology 




Area C-l, History 


3 




History or Economics 3 




Electives 3-0 






Electives 1 3 




16 


16 




16 16 



*MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math scores below 22. 

NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) 
is required. 

PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University) 
Area A ENGL 101-102; 2 years high school math with C grade or better and 

22 math ACT score*; MATH 215. 
Area B RELB or RELT, 6 hours; KELT 373 
Area C HIST, 3 hours 

Area D SPCH, 3 hours; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hours 
Area E BIOL 101-102; CHEM 111, 113; PHYS 111 
Area F HLED 173**; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125, Cultural Anthropology***; 

additional PSYC or SOCI, 2-3 hours**** 
Area G PEAC, 3 hours; Recommended Electives: ART 235, TECH 154 



81 



Allied Health 



A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an 
employee) in an occupational therapy department is required. 



♦MATH 103 or 120 is required by Southern College of students with ACT math 
scores below 22. 

♦♦High School health course acceptable. 

♦♦♦Not offered by Southern College-must be taken at a state university, 
correspondence course, or during clinical program at LLU. 
♦♦♦♦PSYC 315 does not apply toward this requirement. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 






YEABl 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 3 


CHEM 113 


Survey of Chem Lab 1 


ART 235 


Ceramics (elective) 


3 


HLED173 


Health & Life* 2 


SOCI126 


Intro to Sociology 


3 


PHYS111 


Intro to Physics 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 


TECH 154 


Woodworking (elective) 3 


KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Pay 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


KELT 373 


Christian Ethics 3 




Ares D-4, Speech 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 
16 15 




Area C, History 3 
Area F-l, Beh Sci 3 










Area G-3, Rec 1 1 










Area D, For Langrt.it/ 










Fine Arts 3 










16 16 



•May be waived if high school health course taken. 
NOTE: C is the lowest acceptable grade. 









PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Adviser: David Ekkens 

Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements* 



ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT); MATH 215 

RELB or KELT, 3 hours; KELT 255 or 225 

HIST 154 or *HIST 174 

SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hours 

BIOL 101-102, 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211-212, 213-214 

PSYC 124, 128; GEOG, PLSC, or ECON, 3 hours 

PEAC, 2 hours; CPTR 120 



Area A 
Area B 
Area C 
Area D 
Area E 
AreaF 
Area G 
Electives to make a minimum total of 64 hours 

♦HIST 154 required if not taken in high school. 






BIOL 151-152 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102. Recommended electives are 
FDNT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103. 






82 



Allied Health 



A minimum required GPA for admission into the Andrews Univer- 
sity clinical program is 3.00 for the required science prerequisite and 
3.00 for total credit units completed. C is the lowest acceptable grade 
for science and cognate courses. The Nelson- Denny Reading test is also 
required. This test may be taken at SC. An additional requirement for 
admission is 80 hours of observation or work experience with a physical 
therapist. This 80 hours must include at least 16 hours in each of three 
of the following settings: general acute care hospital, home health 
agency, industrial practice, nursing home, private practice, 
rehabilitation center, school for the handicapped, specialized clinics. 

Program below meets Loma Linda University admission requirements. 

Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 120, 215 

Area B KELT 138, 225, 873 

Area C HIST 174 or 175 

Area D Fine Arts*, 3 hours; SPCH 135 

Area E BIOL 151-152, (or BIOL 101-102), 225; CHEM 151-152; PHYS 211- 

212, 213-214 (see note at end of section) 
Area F PSYC 124, 128; HLED 173** 
Area Q PEAC, 8 hours; CPTR 120 

For admission into the Loma Linda University clinical program, a 
student must have a 3.00 GPA for the required science prerequisites 
and 3.00 GPA for total credit units completed. Also required is a 
minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or employee) in a 
physical therapy department, 20 of which are in a general, acute-care 
hospital. 



*MUHL 115 or ART 218 may be selected. 
"Not required if health course was taken in high school (C grade or better). 






Typical Sequences of Courses for 
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

(Allied Health Professions) 

Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course 
will depend on the college selected* Requirements for Andrews University 
and Loma Linda University are outlined here. Students who complete one 
of these programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by 
Southern College. Students planning to attend other colleges should contact 
them to obtain their requirements. 



83 



Allied Health 



ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEARl 

ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 101-102 
PSYC 124 
PSYC128 
MATH 103 
RELB 
SPCH 135 






Semester 
1st 2nd 

College Composition 3 3 
Anatomy & Physiology* 3 3 
Intro to Psychology 3 
Developmental Psych 3 

Survey of Math** 3 

Religion 3 

Intro to Pub Speaking 3 

Area 0-3,Rec Skills 1 
Elective* 
Area C, History*** 



16 



1 
16 



YEAR 2 


3t 

1 


tmester 




■t 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 






OR 


3 


RELT 225 


Last Day Events 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


CPTR120 


Computer Based Syst 
Area D-3, Music or 


3 




Art Appreciation**** 


3 




Area G-3, Ree Skills 


1 




Pol Sci, Geog, or Econ 


3 




Electives 


1 3 
16 16 



Note: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at 
Andrews University immediately preceding their first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester hours 
at SC, will fulfill this requirement. 



*BIOL 151-152, General Biology, may be substituted. 
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher. 
•♦•American History required if not taken in high school. 
****A two-semester sequence in a music organization may be substituted. 






LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 



YEARl 



ENGL 101-102 
BIOL 151-152 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

College Composition 3 3 
General Biology 4 4 



BIOL 101-102 Anatomy & Physiology 3 3 
PSYC 124 Introduction to Psych 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psych 3 

MATH 120 College Algebra 3 

RELT 138 Advent ist Heritage 3 

RELT 225 Last Day Events 3 

SPCH 135 Intro to Pub Speaking 3 

16 16 
(15X15) 



YEAR 2 


Semester 




: 


1st 2nd 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 225 


Basic Microbiology 


4 


HLED 173 


Health & Life* 


2 


CPTR120 


Computer Based Syst 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


HIST 175 


Survey of Civ 


3 


RELT 373 


Christian Ethics 


3 




Area D, Fine Arts* 


3 




Area G-3, Recreation 


2 1 
16 16 



*Not required if health course was taken in high school (C grade or better). 

NOTE: A total of 66 semester hours is required for admission. Other entrance requirements are the Allied 
Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an 
employee) in a physical therapy department. C is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. 

NOTE: A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance into the program. This is offered at 
LaSierra University immediately preceding first quarter. PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, 
will fulfill this requirement. PHYS 111, 3 semester hours at SC, fulfills the first half of this requirement. 



84 



Art 



Chair: Robert Garren 

Adjunct Faculty: John Cline, John Petticord 



Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for 
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and 
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become 
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them system- 
atically to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are 
oriented commercially or aesthetically. 

Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the 
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages 47- 
49, 51-55). An Art major requires an intermediate foreign language. 

PROGRAMS IN ART 

Note: The Art Department has not accepted majors since the 
1988-89 school year. Asterisks denote classes that will be 
phased out when art majors enrolled as of 1988-89 complete 
their graduation requirements* 

Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345, 
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirement: 
JOUR 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required. 






YEARl 

ART 104-105 
ART 109 
ART 110 
ENGL 101102 






TVpical Sequence of Courses 
B JV. ART 



for 






Semester 
1st 2nd 

Drawing I, II 2 2 

Publications Design 3 
Design Principles 3 

College Composition 3 3 
Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-l ( Beg For Lang 3 3 
Area Q-2, Practical 

OR 1 1 

Area G-3, Recreation 

Area A-2, Math 0-3 

Minor or Elective JM) __ 

18 15 



YEAR 2 



ART 344 
JOUR 225 



History of Art 
Intro to Photography 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-l, Inter For 

Language 
Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 
Area F-3, Hlth Sci 
Area B-l, Religion 
Art Electives 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 
2 
3 3 



3 3 



17 



3 

3 

_3 

15 



85 



Art 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




M 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ART 345 


Contemporary Art 


3 


ART 499 


Senior Project 


1 




Area B-2, Religion 3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




AreaC-2, PblSci/ 






Art Elective* 


6 3 




Economic* 3 






Minor or Elective! 


9 10 




Area E, Nat Scienoe 3 
Area F-l, Behav Sci 3 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 


3 

1 






16 16 




Minor or Elective! 3 


3 










Art Elective* 


5 










15 


15 









See pages 47-49 and 51*55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 
344, with not less than six hours in upper division courses. 



STUDIO ART 






ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours 

An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on the basic 
art elements and their functions in composition using various media. (Fall, Spring) 






ART 109. Publications Design (G-l) 3 hours 

Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures, and 
advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical elements to enhance 
the communicative potential of the print media. 

ART 110. Design Principles (G-l) 3 hours 

Problems in two and three-dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form, color, 
and texture. (Spring) 






3,3 hours 



ART 221-222. Painting I, II 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student experience in using painting materials applied 

to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 

ART 230. Introduction to Art Experiences 2 hours 

A course designed to give students hands-on experience with a variety of art media 
and materials. Study will be given to how artists use media in their expression of 
design and composition. (Spring) 

ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours 

Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication from hand 
building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of glazes, and stacking 
and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee is applied toward necessary 
supplies. (Fall) 



Art 



♦ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor. 

A course designed to give the student increased experience in the application of 
drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated for credit. 
(Fall, Spring) 

ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be obtained. 
ART 495 is for majors and minors only. 

The course is designed for students who wish directed study or for a group of 
students who wish a special course not taught under the regular class offering. 
Students taking the class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, 
design, drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had 
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered by the 
Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up to four 
times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only. 

♦ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour 

Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent portfolio 
of college art work. (Spring) 

ART HISTORY 

ART 218/318. Art Appreciation (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two hours 
per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in and New York City visit- 
ing major art museums. When offered in the first summer session, there will be one 
week of two-hour lectures and two weeks of travel and museum visits. There is an 
additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary paper. 
Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to write a 
research paper. 

ART 344. History of Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-1800's with an 
emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall) 

ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3) (W) 3 hours 

Nineteenth- and twentieth-century developments in European and American arts. 
(Spring) 



(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 51-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 









87 






Behavioral Science 



Chair: Ed Lamb 

Faculty: Larry Williams, Terrie Ruff 

Adjunct Faculty: Sherri Craig, Ellen Gilbert, Judie Port 

The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational philoso- 
phy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this faculty 
embraces the following beliefs: 

(1) God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also 
the ultimate Source of all knowledge. 

(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious 
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes. 

(3) A loving God seeks to restore His image in humanity, thus 
preparing them for personal fellowship with Himself. 

We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of 
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, 
therefore, to achieving the following objectives: 

Spiritual 

Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the 
basic beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals, 
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to 
commit themselves to such ideals. 

Intellectual 

Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive 
themselves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of 
knowledge. We have designed course-related activities and 
investigations to aid them in achieving intellectual and career goals, 
and in acquiring the necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral 
Science curriculum is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, 
perceptive discussion, intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness. 

Social 

Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive 
interpersonal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making 
approaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the 
attitudes of acceptance, caring, patience, and service. 



88 



Behavioral Science 



Physical 

Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic 
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our 
physical, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to 
establish balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and 
recreation. The faculty promotes such positive values and practices 
through example and instruction. 

Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or 
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology of the family 
should consider a Behavioral Science major with a Family Studies 
emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in Social Work (BSW) is offered for 
those students seeking preparation for entry-level generalists 
baccalaureate practice positions. Registered nurses will find a major in 
some area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation for public 
health and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete preparation in 
these fields, however, the student is encouraged to consider further 
training at the graduate level. 

PROGRAMS IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

Major (B.S., Family Studies Emphasis): Forty-five hours, 
including PSYC 124, 128, 233, 315; SOCI 125, 201, 223, 424, 495, 349, 
365; SOCW 211, 212, 497. Cognate requirements: MATH 215 and three 
hours in Biology. Remaining course work will normally be chosen from 
the following courses: PSYC 377; SOCW 375. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE 

(Family Studies Emphasis) 



YEABl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


! 


Seme 


ster 






1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SOCI 201 


Parenting 


3 




SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




ECON213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Soc Work 


3 




PSYC 128 


Develop Psychology 




3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 




3 




Area G, Act Skills 


2 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage & Family 




2 




Area B, Religion 


3 




SOCI 233 


Human Sexuality 




3 




Area E-t, Biology 




3 




Area D-4 Speech 


2 






Area A-2, Math 




0-3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


, 




Minor or Elective 


± 

15 


16 




Area C-l, History 
Area D, Lang/Lit 


3 


3 












Fine Arts 


17 


17 



89 



Behavioral Science 

















YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


1st 
3 


2nd 


SOCW497 


Research Methods 


1st 2nd 
3 


PSYC 315 

SOCI365 
SOCI495 


Abnormal Psych 
Family Relations 
Directed Study 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Lang/Lit 


3 


3 
3 

1 


SOCI349 
SOCI424 


Aging & Society 
Contemp Social Prob 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area G, Act Skills 
Minor or Electives 


3 

3 
3 
2 
4 5 




Fine Arts 




4 




PSYC & SOCW Elect 


6 




Area E, Chem/Phys/ 
Earth Science 


3 








15 14 




Area G-3, Recreation 


i I 












Minor or Electives 


_5 

15 


_4 

15 









See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



A student contemplating graduate study should take as many 
courses as possible in the area of his/her emphasis. 



Major (B.S.W., Social Work): Forty-five hours including SOCW 
211, 212, 313, 314, 315, 424, 434, 435, 436, 497; PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 
125. Cognate requirements: PLSC 254 or ECON 213; MATH 215; 
RELT 373; any human biology. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


. 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SOCW 211 


Intro to Social Work 


3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 




3 


SOCW 212 


Social Welfare Insts 


3 


SOCI 125 


Intro to Sociology 


3 




ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 


PSYC 128 


Develop Psychology 
Area D-4, Speech 


3 
3 






Area G, Skills 
AreaE-1, Biology 


2 
3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area A-2, Math 
Area G, Skills 




0-3 
2 




AreaC-1, History 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


3 3 




Electives 




8-5 




Fine Arts 


3 






15 


16 




Electives 


_3 _2 

15 16 



90 



Behavioral Science 



YEARS 


Semester 




M 2nd 


SOCW313 


HBSE 


3 


SCOW 314 


Social Work Math I 


3 


SOCW315 


Social Work Math II 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 


SOCW497 


Research Methods 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




AreaD, Lang/Lit 






Fine Arts 


3 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 




Elective, Social Work 


3 




Elective 


15 16 












YEAR 4 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

SOCW 424 Contemp Soc Problems 3 

SOCW434 Soc Welf Issues & Pbl 3 



SOCW 









Practicum I, II 4 


4 


Elective 1 




Area G-8, Recreation 1 




Area O, Skills 


1 


Area B, UD Religion 3 




Elective 1 


10 


16 


15 















See pages 47-40 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor-Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any 
Behavioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 211, and 
SOCI 125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral 
Science classes. 

Minor-Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 365, and 
424. 












SOCIAL WORK 

SOCW 211. Introduction to Social Work (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the profession of social work, its historical roots, its values, and 
its fields of practice. 

SOCW 212. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours 

Social welfare systems are viewed from both historical and philosophical 
perspectives. The role of the Seventh-day Adventist Church in meeting human need 
is also examined. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 221. 

SOCW 213. Interviewing Skills 1 hour 

Focuses on the development of interviewing and communication skills. Course is 
exponentially based. 



SOCW 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 
See SOCI 233 for course description. 



3 hours 



91 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 313. Human Behavior and the Social Environment 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 101; SOCI 125; PSYC 124, 128; SOCW 212 or permission 
of instructor. 

A study of the interaction between human behavior and the social environment. 
Relevant concepts from the behavioral sciences will be reviewed to provide students 
with a holistic view of human behavior Includes such topics as systems theory, 
roles, reference groups, and social stratification. To be taken prior to or 
concurrently with SOCW 314. 

SOCW 314. Social Work Methods I (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 212 or permission of instructor. 

Provides students with theoretical framework for generalists social work practice. 

Topics include the establishment of relationship, assessment, contracts, 

intervention, utilization of resources, social work values and ethics. Work with 

individuals and families is emphasized in the first semester of a two-semester 

sequence. 

SOCW 315. Social Work Methods II (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314 or permission of instructor. 

A continuation of SOCW 314. The primary focus is on working with small groups 

and the community. Public policy development and implementation are also 

studied. 

SOCW 349. Aging and Society (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

SOCW 374. Criminology 3 hours 

See SOCI 374 for course description. 

SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family intervention. The 
family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis techniques designed 
to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. 

SOCW 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

See SOCI 424 for course description. 

SOCW 434. Social Welfare Issues and Policies 3 hours 

A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of social 
services. Not open to students who have taken SOCW 222. 

SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum I 4 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 314. 

This course provides opportunity for students to apply practice theory to develop 
skills for generalists social work practice. Through participation in the social service 
delivery system, the student becomes familiar with agency structures, functions, 
and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an agency setting 
for each four hours of course work. 






92 



Behavioral Science 



SOCW 436. Social Work Practicum II 4 hours 

This course builds on the experiences of the first semester practicum and 
progresses to more difficult and varied tasks. 

SOCW 465. Topics in Social Work (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary among 
such topics as child welfare, sex roles, income maintenance, social work ethics, etc. 
This course can be repeated once for credit. 

SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor. 

A study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary 
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics of social 
work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. This course 
can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours credit. (Fall) 

SOCW 296/496* Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 

SOCW 497. Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive and 
relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and completed 
project is expected of each student. (Fall) 



SOCIOLOGY 

SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours 

An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social world. 
Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society and social 
institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups including the family, 
its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

SOCI 201. Parenting (F-2) 3 hours 

A study of the family system in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of 
parent-child interaction. Attention is given to family planning, the childbirth 
experience, child development, techniques for developing close relationships and 
communication between parent and child, understanding and relating to children's 
individuality, common child rearing problems, and methods of modifying behavior 

SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours 

A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the family in 
society and the Christrcentered approach to marital and familial conflicts. (Fall, 
p "*gy 



93 



Behavioral Science 



SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

See PSYC 224 for course description. 

SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. 

SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the process of 
aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in contemporary society. 
Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored. A balance between the 
theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring) 

SOCI 356. Natives and Strangers (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 356 for course description. 

SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours 

A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be given 
to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganization and 
reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be given to findings of 
recent family studies. (Spring) 

SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours 

This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenomenon, of 
criminals, and of penal treatment. The relationship of law and crime to other trends 
in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of crime. (Fall, odd years) 

SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours 

Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural changes 
today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in bringing about 
group and mass adjustment. (Spring) 

SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor. 

Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary among 
such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change, Black America, 
the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire semester. 
This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than three hours 
credit. (Spring) 

SOCI 296/496. Study Tour (F-l) 1-3 hours 

A tour is scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of behavioral 
science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during Thanksgiving vacation 
and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban change, and social agencies (1 
hour). A European tour to study social policy and selected culture is taken every 
other summer or as needed. An additional fee is required to cover travel expenses. 



(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 51-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

94 



Biology 



Chair: Stephen A. Nyirady 

Faculty: Joyce Azevedo, David Ekkens, William Hayes, 

Duane Houck 
Adjunct Faculty: Edgar Grundset, Laura Nyirady 

The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and 
important fields of scientific investigation, since it provides a better 
understanding of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the 
casual observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course 
may derive a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as 
bird watching, shell collecting, or wildflower photography. 

More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point 
for numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With 
a B.S, degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to 
research in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, 
microbiology, cytology, etc.), teaching at the college or graduate level, 
or employment in industry or government. The B.A degree is the 
degree of choice in preparation for high-school teaching, medicine, 
dentistry, optometry, careers in wildlife, forestry or zoo management, 
health education, public health, biostatistics, epidemiology, and envi- 
ronmental health, to name a few. 

DEGREES IN BIOLOGY 

Core Courses: 

BIOL 151-152 General Biology 

BIOL 316 Genetics 

BIOL 412 Cell and Molecular Biology 

BIOL 424 Issues in Natural Science and Religion 

BIOL 485 Biology Seminar 

Areas: 

Botany: 

BIOL 408 Flowering Plants and Ferns 

BIOL 409 Smoky Mountain Flora 

BIOL 419 Plant Physiology 

Ecology: 

BIOL 226 Environmental Conservation 

BIOL 317 Ecology 

Marine Biology Courses 



95 



Biology 



Zoology Field Courses: 

BIOL 312 Vertebrate Natural History 



BIOL 314 
BIOL 319 
BIOL 320 
BIOL 411 


Ornithology 
Herpetology 
Entomology 
Mammalogy 






Microbiology: 
BIOL 315 
BIOL 330 
BIOL 340 


Parasitology 
General Microbiology 
Immunology 






Basic Zoology: 
BIOL 313 
BIOL 415 
BIOL 417 
BIOL 418 


Embryology 
Comparative Anatomy 
Animal Histology 
Animal Physiology 










Major (B.A.): Thirty-one hours including Biology core of 19 hours, 
plus one course from each of four areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 
151-152 General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry, and 
three hours of computer courses; PHYS 211-212 and 213-214, General 
Physics and General Physics Laboratory, are highly desirable. A minor 
in Chemistry is recommended. All seniors are required to take the 
Educational Testing Service Major Field Achievement Test in Biology 
before graduating. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJL BIOLOGY 

(Chemistry Minor Recommended) 









YEAR 1 



Semester 



YEAR a 






Semester 







1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 






Area G-2, Comp Sci 


3 


BELB 125 


Teachings of Jesus 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


KELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 
AreaF-2,3 




3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Art* 
Speech 


3 




Fam/HlthSci 


2 






Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G, Skills 


1 


1 




Biology Electives 


3 3/4 




Electives 




5 




Electives 


2 






16 


16 






15 15 

(16) 









96 



Biology 



YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Sci 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 




& Religion 3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 1 


PHYS 213-214 


Gen Physios Lab 


1 


1 


CHEM 323 


Biochemistry 4 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bic 


3 






Biology Elective 3 




Biology Elective 




3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area D-l, For Lang 


3 


3 




Area 0-1, History 3 3 




Elect ives 


I 


1 




Area C-2, Political 






15 


15 




Science/Eoon 3 
Area F-l, Beh Sci 3 
Electives 3 3 
16 16 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements 
for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including Biology core of 19 hours, plus one 
course from each of the five areas. Cognate requirements: CHEM 151-152 
General Chemistry, CHEM 311-314 Organic Chemistry; MATH 120 College 
Algebra, MATH 215 Statistics; and three hours of computer courses. BIOL 
397 Introduction to Research, BIOL 497 Research in Biology, PHYS 
211-212 and 213-214 General Physics and General Physics Laboratory, are 
highly recommended. All seniors are required to take the Educational 
Testing Service Major Field Achievement Test in Biology before graduating. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BIOLOGY 



YEARl 




Semester 
1st 2nH 


YEAR 2 


S 


semester 
1st 2nd 


BIOL 151-152 
ENGL 101-102 


General Biology 
College Composition 


4 
3 


4 

3 


CHEM 151-152 
HIST 154,155 


General Chemistry 
American History 

OR 
Survey of Civ 
Genetics 


4 4 

3 3 

4 


MATH 120 
RELB 125 


College Algebra 
Teachings of Jesus 
Area F-l, Beh Sci 


3 
3 


3 


HIST 174,175 
BIOL 316 




Area F-2,3 Fom/ 
Hlth Science 


2 




MATH 215 


Statistics 
Biology Electives 


3 

3 3 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 




Area G-l, Croat Skis 


2 




Area D, Lang/Lit/ 








Area B, Religion 


_ _3 
15 17 




Fine Arts 
Electives 


15 


3 

1 

15 








YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


i 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 


BIOL 424 


Issues of Nat Sci 




PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 




& Religion 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Phys Lab 


1 


1 




Biology Electives 


6 6/7 


BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bic 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


> 3 






Area D-2, Lang/Lit 
Fine Arts 


3 




Fine Arts 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 


Biology Electives 




6 




Area G-2, Comp Sci 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 






14 


17 




Electives 


3 
16 15 

(16) 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



97 



Biology 



Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 General Biology. A 
course in physiology is strongly recommended. A minimum of six hours 
must be in upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Biology requires a 
baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses for 
licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology section, 
beginning on page 149. Also required are specific biology classes as 
indicated in the following sequence of courses. 

Typical Sequence of Courses 
BA. Biology-Teacher Certification 7-12 



YEARl 


Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semei 
1st : 


iter 




2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


CHEM 151-152 


General Chemistry 4 


4 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


4 


4 


BIOL 226 


Environ Conservation 


3 


MATH 114 


Preoalculus 


3 




BIOL 316 


Genetics 


4 


RELB 125 


Teaching! of Jesus 


3 




BIOL 403 


Flower Plants & Ferns 3 




BELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 




3 


EDUG 217 


Psych Found of Educ 2 




EDUG 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 240 


Except Child & Youth 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 


BELT 225 


Christian Beliefs 


3 




Area F-2,3 Fam/Hlth Sci 


2 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/Spch 3 






Area G, Skills 


16 


1 
16 




Area G-l or 3, Skills 1 
Area G-2, Comp Sci 3 














Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 












16 


17 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


BIOL 


Zoology Field Course 


3 




BIOL 412 


Cell & Molecular Bio 3 ' 




BIOL 330 


General Microbiology 




4 


BIOL 424 


Issues in Nat Sci & Rel 3 




BIOL 418-419 


Plant or Animal Physiol 


3 


BIOL 485 


Biology Seminar 


1 


CHEM 311-312 


Organic Chemistry 


3 


3 


CHEM 325 


Biochemistry 


4 


CHEM 313-314 


Organic Chem Lab 


1 


1 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 2 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 




EDUG 356 


Tests and Measure 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 


ERSC 105-106 


Earth Science 


4 




EDUC 438 


Curric & Content Mthds 


2 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 


1 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/ 






MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




Speech 




3 




Area C-l, History 3 


3 






16 


16 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 
16 


16 



YEARS 

EDUC 468 



Enhanced St. Teh 7-12 8 



See pages 47-49 and 51-65 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing (W) courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



NON-MAJOR, NON-MINOR COURSES 






BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first semester 
covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumentary, nervous, and 
endocrine systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied the second 
semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. Does not 
apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Biology 



BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours 

This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student a 
modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant and animal 
life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, 
Spring) 

BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103. 

Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL 103. Three 

hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, 

Spring) 

BIOL 225. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours 

A study of the principles of microbiology, disinfection, sterilization, elementary 
immunology, and microorganisms emphasizing their relationship to health and 
disease. Three lectures and two one and one-half hour laboratory periods each week. 
Does not apply on a major or minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CORE COURSES 

BIOL 151-152* General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours 

This is a rigorous introductory course in Biology primarily for Biology majors, 
minors, and pre-professional students. The course is designed to give the student a 
solid foundation in the fundamental processes of plant and animal life. It is 
prerequisite to most all other Biology major courses. Three lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring) 

BIOL 316. Genetics 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 151, or consent of instructor. 

A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an 
investigation of gene structure and function. Three lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 412. Cell and Molecular Biology 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; BIOL 316. 

This course, designed for advanced Biology and Chemistry majors, deals primarily 
with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles learned in BIOL 
151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular research while learning about 
the appearance and operation of cellular organelles. The exciting details of cell 
integration and control provide the framework for this interdisciplinary study. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 

BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (£-1) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Senior standing. 

A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to current 
issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental responsibility. Special 
attention is given to Christian perspectives of the issues discussed. Credit can be 
applied toward either Biology or Religion. Three lectures each week. (Fall) 



99 



Biology 



BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Biology major or minor with senior standing. 
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on current 
literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval of Department 
Chair. (Fall, Spring) 






BOTANY 



BIOL 408* Flowering Plants and Ferns 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This field study of trees, flowering plants and ferns emphasizes species identifica- 
tion with the aid of botanical keys, recognition of plant families and noting habitats 
where various species occur. Other taxonomic methods will be introduced. Students 
will prepare a collection of herbarium specimens. Two lectures and one field trip or 
three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall-odd years; Summer-even years) 

BIOL 409. Smoky Mountain Flora 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 152 or consent of instructor. 

A field study of the wildflowers, shrubs and trees in the Great Smoky Mountain 
National Park, which contains the world's finest examples of temperate deciduous 
forest. Plants are identified by means of botanical keys, and observation lists are 
kept. Special attention is given to the different forest types and their associated 
plants. Involves a 10-day to three-week camping study experience. Field trips daily. 
(Summer, odd years) 

BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor. 
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water relations, 
mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation, respiration, and 
growth. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, odd 

years) 



ECOLOGY 

BIOL 226. Environmental Conservation (E-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex interlocking 
environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic ecological principles, 
the course goes on to examine population dynamics, energy utilization, resource 
consumption, the various forms of pollution, and conservation methods to preserve 
our natural resources, natural areas, and native species. On field trips we will 
evaluate how efficiently our natural resources are being monitored, utilized, and 
conserved. Two lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 



100 



Biology 



BIOL 250. Introduction to Tropical Marine Biology 3 hours 

A study of the major invertebrates and fish of the tropical coral reef and seashores. 
Emphasis is placed on the life habits of the organisms and their ecological niches. 
Habitats studied are coral reefs, rocky shores, sandy beaches, thalassia beds and 
mangrove swamps. Involves two weeks of on-campus classwork and 7-10 day field 
laboratory experience in the Bahamas. There is an additional charge for the 
Bahamas trip. (Summers) 

BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their environ- 
ment This course will examine these interactions in the context of energy flow, 
nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population dynamics. Field work will 
introduce various ecological sampling techniques and the student will participate in 
ecological analysis of various local communities as well as extended field trips. Two 
lectures and one field trip or three-hour laboratory period each week. (Fall) 



ZOOLOGY FIELD COURSES 

BIOL 312. Vertebrate Natural History 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history of the vertebrate classes including ecology, physiology, behavior, 
classification and identification, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one 
three-hour laboratory each week. An extended weekend field trip will be required as 
part of laboratory credit (Fall, odd years) 

BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours 

A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features, taxonomy, 
nesting and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two lectures and one 
laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which applies toward laboratory 
credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is an additional charge for the trip. 
(Spring) 

BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

Natural history, ecology, physiology, behavior, classification and identification of 
amphibians and reptiles, with emphasis on local species. Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory each week. An extended field trip will be required as part of 
laboratory credit (Fall, even years) 

BIOL 320. Entomology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A systematic study of the insects of the world considering anatomy, physiology, 
behavior and relation to humans. In the laboratory, emphasis will be placed on 
identifying local insects and a representative collection will be turned in. Short field 
trips are planned as part of the laboratory work. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period each week. (Fall, odd years) 



101 



Biology 



BIOL 411* Mammalogy 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America. Includes 
classroom and field study of systematica, distribution, behavior and ecology. A small 
collection will be required in the laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory each week. (Fall, even years) 






MICROBIOLOGY 



BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic animals. Two 

lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, even years) 

BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their morphology, 
physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be given to immunology 
topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen interactions, humoral and cellular 
immune systems. The importance of microorganisms in environmental and applied 
fields will be considered. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Spring) 

BIOL 340. Immunology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 225 or 330. 

A study of the basic aspects of the human immune system including topics such as 
antigen and antibody structure and reactions, humoral and cell mediated immunity, 
hypersensitivity, immune disease and transplantation immunology. Two lectures 
each week. (Spring) 



BASIC ZOOLOGY 

BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis on the 
development of the chick. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. (Fall) 

BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates. The 
dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory study. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring) 

BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor. 

A descriptive study of normal tissues, primarily those of man. The microscopic 
identification and characteristics of stained sections are emphasized in the 
laboratory. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. (Spring, 
odd years) 



102 



Biology 



BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 102, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or equivalent. 
Functional processes used by animals in adjusting to their external environment and 
controlling their internal environment. Laboratories involve analysis of functions of 
major organ systems. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
(Spring, even years) 

SPECIAL COURSES 

BIOL 365. Topics in Biology 1-3 hours 

Formal coursework designed to meet the needs or interests of students in specialty 
areas of Biology not covered in regular courses. May be repeated in different 
specialized areas. 

BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent. 

BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only. 

Designed for the individual student or group of students who wish to do independent 

study in an area of biology not listed in the regular offerings. Content and method 

of study must be arranged for prior to registration. This course may be repeated for 

credit (Fall, Spring, Summer-on demand) 

BIOL 397. Introduction to Biological Research (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

An introduction to the principles of scientific research, including the function of the 
scientific method, literature searches, research techniques, writing of grant 
proposals, and how to publish results. (Fall) 

BIOL 497. Research in Biology (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 397 or permission of instructor. 

Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems will be 
selected according to the interest and experience of the student Prior to registra- 
tion, students are urged to contact all biology staff members with respect to the 
choice of available research problems. This course should be taken not later than the 
first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring, Summer-on demand) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Biology 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance; and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



103 



Biology 

ROSARIO BEACH 
MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION 

The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility 
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College and 
other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes, 
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland. In 
addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the following 
are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach: 



BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours 

An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the biology 
and ecology of the marine environment Course not applicable to Biology majors. 

BIOL 460. Marine Ecology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

Study of interspecific, intraspecific, and community relationships demonstrated by 

marine organisms. 

BIOL 463. Marine Botany 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

Systematic study of plants found in Puget Sound, with a survey of marine plants 

from other areas. 

BIOL 468. Comparative Physiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152, BIOL 412. 

Comparative study of the physiology and life processes of animals with emphasis on 

invertebrates. 

BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152. 

A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will involve 
extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine invertebrates of the 
Puget Sound. 

BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 151-512 and Animal Behavior or Introduction to Psychology. 
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their behavioral 
responses to the physical environment. The course involves laboratory experiences, 
field observation, and a research project 



104 



Business and Office 
Administration 



Chair: Wayne VandeVere 

Faculty: Herbert Coolidge, Joyce Cotham, Richard Erickson, 
David Haley, Cliff Olson, Cecil Rolfe, Dan Rozell, 
Vinita Sauder, Peg Smith 
Adjunct Faculty: Daniel Gray, Richard J. Henry, Jr., Dale Lind, 

Doug Malin 
Advisory Councils: 

Accounting: Richard Center, Rhonda Champion, Richard Green, 

Bo Just, Calvin Wiese 
Long-Term Health Care: Forrest Preston, Chair; Glen Choban, 
Bob Gore, Dan Gray, Richard Henry, Dale Lind, Douglas 
Malin, Jan Rushing, Ben Wygal 
Marketing: Barry Anthony, Bud Cason, Danny Fall, Johnny Phillips 



The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to 
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, 
government, industry, and in long-term health care and to train 
students for secretarial, office work, and office administration in the 
modern office. 

The objectives of the department are: 

1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free 
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical 
guidelines. 

2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy 
toward our current economic environment and the ever-changing 
business world of the future. 

3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with 
basic business skills required for initial job placement. 

4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers 
and in positions of business leadership with organizations 
sponsored by this denomination. 

5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive 
secretaries, and word processing operators and managers. 

6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into 
most graduate degree programs in business. 



105 



Business and Office Administration 



The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree 
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, Marketing, and 
Computer Information Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) 
with majors in Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and 
Office Administration. 

For those who desire a two-year program, Associate of Science 
degrees (AS.) are available in Accounting and Office Administration. 
A pre-professional degree in Health Information Administration is also 
available. 

Students wishing to receive secondary teacher certification in 
Business Education must complete a baccalaureate degree and complete 
the professional education courses for licensure. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section, beginning on page 149. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To help the graduates in Business and Office Administration to 
evaluate their academic progress and to aid the department in evaluat- 
ing teaching effectiveness, students who major in business related fields 
will be required to: 

1. Participate in the college-wide Sophomore testing program in 
general education. 

2. Take the area test in business prepared by the Educational 
Testing Service (ETS) during the last semester of their 
academic program, and 

3. Accounting majors who plan to enter public accounting will 
be evaluated by their performances on the National CPA 
exam. 

PROGRAMS IN BUSINESS 
AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

B.B.A. Core Requirements: The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core 
of business courses plus a major in Accounting, Management, Market- 
ing, or Computer Information Systems. 

Basic Core Course requirements are as follows: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
ECON 224, 225; BUAD 128, 128, 234, 314, 315, 339, 358, 488; BMKT 
226; OFAD 315. Among the General Education requirements, the 
B.B.A degree students must include SPCH 135, CPTR 106, 126, MATH 
120, 215, and a course in psychology. BUAD 315 and BMKT 226 are 
not required for the major in Computer Information Systems. 

Major-Accounting: 24 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
ACCT 311-312, 316, 322, 417, 421; Electives in Accounting, 3 hours. 
Calculus I, MATH 181, is recommended for those who plan to pursue 
a graduate program in business. 



106 



Business and Office Administration 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING 



YEAR 1 Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 3 




ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 3 


3 


BUAD 128 


Parsons) Finance 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 3 




ENQL 101-102 
CPTR 106 


College Composition 3 
Intro to Spreadsheet 


3 
1 


ECON 224,225 
SPCH 135 


Prin of Economics 3 
Intro to Public Spkg 


3 
3 


CPTR 126 
MATH 120 


Spreadsheet Application 
College Algebra 3 
Area B-l, Religion 3 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area C-l, History 3 


2 

3 
3 




Area B, Religion 3 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area D-2, Literature 3 
Area G-l/G-3, Skills 1 
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci 
16 


3 

1 

2 

15 




Area Q-3, Roc Skills 1 


t 






16 


16 








YEAR 3 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ACCT 211-212 


Inter Accounting 4 


4 


ACCT 316 


Gov't Accounting 


3 


ACCT322 


Cost Accounting 


3 


ACCT 417 


Auditing 4 




BUAD 330 


Business Law 


3 


ACCT 421 


Federal Income Taxes 3 




ACCT 321 


Managerial Aoct 3 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical Env 




BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 3 






of Business 3 




BUAD 315 


Business Finance 3 




BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area D-3, Fine Art App3 






16 


16 




Accounting Elect ivee 3 


1 










Area E, Nat Science 


_3 










16 


14 



See pages 47-49 and 61-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major-Management: 21 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
BUAD 344, 353, 354, 414; ECON 314; Electives in ACCT, BUAD, 
BMKT, 6 hours. 






TVpical Sequence of Courses for 
B.BJL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT 



YEARl 

BUAD 126 
BUAD 128 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
ENGL 101- 
MATH 120 



Semester 

M 2nd 

Intro to Business 3 

Personal Finance 3 

Intro to Spreadsheet 1 

Spreadsheet Applications 2 

102 College Composition 3 3 
College Algebra 3 
Area B-l, Religion 3 

Area F-l, Psychology 3 

Area C-l, History 3 3 

Area G-l or G-3, Skis _1 _1 

16 16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221222 
BUAD 234 
ECON 224,225 
SPCH 135 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Prin of Accounting 
Prin of Management 
Prin of Economics 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area F-2, Fam/Health 



15 



3 

1 

15 






107 



Business and Office Administration 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR4 


Semester 




M 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ACCT321 


Mang Accounting 3 




BUAD 353 


Mgmt of Small Bus 3 




BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 3 




BUAD 354 


Prin of Risk Mgmt 


3 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 3 




BUAD 358 


Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bus Decis 


3 


BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 


3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


BUAD 344 


Human Resource Mgmt 


3 


ECON314 


Money & Banking 


3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 3 




OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 






Area B-2, Religion 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area % Nat Science 


3 




Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 






Elective* 3 


1 




Elective* in Business 3 


3 




15 


16 




15 


16 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major-Marketing: 21 hours plus the B.B.A. Core Requirements: 
BUAD 354; BMKT 327, 328, 423, 424, 425, 428. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. MARKETING 



YEARl 

BUAD 126 
BUAD 128 
ENOL 101 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
MATH 120 



102 



YEARS 

ACCT321 
BUAD 314 
MATH 215 
BUAD 339 
BUAD 354 
BUAD 358 
BUAD 488 
BMKT 327 
BMKT 328 



Intro to Business 
Personal Finance 
College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applica 
College Algebra 
Area B-t, Religion 
Area F-l, Psychology 
Area C-l, History 
Area O-l/G-3 Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 

3 
3 
1 



3 
3 

3 

16 



3 

3 

_1 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Mang Accounting 3 

Quant Meth-Bus Decis 3 

Statistics 3 

Business Law 3 

Prin of Risk Mgmt 3 

Legal, Eth Env of Bus 3 
Seminar in Bus Admin 1 

Consumer Behavior 3 
Sales Management 3 
Electives 3 

Area B-2, Religion _ _3 
15 16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
BMKT 226 
BUAD 234 
SPCH 135 
ECON 224,225 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 315 
BUAD 414 
BMKT 423 
BMKT 424 
BMKT 425 
BMKT 428 



Princ of Accounting 
Into to Marketing 
Prin of Management 
Into to Public Spkg 
Prin of Economics 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-2, literature 
Area E, Nat Science 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 



15 



16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Business Finance 3 

Business Strategies 
Promotional Strategy 3 
Marketing Strategy 
Marketing Research 
Marketing Management 
Area B, UD Religion 3 
Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 
Area F, Beh/Fam/ 

HlthSci 
Electives _3 

15 



2 
_2 
16 



See pages 47-49 and 51*55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



108 



Business and Office Administration 



Major-Computer Information Systems: the B.B.A. Core require- 
ments plus CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 
485; Cognates: MATH 120, 181, 215; SPCH 135; a psychology course. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEARl 

BUAD 126 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
CPTR 131 
CPTR 132 
ENGL 101-102 
SPCH 135 



YEARS 

ACCT321 
BUAD 234 
BUAD 314 
BUAD 488 
CPTR 318 
CPTR 319 
CPTR 324 
CPTR 325 
MATH 215 



Intro to Business 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Applica 
Fund of Prog I 
Fund of Prog II 
College Composition 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area 0-1/0-3, Skills 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 

1 
2 



3 

3 

_1 

16 



3 
3 
3 

3 
J. 
16 



Semester 
M 2nd 

Cost & Mang Aoct I 3 
Prin of Management 3 
Quant Mthds-Bus Dec 3 

Seminar in Bus Admin 1 

Data Structures 3 

Data Base Mgmt Systems 3 
Systems Analysis 2 

Systems Design 2 

Statistics 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-2, literature 3 

Area F-2, Family Sci 

OR 2 

Area F-3, Health Sci __ _ 
16 15 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
BUAD 128 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
ECON 224,225 
MATH 120 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 358 

BUAD 339 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 
MATH 181 
OFAD 315 



Prin of Accounting 
Personal Finance 
COBOL Programming 
Intro to File Process 
Prin of Economics 
College Algebra 
Area B, Religion 
Area D-3, Fine Arts 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 



15 



3 

1 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Legal-Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Business Law 3 

Systems Management 2 
Computer Sci Seminar 1 

Calculus I 3 

Business Communica 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area E, Science 
Area F, Psychology 
Elective* 



3 



_2 
16 



3 
3 

-1 
16 



♦Recommended Courses to take 

See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES 

Major-Business Administration: 46 hours: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
BUAD 234, 314, 315, 339, 358, 414, 488; BMKT 226; ECON 224, 225, 
MATH 215; Six hours of electives in business, marketing, and 
accounting courses. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 126, OFAD 315, 
and SPCH 135. 



109 



Business and Office Administration 



Typicel Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



YEARl 

BUAD 128 


1 
Intro to Business 


Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 


YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 


Semester 
1st 2nd 

Prin of Accounting 3 3 


BUAD 128 


Personal Finance 




3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 3 


ENGL 101-102 
CPTH 106 


College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 


3 


3 

1 


ECON 224-225 


Prin of Economics 3 3 
Area F-l, ftychology 3 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area D-2, Literature 3 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 
Area E, Nat Science 3 
Electives 3 
16 15 


CPTR126 
SPCH 135 
MATH 120 


Spreadsheet Applica 
Intro to Public Spkg 
College Algebra 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area G-l/Q-3 Skills 


3 
3 
3 
1 


2 

3 

3 

1 








16 


16 






YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 


ACCT321 


1st 2nd 

Managerial Accounting 3 


BUAD 315 


1st 2nd 

Business Finance 3 


BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 


3 




BUAD 414 


Business Strategies 3 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 1 


BUAD 314 


Quant Meth-Bua Decia 


3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 


BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 








Area B, UD Religion 3 




of Business 


3 






Area D-3, Fine Art App 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Area F-2, Fam/Hlth So 2 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Elective in Acotg, 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 






Business, or BMKT 3 3 




Electives 




6 




Electives 1 6 






15 


15 




15 16 



See pages 47-40 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major-Long-Term Health Care: 51 hours: ACCT 221-222, 321; 
BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 315, 339, 358, 431, 432, 434, 435, 497; ECON 
224, 225. Cognate requirements: CPTR 106, 126, and SOCI 349. 

Students who have previously earned a bachelor's degree from an 
accredited college or university and who have completed all classwork 
required for a long-term health care major other than the specialized 
long-term health care classes, may receive a Bachelor of Science degree 
with a major in long-term health care upon the completion of 20 hours 
of long-term health care classes (BUAD 431, 432, 434, 435, 497). 

This exception to the 30-hour residence requirement applies only to 
those who have completed all other major course requirements for the 
long-term health care degree at another institution and have received 
a bachelor's degree. 



110 



Business and Office Administration 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st ?nH 




1st 2nd 


ENOL 101-102 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 126 
MATH 120 
SPCH 135 


College Composition 
Intro to Spreadsheet 
Spreadsheet Apptica 
College Algebra 
Intro to Public Spkg 


3 ' 

3 
3 


3 
I 
2 


ACCT 221-222 
ECON 224-225 


Prin of Accounting 3 3 
Prin of Economics 3 3 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area D-2, Literature 3 
Area E, Nat Science 3 




Area E, Nat. Science 
Area B-l, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area F-l, Psychology 


3 

3 


3 

3 
3 




Area F, Fam/Hlth Sci 2 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1 
Electivee 3 3 
14 16 




Area 0-1/0-3, Skills 


1 
16 


1 
16 






























YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 3 




BUAD 497 


LTHC Admin Intmahp 8 


BMKT226 


Intro to Marketing 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 






Electivee __ _8 


BUAD 315 


Business Finance 


3 






8 11 


BUAD 339 


Business Law 




3 






BUAD 358 


Legal, Ethical, Env 












of Business 


3 








SOCI349 


Aging ft Society 




3 








Area D-3, Fine Art App 


3 








Eleotives 




6 










15 


15 







SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 8) 

BUAD 431 Oen Admin of LTHC Facil 3 

BUAD 432 Tech Aspects of LTHC 3 

BUAD 434 Fin Mgmt of LTHC Facil 3 

BUAD 435 Hum Res Mgmt/Mkt LTHC _3 

12 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 









Associate of Science Degree Major-Accounting: 32 hours: 
ACCT 221-222, 311-312, 321; BUAD 126, 128, 358; ECON 213 or 224; 
Three hours of electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. Cognate 
requirements: CPTR 106, 126; OFAD 105 or equivalent. 















in 



Business and Office Administration 



TVpical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ACCOUNTING 



YEAR 1 



Semester 







1st 2nd 


ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


BUAD 128 


Intro to Business 


3 




CPTR106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR126 


Spreadsheet Applies 




2 


ECON224 


Prin of Economics 








OR 


3 




ECON213 


Survey of Economics 








Area B-l, Religion 


3 






Area F-l, Psychology 




3 




Area Q-3, Rec Skills 


1 






Area A-2, Math 




0-3 




Electives 




4-1 






16 


16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 311-312 
ACCT 321 
BUAD 128 
BUAD 358 



Inter Accounting 
Mang Accounting 
Personal Finance 
Legal, Ethical, Env 

of Business 
Area B-2, Religion 
Area C-l, History 
Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-4, Speech 
Area E, Nat Science 
Business Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
4 4 
3 
3 



16 16 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies. 

Major-Office Administration: 49 hours: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 
218, 221, 223, 225, 228, 315, 317, 345; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 234, 339, 
344; three hours of upper division electives in OFAD, BUAD, ACCT, or 
ECON. Cognate requirements: ACCT 221-222, CPTR 120 or equivalent. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEAR1 

OFAD 115 
OFAD 213 
OFAD 216 
OFAD 218 
OFAD 221 
OFAD 223 
OFAD 225 
ENGL 101-102 



YEARS 

BUAD 339 
CPTR 120 
ECON 213 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

Document Formatting 3 
Information Res Mgmt 3 
Business English 3 

Business Math Cal 2 

Office Transcription 3 

Office Systems Tech 3 

Professional Development 2 

College Composition 3 3 
Area B, Bible 3 

Area C, History 3 

RE. 1 _ 

16 16 

Semester 
1st 2nd 
4 

3 
3 
3 



Business Law 
Computer- Based Sys 
Survey of Economics 
Area A-2, Mathematics 
Area B, Bible 
Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 



3 



Area E, Science 
Elective: OFAD, BUAD, 

ACCT, ECON 
Electives _3 

IS 



3 



3 
16 



YEAR 2 

ACCT 221-222 
OFAD 214 
OFAD 228 
OFAD 315 
OFAD 317 
OFAD 345 



YEAR 4 



BUAD 234 
BUAD 344 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Prin of Accounting 3 3 
Microoomput Doc Prod 3 
Speedwriting Tech 3 

Bus Communications 3 

Office Admin Proced 3 

Computer-Aided Publish 3 
Area B, Bible 3 

Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 

Speech 3 

Area E, Science 3 

Area F, Beh Science J2 

17 15 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Prin of Management 3 
Human Resource Mgmt 3 

Area B, Bible 3 

Area C, History 3 

Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/ 

Speech 3 

Area F, Behavioral Sci 3 
AreaO-1, orG-3 2 

Electives _3 _6 

14 15 



112 



Business and Office Administration 



Mcgor-Associate of Science Degree, Office Administration: 40 

hours: Core Requirements: OFAD 115, 213, 214, 216, 218, 221, 223, 
225, 228, 230, 315, 317, 345; ACCT 103 or 221. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting OR 3 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 


■ 3 




ACCT 221 


Prin of Accounting 


OFAD 213 


Info Resource Mgmt 


3 




OFAD 214 


Micro Doc Prod 3 


OFAD 216 


Business English 


3 




OFAD 228 


Speedwriting Tech 3 


OFAD 218 


Business Math Cal 




2 


OFAD 230 


Applied Office Practice 3 


OFAD 221 


Office Transcription 




3 


OFAD 315 


Bus Communications 3 


OFAD 223 


Office Systems Tech 




3 


OFAD 317 


Office Admin Proced 3 


OFAD 225 


Prof Development 




2 


OFAD 345 


Computer-Aided Publish 3 




Area B, Bible 


3 






Area B» Bible 3 




Area C, History 




3 




Area D, Lit/Lang/FA/Speech 3 




Physical Ed 


1 






Area E, Science 3 






16 


16 




Area F, Behavior Sci 2 

17 15 



Major--A.S. Health Information Administration (Formerly Pre- 
Medical Records Administration Program)--BIOL 101-102; MATH 103; 
PSYC 124; BIOL 151-152; OFAD 115; ACCT 221-222. Cognate require- 
ment: ENGL 102. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 

A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION 

Formerly Medical Records Administration 

(Allied Health Professions) 



YEARl 


Semester 
M? nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 


3 


3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 


2 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 






Area G-l, History 


3 


3 


OFAD 115 


Document Formatting 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




Area D, hang/Lit/ 








Area B» Religion 


3 




Fine Arts 


2 


3 




Area D-4, Speech 


3 


BIOL 151-152 


General Biology 


-4 


4 




Area D, Ung/Lit/F Arts 3 
Area G-3, Bee Skills 

15 


1 
16 






17 


16 


NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade I 


br a 


course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions Test 


(AHPAT) is required 













MINORS IN BUSINESS, MARKETING, AND 
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 HOURS: 

Business Administration: ACCT 221-222; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD 
234 or 344; and 6 hours of upper division in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON. 



113 



Business and Office Administration 



Marketing: BMKT 226, 327, 424, plus 9 hours of electives in 
marketing. 

Office Administration: OFAD 115, 216, 221, 223, 315, 345. 



ACCOUNTING 

ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours 

This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the 
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional offices, 
merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does not apply toward 
a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business and Office Administration. 

(Fall) 

ACCT 221-222. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours 

A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted Accounting 
Principles " The theory of debit and credit, transaction analysis, financial statement 
preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet accounts, income recognition, and basic 
management accounting concepts are covered. Usually not open to freshmen. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

ACCT 311-312. Intermediate Accounting 4,4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222. 

An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including preparation of 

financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classification and evaluation 

of balance sheet accounts and their related income and expense accounts. (Fall, 

Spring) 

ACCT 316. Governmental and Fund Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222 

A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund accounting 
as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institutions including schools 
and hospitals. Attention will be given to the pronouncements of the Governmental 
Accounting Standards Board. (Spring) 

ACCT 321. Managerial Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a 
managerial tool Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relationships, job- 
order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting, cost behavior patterns, 
transfer pricing, and divisional performance measurement. (Fall) 

ACCT 322. Cost Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and MATH 215. 

An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems, including 
cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual, standard, and direct 
cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more quantitative aspects of 
management are covered including decision-making under uncertainty, inventory 
control, cost behavior and regression analysis, the variance investigation decision, 
and mix and yield variances. (Spring) 



114 



Business and Office Administration 



ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated financial 
statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty, estates and trusts, 
foreign exchange, segment reporting. (Spring) 

ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 311-312. 

A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public accounting work 
including generally accepted auditing standards, professional code of ethics of the 
AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall) 

ACCT 418, 419. C.PA. Review Problems 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

A course designed to stucty accounting theory, auditing, accounting practice, and 
business law as exemplified by the official accounting pronouncements of the AICPA 
and FASB. (Fall, Spring) 

ACCT 421. Federal Income Taxes I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221 

An introductory course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal 
Internal Revenue Code to the tax problems of individuals. Primary emphasis is on 
Federal Income Taxes but Social Security Taxes will also be included. (Fall) 

ACCT 422. Federal Income Taxes II 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 421 

A course designed to provide training in the application of the Federal Internal 
Revenue Code to the tax problems facing corporations, partnerships, estates, trusts. 
An introduction to tax research will also be included. (Spring) 

ACCT 443. Accounting Systems I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222 

A study of accounting information systems. Internal control, reporting systems, 

computer based systems and systems development will be covered. (Fall) 



ECONOMICS 

ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours 

A course designed for the general education student. It provides an understanding 
of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market system, the role 
of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of the foreign sector. This 
course does not apply on a major in accounting, management, or marketing. No 
credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall) 

ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours 

ECON 224 (Macroeconomics) deals with total employment, output and income, with 
inflation and recession, and with the variables that influence these conditions. ECON 
225 (Microeconomics) deals with scarcity and choice, individual goods and markets, 
and the price mechanism showing how it automatically directs the society's resources 
into the most desirable uses. 



115 



Business and Office Administration 



ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ECON 224. 

Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks, and their services, the Federal 

Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered. (Spring) 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BUAD 126. Introduction to Business (G-2) 3 hours 

A course designed to provide a basic understanding of the American business system 
and free enterprise concepts. Business practices, business terminology and contem- 
porary business issues are covered. (Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours 

A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and practices designed 
to provide the techniques to manage personal finances. Budgeting, consumerism, 
insurance, home ownership, and investments are included in the topics covered. 
(Fall, Spring) 

BUAD 234. Principles of Management 3 hours 

A beginning course designed to study business management including an analysis of 
business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional characteristics of the 
management process and current ethics. (Fall) 

BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215. 

Linear Programming-simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, transportation 
problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics. Game theory, 
inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program Evaluation and Review 
Technique (PERT). (Spring) 

BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 221-222. 

A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis on 
instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to working 
capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall, Summer) 

BUAD 339. Business Law 3 hours 

A course design to study the nature and social functions of law including social 
control through law and the law of commercial transactions (uniform commercial 
code) and business organizations. (Spring) 

BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours 

An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees 
with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high levels. Among 
topics covered are selection, training, compensation and financial incentives, work 
standards, techniques of supervision and leadership. (Spring) 

BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours 

A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small 
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a new 
business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the management of 
the small business. (Fall) 

116 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 354* Principles of Risk Management 3 hours 

An introductory study in the field of risk management. Material covered includes 
risk identification and measurement, insurance contracts and risk control tools. 
Insurance categories covered include liability, property, health and life. The 
primary emphasis will be on business applications, but some consideration will be 
given to the personal risk. (Spring) 

BUAD 358. Legal, Ethical, and Social 

Environment of Business 3 hours 

A stu^y of how business should operate within the legal, ethical and political 
environment, its relationship to government agencies and control, and how 
individuals in leadership should relate to various social and ethical problems, (fall) 

BUAD 414* Business Strategies (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: BUAD 234, 315; ACCT 222; BMKT 226 

This course of study is designed to give the student experience in decision-making 
and problem-solving through the case method. Students learn to identify, analyze, 
propose alternative solutions and make satisfactory decisions about business 
problems. Attention will be given both to internal problems and the external 
competitive nature of business. (Spring) 

BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ACCT 222. 

A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential investor of 
institutional or personal funds through the use of problems, readings, and cases. 
Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the security market, real estate, and 
fixed equipment investments. (Spring) 

BUAD 431. General Administration of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organization and 
management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and controlling, 
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities. A review of licensing 
requirements, insurance, business law, human relations and public relations will also 
be included. (Summer) 

BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours 

A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration. Their 
relationship to other health care facilities in the total health care system, and 
technically related medical relationships and services. A complete review of OBRA 
is also included. (Summer) 

BUAD 434* Financial Management of the 

Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for manage- 
ment decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer) 



117 



Business and Office Administration 



BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and 

Marketing of the Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours 

A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of employees with 
a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a high level. Selection, 
compensation, financial incentives, work standards, and leadership are the topics 
that will be covered. Marketing functions, problems, services, and competitive 
practices will also be covered. (Summer) 

BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour 

This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business. Top men 
and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real estate, finance, 
retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten lectures will be required. 
This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring) 

BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be arranged. 
Approval must be secured from Department Chair prior to registration. 

BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours 

A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care facility 
will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. The tuition charge for eight 
semester hours is $1,200. For an additional fee of $1 per clock hour students may 
take additional on-the-job experience required for national examinations in some 
states. The internship will be limited to an area within 600 miles of Southern 
College, and if it is beyond that additional fees may be imposed to cover the cost. The 
number of on-site visits by college personnel will depend on the past experience 
between the college and the facility and on the qualifications of the preceptor 
involved. To maintain college control, two visits per internship will be normal. With 
good past experience and a highly qualified preceptor, one visit will be expected. 
Three visits may be needed if difficulties arise. The number of required visits is at 



the discretion of the college. 



MARKETING 






BMKT 226. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing institutions, 
basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services, price policies, and 
competitive practices. (Fall) 

BMKT 327. Consumer Behavior 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An analysis of the consumer decision making process where behavioral science is 
combined with marketing theory to enable the marketer to understand and predict 
consumer behavior in the various stages of the buying decision. (Fall) 

BMKT 328. Sales Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An examination of the basic sales processes necessary to achieve organizational 
objectives and the professional techniques used in the management of the sales force 
ranging from planning-recruiting to day-to-day management. (Fall) 



118 



Business and Office Administration 



BMKT 423. Promotional Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

An analysis of the communication function of marketing. Advertising, public rela- 
tions, sales promotions, and personal selling are examined to enable the student to 
design an appropriate and complete promotional strategy for the business organiza- 
tion. (Spring) 

BMKT 424. Marketing Strategy 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226, 

A case study approach to the solving of major marketing problems of various 
organizations and the ability to formulate appropriate strategies in responding to the 
presented case problems. (Spring) 

BMKT 425. Marketing Research 3 hours 

A study of the role of research in marketing decision-making; research process, 
scientific methods; analysis and interpretation of research findings. (Spring) 

BMKT 428. Marketing Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BMKT 226. 

This course is to design a real work marketing plan. Starting with organizational 
objectives, research is designed and then implemented with a marketing recommen- 
dation report to the participating business organization. (Spring) 



OFFICE ADMINISTRATION 

OFAD 105. Keyboarding (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce students to touch typing and basic formatting 
techniques. Emphasis is on mastery of the keyboard, developing basic keyboarding 
skills and formatting basic documents, including personal letters, business letters, 
memos, envelopes, tables, reports, outlines, and centered material such as 
announcements. Speed objective: 25-40 wpm. Not open to challenge examination. 
(Ml) 

OFAD 115. Document Formatting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Placement test required. 

This course builds on the keyboarding competencies students have developed. 
Emphasis is placed on increasing speed, improving accuracy, developing formatting 
skills, and learning production skills. Not open to challenge examination. (Fall) 

OFAD 213. Information Resource Management 3 hours 

Basic principles and procedures of storage and control of records involving a study 
of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five methods of storage. An overview of 
automated file, using computer software. The criteria by which records are created, 
stored, used, and transferred are studied. (Fall) 

OFAD 214. Microcomputer Document Production (G-2) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: OFAD 115. 

The microcomputer is used to provide experience in producing documents found in 
typical business offices. The major focus of the course is productivity and excellence 
in document production. Emphasis is also placed on the mastery of word processing 
functions, composition skills, and application of communication skills. (Fall) 



119 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 216. Business English 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisite: ENGL 101. 

An intense study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spelling, and 

word usage as necessary for the fundamentals of business communication. (Fall) 

OFAD 218. Business Math Calculations (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 16 or above. 

The use of the electronic calculator to solve basic business arithmetic operations, 
such as percentages, interest, discounts, fractions, merchandising, payroll, deprecia- 
tion and use of credit. (Spring) 

OFAD 221. Office Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, OFAD 216. 

Pre- or oorequisite: OFAD 214. 

Development of skill in producing mailable office documents, using machine 

dictation. Focuses upon the development of business grammar, punctuation and 

document styles used in office transcription, regardless of the input media or kind 

of keyboarding equipment used. (Spring) 

OFAD 223. Office Systems Technology 3 hours 

An introduction to office systems. Through lectures, films and field trips, the student 
will learn about people, procedures and technology for the modern office 
environment. (Spring) 

OFAD 225. Professional Development (G-2) 2 hours 

A program designed to provide an awareness of the "people" skills essential for job 
success. Topics include developing a positive self-image, ethics, time management, 
human relations and communications skills, organizational dynamics, and 
professional development. (Spring) 

OFAD 228. Speedwriting Techniques (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 115, 216, 221 or permission of instructor. 
This course provides instruction in "SuperWrite," an abbreviated writing system, 
based on the letters of the alphabet; designed to provide a fast method of notetaking. 
Fundamental principles presented and applied, together with transcription emphasis 
and practice. (Fall) 

OFAD 230/430. Applied Office Practice 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisite: OFAD 317. 

Supervised on-campus work program in an administrative office of the college or 
related industries. Conferences scheduled with instructor during semester for 
guidance and evaluation. Arrangements to be made in advance with department 
instructor. Open only to senior Office Administration majors. (Spring) 

OFAD 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101, 102. 

A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business 
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling and punctuation, and the writing 
of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of effective 
expression in business letter writing. (Fall, Spring) 



120 



Business and Office Administration 



OFAD 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisites: OFAD 214, BIOL 101, or consent of instructor. 

A study of medical terms-their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning and their 

application to medical secretarial work. (Fall) 

OFAD 317. Office Administration Procedures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 213, 214, 223. 

An integration of skills learned in previous office administration courses, together 
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics and initiative 
used in the profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring) 

OFAD 333. Advanced Medical Terminology 

and Transcription 3 hours 

Prerequisite: OFAD 223 and 316. 

Continued emphasis on medical vocabulary, with emphasis on specific areas of 
medicine. Skill and knowledge developed in the transcription techniques and 
procedures of medical dictation. (Spring) Not to be taught after the 1992-93 
school year. 

OFAD 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

This course is cross-listed with CPTE 245/345, Computer Science and Technology 
Department. A student may receive credit for this course from only one department. 
An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox 
\fentura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

OFAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Open on|y to majors in Office Administration. Research studies related to the field 
of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience and interest of the 
student. Length of project determines credit. This course may be repeated for credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Business 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business education, the 

psychology of skill development and measurement, and lesson development of specific 

classes. An investigation of instructional materials and resources for the business 

education classroom. Special areas of instruction will be presented for the 

endorsement clusters of Basic Business, Accounting, Data Processing and Office 

Technology. 



(G-2), ( W) See pages 47-49 and 5 1-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



121 



Chemistry 



Chair: Steven Warren 

Faculty: Sterling Sigsworth, Mitchell Thiel 

Wiley Austin (Orlando) 
Adjunct Faculty: Jim Engel 

Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, 
the study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major 
in Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in 
a wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research, 
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry, 
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many 
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, patent 
research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a few. 

The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for 
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional 
applications of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A degree 
is the preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or pre- 
paramedical fields and possibly for some of the business applications. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

In order to aid the department in evaluating teaching effectiveness, 
nationally standardized tests prepared by the American Chemical 
Society for each of the various classes will be administered at the end 
of those classes. 

Major (BJL): Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 
313-314, 315, 321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be sub- 
stituted for CHEM 315, 321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate 
requirement. CPTR 131 is strongly recommended. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJV, CHEMISTRY* 



YEARl 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


CHEM 161-152 


General Chemistry 


4 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area E, Biol/Phys/ 






Earth Science 


3 




Area G>3, Rec Skills 


1 


Elective* or Minor 


2 



16 15 



YEAR 2 



CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 



Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, P Sci/Eoon 
Area D, Lit/F Arts/ 

Speech 
Area G-l, Croat Skil 

OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Chemistry Elective 
Electives or Minor 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 3 
1 1 



15 



_9 
16 



122 



Chemistry 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 




1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CHEM 315 


Analytic*] Chemistry 


4 




CHEM 485 


Chemistry Seminar 


1 


CHEM 321 


Instrumental Analysis 




4 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR131 


FundofProgml 


3 






Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Health Science 


3 




Area C-1, History 


3 


3 




Chemistry Elective 


2 




Area D-l, For Lang 


3 


3 




Electives or Minor 


Q 12 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Elective 


16 


3 

3 

16 






15 15 



•PLEASE NOTE: If the student enters during the fall of an odd numbered year, this schedule applies. If the 
student enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then either years 2 and 3 or years 3 and 4 should 
be exchanged. 

See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 
315, 321, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, 497, and Advanced Organic Chemistry 
are required. Cognate requirements are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 
181, 182 and 315, CPTR 131. German or French is highly recommended. 
This course of study is designed for the professional chemist. Note that 
Physical Chemistry will he offered one year and Analytical and Instru- 
mental Chemistries the following year. The student should plan 
accordingly. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. CHEMISTRY* 






YEARl 

CHEM 151-152 
ENGL 101-102 
MATH 120 
MATH 181 
CPTR 131 



General Chemistry 
College Composition 
College Algebra 
Calculus I 
Funds of Prog I 
Area B, Religion 
Area G-3, Ree Skills 
Elective 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

4 4 
3 3 

4 



15 



_1 
15 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 311-312 
CHEM 313-314 
MATH 182 



Organic Chemistry 
Organic Chem Lab 
Calculus II 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-1, History 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Elective 



Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 

1 1 

3 

3 

3 

3 

16 



3 
3 

3 
_2 
15 



YEAR 3 

PHYS 211-212 
PHYS 213-214 
CHEM 315 
CHEM 321 
CHEM 495 
MATH 315 






General Physios 
General Physics Lab 
Analytical Chemistry 
Instr Analysis 
DS: Adv Organic Chem 
Din* Equations 
Area F, Beh/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Area G-l, Croat Skis 

OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Chemistry Electives 



Semester 
M 2nd 
3 3 
1 1 

4 



J2 
16 



YEAR 4 

CHEM 411-412 
CHEM 413-414 
CHEM 485 
CHEM 407 



Physical Chemistry 
Physical Chem Lab 
Chemistry Seminar 
Intro to Research 
Area B, UD Religion 
AreaC-2, PblSci/ 

Economics 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 

Fine Arts 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Electives 






Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 
1 1 

1 

1-2 

3 



3 



3 
1£ 
16 



3 
_2 
15 



123 



Chemistry 



•PLEASE NOTE: If the student enter* during the fall of an odd numbered year, thie schedule applies. If the 
student enters during the fall of an even numbered year, then years 3 and 4 should be exchanged, and General 
Physios must be taken during the first or second year or a summer before the junior year. 

See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Chemistry 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 149. 



CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry (E-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or 
MATH 090. 

Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General 
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or minor 
in chemistry. Taught second semester oiuy. (Spring) 

CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. 

A minimum Mathematics ACT score of 16 or a minimum grade of "C" in MATH 
080 are required. 

A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic principles of 
inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each week. Does not 
apply to a major or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112. 
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM 111* 
112. Two and one-half hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major ] 
or minor in Chemistry. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours 

Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Intermediate I 
Algebra. 

An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with applies* I 
tions to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and three hours of j 
laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent 
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic carbon j 
compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy, relative reactivities, I 
reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these compounds. There are three 
hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring) 



124 



Chemistry 



CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312. 

S Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemistry 
laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization, distillation, 
separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are discussed in CHEM 
311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of determina- 
tions, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry involved is studied in 
terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory each week. This class is offered alternate years. (Fall, odd years) 

CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 315. 

A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spectrometry, 

chromatography, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. Three lectures and one 

laboratory session per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, even 

years) 

CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

The compounds, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under 
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Also some of the techniques for 
studying these areas are considered. There are four hours of lecture each week and 
no lab. Up to two hours of credit can be counted toward a biology major. (Spring) 

CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 211-212; MATH 315, 
or permission of instructor. 

Gases, kinetic theory, thermodynamics and reaction kinetics are studied with 
the main emphasis on thermodynamics. There are three hours of lecture each 
week. This is taught alternate years. (Fall, even years) 

CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 315; CPTR 131 or 218, or permission of 
instructor. 

Areas to be studied include: Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the 
energy equation; boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers; 
separation-of-variables method for the hydrogen atom; electron spin and the Pauli 
requirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of light 
atoms; variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel and LCAO 
methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory. There are three 
hours of lecture per week. This class is offered alternate years. (Spring, odd years) 

CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently or 

previously. 

Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory 

period each week. This class is offered alternate school years. (Hall, even years; 

Spring, odd years) 

125 



Chemistry 



CHEM 425. Advanced Organic Chemistry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 312 

Compound types, reactions, and intermediates not considered in Organic Chemistry 
will be studied. Once a sufficient background has been established, an introduction 
to medicinal chemistry and synthesis of medicinal compounds will be studied. (Fall) 

CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312. 

Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field. To be 

taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall) 

CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152. 

Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a group 
of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the regular class 
offerings. (Fall, Spring) 

CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor. 
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Problems are 
assigned according to the experience and interest of the student. Prior to 
registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to contact all 
chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available problems. This should 
be taken no later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Chemistry 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



Taught at the Orlando Center 
CHEM 112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3 hours 

CHEM 114. Survey of Chemistry Lab (E-2) 1 hour 



(E-2 ), (W) See pages 47-49 and 5 1-55 for explanation of General Education requirements 






126 



Computer Science 
and Technology 



Chair: Bradley Hyde 

Faculty: John Durichek, Rick Halterman, Merritt MacLafferty 

Adjunct Faculty: John Beckett, Judy DeLay 



Computer Science deals with the design and programming of 
electronic digital computers. In today's society, it is rare that the 
average person goes through a day without using a computer in some 
way. Computers are used in cars, microwave ovens, VCR's, TVs and 
even washing machines. On Wall Street and at NASA, huge banks of 
computers display the current status. Almost everyone who writes now 
uses a word processor and even grade-school students are being taught 
by computers. 

With the growing use of computers has come a growing shortage of 
computer professionals. While some companies must hire untrained 
applicants, most are seeking employees with the training, skill, and 
knowledge of a graduate in Computer Science. Graduates from a 
computer science program find jobs in industry, health care, financial 
institutions, education, and research. 

The student should choose his area of interest and select courses 
from computer science and other fields that will fit well with his 
intended career. Some job titles are: Programmer, Systems Pro- 
grammer, Systems Analyst, Team Leader, Data Base Administrator, 
Data Processing Manager, Software Engineer, Applications Engineer, 
Training Specialist, and Technical Writer. 

CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT 
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE 

Users must use only those computer accounts which have been 

authorized for their use. 
L 2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for 

which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Service 

Department. 
[3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of 

other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient 

means of utilizing the computer. 



127 



Computer Science and Technology 



4. Users of campus computers must not make or use unauthorized 
copies of copyrighted software. Shareware may be freely copied, but 
students who continue to use it should register and pay the 
specified fee. Violation of copyright is a serious crime and penalties^ | 
can be severe. 

5. Planting "virus" programs or otherwise misusing campus computers 
in a way that might destroy the work others are doing is thought- 1 
less vandalism and will be dealt with as any other destructive ] 
activity on campus. 



PROGRAMS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Major (BJU: Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division 
computer electives. Cognates required: MATH 120, 215; BUAD 234. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the 
remaining nine elective hours, three must be upper division. 

The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is 
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in 
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also 
appropriate for any student who simply has an interest in computers. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B JL COMPUTER SCIENCE 






YEARl 

ENGL 101-102 
CPTR 131-132 
CPTR 219 
MATH 120 
MATH 090 



Semester 
lit 2nd 



College Composition 


3 


3 


Fund of Prog I, II 


3 


3 


Sym Assembler Lang 




3 


College Algebra 




3 


Int Algebra 






OR 


3 




Elective 






Area C-l, History 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 


Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Health Sci 


3 






15 


15 



YEAR 2 

CPTR 217 
CPTR 280 
CPTR 317 
MATH 215 



COBOL Prog Lang 

Discrete Structures 

Intro to Fit Proc 

Statistics 

Area B, Religion 

Area D-l, For Lang 

Area F, Behav/Fam/ 

Health Science 
Area F, Nat Science 
Area Q-3, Rec Skills 
Minor or Elective 



Semester 

M 2nd 

3 

3 



15 



1 
_3 
15 



128 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st ! 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 486 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 




OR 




2 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 


CPTR325 


Systems Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Lit/F Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 3 




Area C-2, Fbl Sd/ 








Comp Sci Elective 


3 




Economics 


3 






Minor or Electives 


7 6 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 








16 16 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 
Area G-l, Creat Skis 

OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 


3 
1 










Minor or Electives 


6 
16 


7 
16 









See pages 47-40 and 51-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours consisting of CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 
280, 317, 318, 319, 324 or 325, 485, and thirteen hours of computer 
electives, four of which must be upper division. Cognates required: 
MATH 120, 215; BUAD 234. Only three hours of CPTR 105, 106, 107, 
and 126 may apply to a major in computer science. 

Those electing a B.S. in computer science may desire to work in a 
specific area of application of computer science, e.g., business, 
psychology, mathematics, or physics. Such students should include 
appropriate classes in these areas. A minor or double major should be 
considered. 

Students planning to do graduate work in computer science should 
definitely take the B.S. degree and include calculus and differential 
equations. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEAR1 


Semester 
Irt 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog I! 3 


CPTR 280 


Discrete Structures 


3 


CPTR 219 


Sym Assembler Long 3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to File Proc 


3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


MATH 090 


Intermediate Algebra 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Sys 


3 




OR 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




MATH Elective 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 120 


Collegs Algebra 3 
Area B, Religion 3 




Area E, Natural Sci 
Area F, Behav/Fam/ 


3 3 




Area C-l, History 3 




Health Science 


2 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 




Health Science 3 






15 15 




15 15 









129 



Computer Science and Technology 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR4 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 






CPTR 485 


Comp Sci Seminar 


1 




OB 




2 




Area B, UD Beligion 


3 


CPTB325 


Systems Design 








Area C-l, History 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 






Area D, Langzl.it/ 






Area B, Religion 




3 




Fine Art 


3 




Area C-2, IW Sci/ 








Elective, Comp Set 


3 3 




Economics 


3 






Eleotives 


7 9 




Area D-l, For Lang 


3 


3 






16 16 




Area G-l, Creative 














OB 


1 


1 










Area G-3, Bee Skills 














Elective, Comp Sci 


3 


4 










Elective* 


3 
16 


3 
16 









See pages 47-49 and 51-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admlisions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Mcgor in Computer Information Systems: the B.B.A. Core require- 
ments plus CPTR 106, 126, 131-132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 485; 
Cognates: MATH 120, 181, 215; SPCH 135; a psychology course. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.BJL COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS 



YEARl 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 


BUAD 126 


Intro to Business 


3 




CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheet 




1 


CPTR 126 


Spreadsheet Applioa 




2 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 




CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 




3 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Public Spkg 




3 




Area B*l, Religion 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area G-l/O-3, Skills 


1 


1 






16 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Cost & Mang Acct I 


3 




BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 




BUAD 314 


Quant Mthds-Bus Dec 


3 


BUAD 488 


Seminar in Bus Admin 


1 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 




CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Systems 


3 


CPTR 324 


Systems Analysis 


2 




CPTR 325 


Systems Design 




2 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






Area B, Religion 




3 




Area D-2„ Literature 




3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








OR 


2 






Area F-3, Health Sci 







YEAR 2 

ACCT 221- 
BUAD 128 
CPTR 217 
CPTR 317 
BCON 224 
MATH 120 



,225 



Prin of Accounting 
Personal Finance 
COBOL Programming 3 
Intro to File Process 
Prin of Eoonomios 3 

College Algebra 3 

Area B, Religion 3 

Area D-3, Fine Arts 
Area G-3, Rec Skills _ 
15 



Semester 

M 2nd 

3 3 



3 



3 

-1 
16 



YEAR 4 

BUAD 358 

BUAD 339 
CPTR 326 
CPTR 485 
MATH 181 
OFAD 315 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Legal-Ethical Env 

of Business 3 

Business Law 3 

Systems Management 2 
Computer Sci Seminar 1 

Calculus I 3 

Business Communica 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area E, Science 
Area F, ftychology 
Eleotives 



3 



3 



_2 
16 



3 

3 

_3 

16 



16 15 



'Recommended Courses to take 






See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



130 






Computer Science and Technology 



Associate of Science Degree-Architectural Studies: Thirty-six 
semester hours including TECH 101, 145, 151, 295; CPTE 147, 245, 
249; CPTR 105, 106, 107; ART 104, 110; BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 344; 
ECON 213. Cognates: ENGL 102; MATH 120; PHYS 137. 

The AS. Degree in Architectural Studies can lead to advanced 
degrees or employment in the construction industry, the arts, business, 
and other fields. 

'typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ARCHITECTURAL STUDIES 









First Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 101 


Tech Awareness 


2 


CPTE 251 


CAD Architecture " 3 


TECH 151 


Architectural Drafting 


3 


ENGL 102 


English Composition 3 


ART 104 


Beginning Drawing 


2 


ART 110 


Design II 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


BMKT 226 


Intro to Marketing 3 


CPTR 105 


Into to Word Proc 


1 




Religion 3 


CPTR 106 


Into to Spreadsheets 


t 




Skills/Rec Health 1 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 


1 




16 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 










16 






















Second Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 


2nd Semester 

BUAD 344 


Hours 


TECH 145 


Intro to Graphic Arts 


3 


Human Resource Mgmt 3 


CPTE 245 


Computer- Aided Pub 


3 


CPTE 147 


Intro to Arch & Inter 3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Management 


3 




History 3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 


3 




Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 


PHYS 137 


Intro to Physics 


3 




Behavior/Family Sci _3 




Religion 


3 




15 






18 







Associate of Science Degree-Computer Applications: 

Thirty-five semester hours including TECH 101, 145, 149, 174, 183, 
254, 376; CPTE 245, 249; CPTR 105, 106, 107, 131, 219. Cognates: 
MATH 120, PHYS 137. 

The A.S. Degree in Computer Applications provides learning 
experiences in computer-aided drafting, computer numerically- 
controlled machines, robotics and automation, desktop publishing and 
other related computer applications. 






131 



Computer Science and Technology 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A. S. COMPUTER APPLICATIONS 










First Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 




2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 101 


Tech Awareness 2 




TECH 183 


Basic Electronics 3 


TECH 149 


Mechanical Drawing 2 




CPTE249 


Comput-Aided Drafting 3 


MATH 120 


College Algebra 3 




ENGL 102 


College Composition 3 




(required cognate) 




PHYS137 


Intro to Physics 3 


CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Perfect 1 






Religion 3 


CPTR 106 


Intro to Spreadsheets 1 






Recreation Skills _1 


CPTR 107 


Intro to Data Base 1 






16 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 
Religion 3 










16 




















Second Year 




1st Semester 


Hours 




2nd Semester 


Hours 


TECH 174 


General Metals 3 




TECH 254 


Furniture Design Const 3 


TECH 145 


Intro to Graphic Arts 3 




TECH 376 


Automation/Robotics 


TECH 154 


Woodworking 3 






(CIM) 3 


CPTE245 


Comput-Aided Publish 3 




CPTR 219 


Symbol Assembly Lang 3 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Programming 3 

Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 

18 






History 3 

Behavior/Family Sci 3 

Elective 1 

16 



Associate of Science Degree-Computer Science: Twenty-four 
hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 
318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 221-222, 321; BUAD 234. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE 



YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ACCT 221-222 


Prin of Accounting 


3 3 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 


3 


CPTR 132 


Fund of Prog II 


3 


CPTR 219 


Symbolic Assemb Lang 3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 


MATH 090 


Intermediate Algebra 






OR 


3 




MATH Elective 




MATH 120 


College Algebra 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skill 


1 




Elective* 


3 

16 10 



requirements for make-up of admissions deficiencies. 



YEAR 2 


Semester 




, 


1st 2nd 


ACCT 321 


Managerial Accounting 


3 


BUAD 234 


Prin of Mgmt 


3 


CPTR 217 


COBOL Prog Lang 


3 


CPTR 317 


Intro to Fil Proc 


3 


CPTR 318 


Data Structures 


3 


CPTR 319 


Data Base Mgmt Syst 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/ 






Economics 
Area D, Lang/Lit/ 


3 




Fine Arts 


2 




Area E, Nat Sci 


3 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 






Health Sci 


2 




Elective 


1 
16 16 


general education requirements. Note 


especially 



132 






Computer Science and Technology 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CPTR 104. Introduction to PC-DOS Usage (G-2) 3 hours 

This class is limited to students with no computer background or permission of the 
instructor. It is designed to introduce the student to the functions and features of 
the PC-DOS as a preparation for other computer application courses. Some general 
information about the hardware will be presented so that students may feel less 
intimidated about adding a new board to the computer or hooking up a new mouse. 
Students will learn how to format disks, manipulate files, and use many PC-DOS 
utilities. Does not apply toward a major or minor in computer science, nor does it 
satisfy the cognate requirements of other majors. 

CPTR 105. Introduction to Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor. 

Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating form letters, 

and using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. (Spring) 

CPTR 106. Introduction to Spreadsheets (G-2) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: MATH 090 or 103 or Math ACT of 22. 

A course using microcomputer spreadsheet programs. The most commonly used 
functions will be described with simple lab problems. 

CPTR 107. Introduction to Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour 
Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information retrieval, 
report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information. (Spring) 

CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2)3 hours 

An overview of computer information systems. This survey course introduces 
computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human resources and 
explores their integration and application in business and other segments of society. 
The fundamentals of computer problem solving and programming in a higher-level 
programming language are discussed and applied. This course does not apply on a 
major in Computer Science. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTR 126* Spreadsheet Applications (G-2) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 106. 

The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial planning 
and management. (Spring) 

CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 090 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor. 
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging, 
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced, using a 
structured language. (Fall) 

CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

An introduction to software technology including elementary data structures for the 
development of reliable, modifiable programs. (Spring) 



133 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems using 
the COBOL Language. (Fall) 

CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 131. 

Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing tech- 
niques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organization, symbolic 
coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and linkage. Systems and 
utility programs and programming techniques. Several computer projects to 
illustrate basic machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring) 

CPTR 280. Discrete Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120. 

Recommended: Familiarity with a programming language. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 

computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 

combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 

and finite state automata. (Fall) 

CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 217. 

Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random access files 
and processing techniques. Development of programs and systems of programs for 
batch and interactive environments. (Spring) 

CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132 and MATH 120. 

Stacks, recursion, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall) 

CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217. 
Recommended: CPTR 317. 

Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design, implemen- 
tation, and management issues. (Spring) 

CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of both 
classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows, process 
flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system requirements. 
Structured techniques for dealing with complexify in the development of computer 
based information systems. 

CPTR 325. Systems Design 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and evaluation. 
Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design, module coupling, and 
module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's complexity. 



134 






Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 326. Systems Management 2 hours 

Prerequisite: CPTR 317 or 319. 

This course presents management principles unique to the data processing environ- 
ment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software version control, 
and user services. 

CPTR 365. Operating Systems 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets, data 

representation, task management and scheduling, secondary storage concepts, 

multi-processor systems, microprogramming, and array procedures. (Fall, odd 

years) 

CPTR 366. Microcomputer Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132. 

A class with a large lab component. The student will assemble on a plug-board a 
complete working microcomputer. The class will cover the information necessary 
to design a microprocessor based computer with static or dynamic memory, ROM, 
interrupts, DMA, and various types of I/O. Reading manufacturers specifications 
and working within the timing parameters is an important part of the course. 
(Spring, even years-enrollment limited to 10 due to lab equipment.) 

CPTR 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 217, 219. 

Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and their 
run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a variety of 
languages. (Spring) 

CPTR 425. Computer Graphics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 132; MATH 114. 
Recommended: MATH 181. 

This course teaches the principles of generating graphical images on a computer 
with an emphasis on the underlying mathematical theory and its programming 
implementations. Topics include graphics primitives (points, lines, polygons, circles, 
ellipses), windowing techniques, clipping, 2-D and 3-D transformations, projections, 
3-D viewing techniques, cubic interpolating and approximating curves (Bezier, B- 
spline, Catmull-Rom curves), bicubic 3-D surface patches, light and color, fractal 
curves and surfaces, hidden line and surface removal, depth sorting techniques, 
reflections, shading, surface mapping, ray tracing, animation techniques. (Pall, even 
years) 

CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current computer 
science literature. (Spring) 



135 



Computer Science and Technology 



CPTR 490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff. 

Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses. May 

be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours. 

CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and department chair. 

Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer science 

students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours. 



COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY 

CPTE 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

See TECH 101 for course description. 

CPTE 147, Introduction to Architecture and Interiors 3 hours 

An examination of the scope and interrelationships of the professions of architec- 
ture and architectural interiors. The role of the designer in society is discussed with 
consideration of the opportunities for pursuing a rewarding career. Students are 
introduced to components of the faculty, each describing his or her teaching area. 
Information sources in architecture are outlined and methods of collecting, 
structuring and presenting data and ideas are included. Field trips are made to 
professional offices, manufacturers, and significant buildings and interiors. Open 
to all students. 

CPTE 251. Computer-Aided Design in Architecture 3 hours 

Through tutorials, exercises, and projects the student gains working knowledge of 
the drafting and design capabilities of computer-aided design. Introduction to three- 
dimensional programs using DataCAD and other architectural programs. 

CPTE 245/345. Computer-Aided Publishing (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course in the use of the computer as an aid in publishing materials 
such as newsletters, flyers, programs. The course gives training in the preparation 
of camera-ready documents without conventional paste-up and typesetting services 
using specialized desktop publishing software such as Aldus PageMaker and Xerox 
Ventura to do page layout. (Fall, Spring) 

CPTE 249/349* Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid in 
drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Sue periods of laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 

CPTE 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: TECH 149, 183, 249/349 or equivalent. 

Basic elements and principles of computer integrated manufacturing including 
terminology, computer hardware/software and interfacing, system integration, 
flexible manufacturing and robotic applications. 

(G-2) See pages 51-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

136 



Education 
and Psychology 



Chair: George Babcock 

Faculty: Fern Babcock, John Baker, Ben Bandiola, Diane 
Cooper, Jon Green, Carole Haynes, Helen Sauls, Jeanette 
Stepanske, Carl Swafford, Ruth Williams-Morris 

Adjunct Faculty: Frank DiMemmo, Faculty of Collegedale Academy, 
Faculty of Spalding Elementary School, Henry Farr, LaVona 
Gillham, Gerald Kovalski, Rita Roark, Ann Steiner 

1992/93 Teacher Education Advisory Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; Vern Biloff, Diane Butler, Hamlet 
Canosa, Jim Epperson, Conrad Gill, Jon Green, Carole Haynes, 
Nathaniel Higgs, Gordon Klocko, Gerald Kovalski, Norwida 
Marshall, Barry Mahorney, Oster H. Paul, Mary Jayne Ries, 
Helen Sauls, Jeanette Stepanske, Don L. Weatherall, Ruth 
Williams-Morris, William Wright, Jr. 

1992/93 Teacher Education Council: 

George Babcock, Chair; John Baker, Ben Bandiola, Joyce 
Cotham, David Ekkens, Phil Garver, LaVona Gillham, Jon 
Green, Floyd Greenleaf , Jan Haluska, Carole Haynes, Michelle 
Krause, Philip Mitchell, Bob Moore, Dennis Pettibone, Mary 
Ries, Marvin Robertson, Kermise Rowe, Helen Sauls, Ron 
Springett, Jeanette Stepanske, Carl Swafford, Alton Whidden, 
William Wohlers 

DEGREES OFFERED 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY 

Psychology has been a stand-alone major at Southern College for 
more than a decade, with graduates later pursuing study in such fields 
as marriage and family counseling, community and school counseling, 
school psychology, counseling and clinical psychology, and industrial 
and experimental psychology--as well as business, law, dentistry, and 
medicine. Statistical and simulation computer software have enhanced 
student research practice and training-with Apples, Model 4's, IBM's 
and compatibles, and campus terminals. 

At Southern College-and elsewhere-the Psychology major is 
considered pre-professional. It is an undergraduate major in psychology 
which will serve as preparation for later study at the master's and 
doctoral degree levels. In order to improve one's chances for admission 



137 



Education and Psychology 



psychology and general education courses, (b) take as many psychology 
electives as possible, along with statistics and computer science, (c) 
obtain a competitive score on graduate admission tests (usually the 
GRE) taken during the fall of the senior year, and (d) apply to 10 or 
more specific schools for graduate study. 

Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384, 415, and 
285/485. Cognate requirements are MATH 215 (with C- grade or above) 
and three hours each in biology and computer science. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including PSYC 124, 128. Six hours of 
upper division are required for the minor in psychology. 



YEAR 1 

PSYC 124 
PSYC 128 
ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 
MATH 103 
HIST 174 

HIST 154 
PEAC 

PSYC 285 
CPTR 105 
CPTR 106 
CPTR 107 
HIST 175 

HIST 155 



YEARS 

PSYC 
PSYC 384 
PSYC 315 
PSYC 415 
PSYC 495 
RELT 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PSYCHOLOGY 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Intro to Psychology 
Developmental Psych 
College Composition 
Life & Teachings 
Survey of Math 
WorJd Civilization 

OR 
Amer Hist & Insti 
Area G-3, Elective 
Elective in Minor 
Psychology Practicum 
Intro to Word Process 
Intro to Spreadsheets 
Intro to Data Base 
World Civilization 

OR 
Amer Hist & Institu 



16 16 

Semester 
1st 2nd 

UD Elective 2 

Experimental Psych 3 
Abnormal Psych 3 

Hist &Sys of Psych 3 

Directed Study 1 

Religion Elective 3 

UD Electives 6 

Electives in Minor 3 

Areas O-l or Q-3 

Electives 2 

Area C-2, PLSC/ECON 3 

Electives _3 __ 

16 16 



YEAR 2 



PSYC 
BIOL 103 



RELB 
MATH 215 



ER8C 105 
SPCH 135 



YEAR 4 

PSYC 

RELT 
PSYC 485 






Elective 

AreaE-1, Prin of Bio 
Area D-l, For Lang 
Area B-l, Bibl Stud 
Statistics (Cognate) 
Elective in Minor 
Earth Sci or Area-E 
Area D, Intro to 
Public Speaking 






Semester 

1st 2nd 

3 3 

3 

3 

3 



3 



15 



_3 
15 



UD Elective 
Elective in Minor 
UD Elective in Minor 
UD Religion Elective 
Electives 
UD Electives 
Psychology Practicum 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



6 

7 

_1 

14 









138 



Education and Psychology 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 
Leading to Licensure K-8 

While this degree program is open to anyone, it is required for all 
those who desire to teach Kindergarten and/or lower elementary 
grades. 

Major (BJL): Thirty-two hours including PSYC 124, 128, 217, 230, 
233, 240, 315, 356, 377, 421, 434, and 485. 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 217 Educational Psychology 2 

PSYC 230 Principles and Applications of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 233 Human Sexuality 3 

PSYC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 315 Abnormal Psychology 3 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling 3 

PSYC 421 Behavioral Management 2 

PSYC 434 Research Design and Practices 3 

PSYC 485 Psychology Practicum _2 

TOTAL 32 

The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 215 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175, 356; GEOG 204 12 

AREA D Foreign language if less than 2 units 

earned in high school 0-6 

ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 135; LIBR 325 10 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F HLED 173, 203 4 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUC 135, 250, 426, 427, 432, 445, 453, 454, 

459, 462, 465, 466 32 






139 



Education and Psychology 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

BJl. psychology 

Leading to Licensure K-8 



YEARl 


Semester 
M 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semei 
1st 


iter 




2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ERSC 105 


Earth Science 


3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




HIST 154 


American Hist & Inst 3 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 1 




PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 


3 




PSYC 233 


Human Sexuality 


3 


RELT 138 


Advent iet Heritage 


3 




RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 3 






Area D-l, Foreign Lang 3 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 3 




BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 




3 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Ezper 


2 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 




2 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 3 




HLED 203 


Safety Education 




2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 


2 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 




3 


HIST 175 


World Civilisations 


3 






16 


16 


PSYC 230 
PSYC 240 


Prin & Appl Cog Dev 
Tchg Except Ch & Yth 2 
IS 

Semei 


2 

15 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


iter 




J 


1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


GEOG204 


World Geography 


3 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 




LIBR 325 


Library Mat Children 


3 




EDUC 445 


Reading & Lang Arts 3 




MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 




EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 2 




PSYC 336 


Lang Acq/Develop 


2 




PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 2 




PSYC 356 


Tests & Measurements 


2 




PSYC 421 


Behavior Management 2 




RELB 


Elective 


3 




RELB 


Elective 


3 


HIST 356 


Natives & Strangers 




3 


EDUC 426 


Kindergarten Methods 


3 


MUED231 


Music and Movement 




2 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 




1 


EDUC 454 


Science & Health 


2 


PSYC 217 


Educational Psych 




2 


EDUC 459 


Bible & See Studies 


3 


PSYC 377 


Foundations of Counse 


I 


3 


EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 


1 


PSYC 485 


Psychology Practicum 




1 


EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 


1 


PSYC 315 


Abnormal Psychology 




3 


PSYC 434 


Research Design & Prac 3 








16 


15 


PSYC 485 


Psychology Practicum 

14 


1 
16 










YEAR 5 










EDUC 466 


Enhanced Student Tchg 8 





B.S. IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 
Leading to Licensure 1-8 
(With Language Arts Emphasis) 

This degree program is required for those who desire to teach the 
middle and upper elementary grades. However, the program is open to 
anyone. 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including ENGL 214, 218, 313 or 
314, 315, Elective in Literature; HIST 155, 356; LIBR 325; PSYC 124, 
128, 230, 240, 336, 356, 421, and 462. 

ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature 3 

ENGL 218 Grammar and Usage 3 

ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 3 

ENGL Literature Elective (upper division) 3 

ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

OR 3 



140 



Education and Psychology 



ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

HIST 155 American History and Institutions 3 

HIST 356 Natives and Strangers 3 

LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 128 Developmental Psychology 3 

PSYC 230 Principles and Application of Cognitive Development ... 2 

PSYC 240 Eudcation for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 

PSYC 336 Language Acquisition and Development 2 

PSYC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 

PSYC 421 Behavior Management 2 

PSYC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 

TOTAL 41 



The courses listed below must be taken, in addition to the major, to 
fulfill teacher licensure requirements. These courses also fulfill general 
education requirements as outlined: 

AREA A ENGL 101, 102; MATH 103 9 

AREA B RELB, 3 hours; RELB, 3 UD hours; RELT 138, 255 12 

AREA C HIST 154, 175; GEOG 204 9 

AREA D ART 230; MUED 231; SPCH 136 7 

AREA E BIOL 103; CHEM 111; ERSC 105 9 

AREA F SOCI 233; HLED 173, 203 7 

AREA G 3 hours PEAC; PETH 463 5 

EDUC 185, 217, 250, 427, 432, 445, 453, 454, 

459, 463, 467 30 






Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S, IN SOCIAL SCIENCE 





Leading to Licensure 1-8 






(Language 


Arts Emphasis) 




YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


EDUC 217 


Educational Psychology 2 


BIOL 103 


Prin of Biology 3 




ENGL 214 


Survey of American Lit 3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 3 




ERSC 105 


Earth Science 3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psychology 3 




HIST 154 


American History 3 


RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 3 




RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 3 


ART 230 


Intro to Art Exper 


2 




General Ed Elective 2 


HIST 175 


World Civilisations 


3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 


2 


GEOG 204 


World Geography 3 


PSYC 128 


Developmental Psych 


3 


HIST 155 


American Hist & Inst 3 


SPCH 136 


Interpersonal Commun 


3 


HLED 203 


Safety Education 2 




15 


16 


PEAC 
SOCI 233 


PE Activity Elective 1 

Human Sexuality 3 

16 15 



141 



Education and Psychology 



















YEAR 3 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




. 


1st 2nd 


ENGL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 




LIBR 325 


Library Mat for Child 


3 




EDUC 445 


Reading & Lang Arts 


3 




MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




EDUC 453 


Mathematics Methods 


2 




MUED231 


Music and Movement 


2 




PETH463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




PSYC 421 


Behavior Management 


2 




PSYC230 


Prin & Appl Cog Dev 


2 




RELB 


UD Elective 


3 




PSYC336 


Lang Acq * Develpmnt 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Ed 




2 


EDUC 454 


Science & Health 




2 


ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 




2 


EDUC 459 


Bible ft Social Studies 




3 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 463 


Small Schools Seminar 




1 




OR 




3 


ENGL 


Literature Elective 




3 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 






HIST 356 


Natives ft Strangers 




3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 




1 


PSYC 462 


Organization ft Ldrship 




1 


PSYC240 


Tchg Except Child & Youth 


2 






14 


15 


PSYC 356 


Tests ft Measurements 




2 










RELB 


UD Elective 




3 


YEARS 












15 


15 


EDUC 467 


Enhanced Student Tchg 


8 





Education Minor: Eighteen hours including EDUC 135, 217, and 240, 
and six hours of upper division courses. This minor does not automatically 
lead to either elementary or secondary certification, both of which require 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses for 
licensure. See explanations beginning on page 149. 

TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS 

Southern College has approved teacher certification programs in 
three levels: 

K-8 

B.A in Psychology Leading to Licensure 

B.S. in Social Science Leading to Licensure (Language Arts Emphasis) 
K-12 

Health/Physical Education 

Music Education 
7-12 

Bible Education 

Business Education with cluster endorsements in: 



Accounting 
Basic Business 
Data Processing 
Office Technology 
Biology Education 
Chemistry Education 
English Education 
History Education 
Mathematics Education 
Physics Education 






142 



Education and Psychology 



Philosophy and Objectives 

The Department of Education and Psychology is the unit duly 
authorized to prepare teachers who meet certification requirements for 
public, church related, and other private elementary and secondary 
schools. 

The unit subscribes to the philosophy that man was created in the 
image of God but as a result of willful disobedience sin has marred his 
God-given attributes and divine likeness. This philosophy recognizes 
that the object of education is also the object of redemption—to restore 
in man the image of his maker and bring him back to the perfection in 
which he was created. Thus the work of redemption is also the work of 
education, involving the development of the whole person-physical, 
mental, spiritual, and social. 

The teacher education programs in the unit are founded upon the 
basic assumption that there is a body of information, research, and 
practice that make up the knowledge base for the teaching profession 
and that acquisition of this knowledge is a significant part of the 
teacher's preparation. The unit further confirms the belief that a 
teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and character. 
This program of teacher education is guided by the following statement 
of mission: 

Statement of Mission 

The mission of the Department of Education at Southern 
College of Seventh-day Adventists is to prepare, primarily for the 
Seventh-day Adventist school system, professional educators who 
can function effectively in a culturally pluralistic society and who 
are dedicated to assisting students in reaching their maximum 
potential in service to God and man. 



Objectives of the Teacher Education Program 

The teacher education program at Southern College of Seventh-day 
Adventists is designed to help the teacher candidate develop personal 
values and acquire the knowledge, skills, and competencies needed to 
function effectively in the teacher's role as a person, a facilitator of 
learning, a practitioner, and a professional. 

The Teacher As a Person 

To promote the personal development of the prospective teacher 
(which includes physical, aesthetic, intellectual, and moral values) by 
guidance and advisement through general education which results in: 



143 



Education and Psychology 



1. an understanding, appreciation, and eryoyment of man's 
creative activity in the humanities, social, and natural 
sciences; 

2. a development of personal values that recognize our plural- 
istic cultural heritage as well as individual worth and 
integrity and brotherhood of mankind under God; 

3. the ability to communicate ideas clearly and effectively in 
reading, writing, speaking, and listening; 

4. an appreciation of the value of health and the importance 
of health practices in home and family life. 






The Teacher As a Facilitator of Learning 

To provide a set of educational experiences that will enable the 
teacher candidate to master the skills in: 

5. planning curriculum encounters with learners with 
appropriate materials and instructional strategies; 

6. identifying learning objectives at appropriate levels; 

7. using diagnostic and evaluation strategies; 

8. handling classroom management and reinforcement 
strategies; 

9. applying principles of human growth and development and 
theories of learning to classroom situations; 

10. integrating faith and learning, along with emphasizing 
character development; 

11. recognizing and encouraging creativity and the maximum 
possible development of student abilities. 

The Teacher As a Practitioner 

To maintain a learning environment that is conducive to acquiring 
the knowledge, skills and competencies that characterize successful 
practitioners through: 

12. enhancement of positive attitude toward self, intellectual 
curiosity, and independent critical thinking; 

13. continuing experimentation and innovation with new 
pedagogical practices and basic tools of learning; 

14. utilization of translatable research; 

15. on-campus instruction and off-campus field experiences 
in public and private schools. 

The Teacher As a Professional 

To provide a social-emotional climate and opportunities for the 
development of leadership skills while encouraging attitudes and 
experiences that foster professional growth by: 



144 



Education and Psychology 



16. participating actively in the campus student education 
association; 

17. becoming familiar with the professional organizations and 
their journals and the nature of the articles reported in 
them; 

18. keeping abreast with developments in education, school 
reform and legislation; 

19. participating in activities that enhance church, home, and 
community relationships; 

20. demonstrating a genuine interest and concern for the 
physical, mental, social, and spiritual development of the 
learner. 

Advisement 

The major goal of the advisement process is to orient the teacher 
candidate with the total teacher education program, with major 
emphasis on its three components, namely, general education, profes- 
sional education, and specialty studies. This is accomplished by the 
academic advisor as s/he interacts with his/her advisees during advise- 
ment sessions. 

Requirements 
I. ADMISSION PROCEDURES 

Admission to Southern College does not automatically enroll the 
student to teacher education. There are three stages that students 
must go through to be fully vested in the teacher education program. 
A Initial Admission to the Teacher Education Program 

Each student accepted at Southern College who indicated that 
teaching is his/her professional objective is assigned an 
educational program advisor by the Chair of the Department of 
Education and Psychology in cooperation with the advisement 
coordinator in the Records Office. The advisors assist in 
planning a student's academic program each year and guide 
their advisees through the stages of the teacher education 
program. Advisors and advisees should work closely to follow 
the professional sequence of courses. Students assume responsi- 
bility for making necessary applications, meeting the require- 
ments, and other relevant deadlines. 

The first semester of the sophomore year but not later than 
the second semester of the sophomore year, the student should 
file a formal application for initial admission to the teacher 
education program. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary at Summerour Hall. Transfer students 
wishing to enter the Teacher Education Program should file an 



145 



Education and Psychology 



application after the first year in residence. Upon application, 
a file is set up for each applicant containing relevant informa- 
tion to the student's candidacy. To be fully admitted, all the 
following criteria must be met: 

1. Be in residence at the College. 

2. Submit an autobiography in your own handwrit- 
ing containing anecdotal information on why you 
decided to pursue a career in teaching. 

3. Have an overall grade point average of 2.50. 

4. Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum 
grade of C-. 

5. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral 
fitness. 

6. Have successfully completed EDUC 135 with a 
minimum grade of C-. 

7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test 
(PPST) which is the entrance competency test 
required by the State of Tennessee. 

8. Have taken the 16 Personality Factor Test. 

9. Have obtained recommendations from the Dean 
of Students and the Department in which the 
student is enrolled. 

Applicants meeting the above criteria are recommended by the 
Education faculty to the Teacher Education Council. The student will 
be informed in writing as to the status of the application for admission 
following the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

B. Candidacy and Retention in Teacher Education 

After the applicant has been admitted to the teacher education 
program, his/her progress will be reviewed by the Candidacy 
Committee, consisting of the Adviser, a departmental 
representative, and one person from the practicing profession. 
As a teacher candidate, the applicant will be given an 
opportunity to interact with the Candidacy Committee in a non- 
threatening atmosphere. During the interview the candidate 
can strengthen his/her commitment to teaching or express 
his/her concerns and questions about the teaching profession. 
Retention in the teacher education program is contingent on 
successful completion of courses attempted and maintenance of 
the academic standard required for initial admission to the 
program. Teacher candidates are expected to maintain consis- 
tent personal representation of the standards and objectives of 
Southern College and the teacher education program. 



146 



Education and Psychology 



C. Authorization to do Student Teaching 

During the first semester of the senior year, the teacher 
candidate must file a formal application with the Chair of the 
Department of Education and Psychology for authorization to do 
student teaching. Application forms may be obtained from the 
department secretary at Summerour Hall. A later application 
may delay the student teaching experience. Student teaching is 
regarded as the culminating experience of the Teacher 
Education Program. 

The following criteria are considered for each applicant: 

1. Completion of all professional education courses 

2. Cumulative GPA of 2.50 
Major Studies GPA of 2.50 
Professional Education GPA of 2.50 

3. Evidence of good physical and mental health 

4. Adherence to standards and objectives of Southern College 
and the Teacher Education Council 

Teacher candidates who meet the above criteria are recommended 
by the Education faculty to the Teacher Education Council. Candidates 
are informed in writing as to the status of their application following 
the action of the Teacher Education Council. 

II. APPEAL PROCEDURES 

Criteria and standards for admission to teacher education 
are explicit, but allow for second chance attempts. Courses 
may be repeated to raise GPA or students may follow the 
Grievance Procedures found under Academic Policies (page 
68). Also, students who do not meet all the criteria required 
to do Student Teaching may appeal to the Appeals Commit- 
tee. The applicant who has to take this alternative route will 
be evaluated on the bases of eminence and outstanding 
strengths in several other criteria rather than minimal 
meeting of those criteria. The Appeals Committee makes 
recommendation to the Teacher Education Council who 
determines the final action. Any applicant who determines to 
follow this alternative policy must seek council from the 
Chair of the Department of Education and Psychology. 









Teacher Certification 

Certification is the process of granting legal authorization to teach 
in the public or private elementary or secondary schools of a state or 
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church based on meeting predetermined 
qualifications. Certification has been established to give professional 



147 



Education and Psychology 



status to qualified teachers and to assure school boards and parents 
that the teacher is well prepared. 

Who can obtain certification? 

Every student who successfully completes the requirements for 
teaching in the elementary or secondary school and graduates from 
Southern College will receive recommendation for certification based 
upon the following criteria: 

A. Successful completion of student teaching assignment 

B. Satisfactory completion of all credential requirements 

C. Recommendation of major departments 

D. Satisfactory score on the core battery and appropriate specialty 
area of the National Teacher Examination 

E. Approval of the Teacher Education Council 

Certification is not automatic. The eligible candidate must make the 
necessary application to the appropriate union conference for 
denominational certification and to the specific state department of 
education where the candidate expects to teach. Information regarding 
certification is available through the certification officer. Since teacher 
certification regulations are always in the process of change, graduating 
teacher education candidates are urged to make their applications for 
certification immediately. If the candidate does not make application 
within two years for denominational certification, or within five years 
for Tennessee State certification, s/he will have to take additional 
courses before certification can be issued. 

What certificates may be obtained? 

A. Teacher's Certificate (Tennessee) 

A certificate is issued on the basis of a minimum of a Bachelor's 
Degree with a major in at least one subject teaching field and 
the completion of an approved teacher education program. 

B. Basic Certificate (SDA denominational) 

Required by the Department of Education of the North 
American Division of Seventh-day Adventists. This three-year 
denominational certificate is issued on the basis of completing 
the following courses in addition to the above requirements: 

RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours 



148 



Education and Psychology 



Requirements for Certification 

Candidates for state certification must complete the appropriate 
teacher preparation curriculum. This consists of three components: 
general education, professional education, and major studies. 

A. General Education: 

This component represents that portion of the total teacher 
education program designed to foster the development of those 
competencies that are basic to all life's responsibilities and 
provide intellectual foundation in the liberal arts. Students 
pursuing a teacher education curriculum must work closely with 
their advisors for guidance in the selection of general education 
courses that are appropriate to their individual needs. Relevant 
courses are listed in this catalog under the seven main areas of 
the general education requirements, pages 51-55. 

B. Professional Education: 

Elementary: Elementary Education courses are included with 
the degree requirements listed on pages 140-142 of this catalog. 

Secondary: The following courses are required for secondary 
teaching certification. In order to be eligible for certification, 
students must have a minimum grade point average of 2.50 in 
the major, professional education, and cumulative. 

EDUC 135 Intro to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education ..... 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavioral Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 

Major Studies: 

Major studies requirements: Preparation for teaching in the 
elementary school requires a B.A. in Psychology with licensure 
K-8 or a B.S. in Social Science leading to licensure 1-8. See 
listing of course sequence on pages 140-142 of this bulletin. 

The following departments offer majors that can be combined 
with professional education courses resulting in licensure to 
teach: 












149 



Education and Psychology 



Biology 


History 




Business 


Mathematics 




Chemistry 


Music 




Education & Psychology 


Physics 




English 


Religion 





Health/Physical Education 

Students are to complete the degree requirements as specified 
by their chosen major plus the professional education courses 
as listed under B above. 

D. Miscellaneous Information Relative to Teacher Training: 

1. Because of time commitments during the student teaching 
experience, no additional courses may be taken. 

The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the 
opportunity for student teachers to teach in off-campus 
student teaching centers. 

It is expected that any student entering student teaching 
will have completed all other courses. 

2. Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of 
one-fourth of the credit required for the certificate provided 
that no more than four semester hours in education are 
applied on the professional education requirement. If 
personal circumstances demand a correspondence course, a 
petition must be filed with the Department of Education and 
Psychology and its approval obtained before registering for 
the course. The course must be completed and the grade 
filed in the Records Office before student teaching is begun. 

3. A major is not always required for additional endorsements. 
A minor may be acceptable as a second field for SDA 
certification. 

4. Students should contact the Department of Education and 
Psychology for information on specific requirements in the 
area(s) of endorsement sought. 

. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICATION 

Eighteen semester hours listed below are required. A minimum of 
12 semester hours from these courses must be completed after the 
date the applicant became eligible for the original certificate 
endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a subject area in 
grades K-12. Grades must be C- or better. 



150 



Education and Psychology 



A. Required Courses: 

EDUC 445 Reading and Language Arts 3 

EDUC 453 Mathematics Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDUC 459 Bible and Social Studies Methods 3 

B. Six semester hours to include two of the following three areas: 

ART 230 Intro to Art Experiences 2 

EDUC 454 Science and Health Methods in the 

Elementary School 2 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 

PETH 463 Physical Education in the 

Elementary School 2 

C. Two semester hours must be in Education of Exceptional 
Children if not previously successfully completed. If Education 
of Exceptional Children or any of the above required courses in 
Section A or Section B have been previously completed, the re- 
maining semester hours must be taken from the following 
courses: 

a. Children's Literature c. Health 

b. Tennessee History d. Geography 

D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching. 

2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT 
FOR INDIVIDUALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS 
FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION CERTIFICATION 
Ten semester hours of credit after the date the original certificate 
was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be in specialized 
professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and must include 
a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods. The credit 
for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may have been 
earned at any time prior to the application for adding the 
endorsement. Grades must be C* or better. 

1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for 
endorsement in at least one teaching field (this will 
vary from 18 to 51 hours). 

2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional 
education including: 

A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438. 

B. Any other courses designated by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. Four semester hours of electives. 



151 



Education and Psychology 



3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION 
BY STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION 

Procedures for securing Southern College's recommendation for 
state certification of students from institutions located out of the 

state: 

1. Application is made to the teacher certification officer 
through the Records Office accompanied by an official 
transcript and a recommendation from the applicant's 
school. 

2. Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher 
Certification Officer and approved by the Department of 
Education and Psychology. 

3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the 
applicant of any deficiencies. 

4. A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this 
service, to be refunded upon completion of courses at 
Southern College. 

Note: Asterisks denote courses that will be eliminated as the 
new program is phased in. 



EDUCATION 






EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations of school 
systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular emphasis on the 
Seventh-day Adventist educational system. 

EDUC 135. Introduction to Education 3 hours 

Required of all students seeking elementary or secondary licensure. Designed to 
acquaint the student with the experiences, qualifications, and duties of the 
classroom teacher. Students will spend at least twenty hours during the semester 
observing and participating in local elementary or secondary classrooms. Class 
discussion will include: teaching as a profession, history of education, and 
philosophy and aims of Seventh-day Adventist and public education. 

EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined to the 
practical application of this knowledge to teaching. Observation and analysis of 
appropriate child and adolescent behaviors are incorporated in the class activities. 

EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It 
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the 
identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom teacher and the 
consequent classroom implications. 



152 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 250. Technology in Education (G-2) 2 hours 

An introduction to applications of technology which will assist in efficient 
management and effective learning within the school environment. Experience will 
be gained in the development and use of audio- visual materials including computers 
and educational software. 

EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elementary 
grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including phonics 
instruction. The course involves approximately three hours of supervised practicum 
along with one hour of lecture each week. (Fall) 

EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education. 
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and study/ 
reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems, assessment 
procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are stressed. Observation 
and assessment including diagnosis and prescriptive remediation of selected 
students required. (Spring) 

EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the department 

chair. 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an overview 

of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. Principles of 

effective test construction and selection are studied, particularly as they apply to 

sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. In addition to theory, twenty (20) hours 

of clinical and field experiences are required. 

EDUC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Examines basic principles of discipline, reviews a variety of philosophical 
approaches to discipline, and identifies and role plays practical procedures for 
adniinistrators and practitioners by which to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course requires 15 hours of clinical 
experiences and five (5) hours of relevant experiences. (Credit not permitted if 
PSYC 421 has been taken.) 

EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 136, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. 
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program 
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is given to 
application of the principles of child development and learning to promote 
harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Observation and 
participation required. 



153 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 427* Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American education today, 
with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not open to students 
who already have credit for EDUC 425.) 

EDUC 432. Reading in Content 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the needs 
of each student in the content area. It will include modeling the process necessary 
for reading and learning concepts in a subject area and instructing students so they 
can become independent learners. The program elements with procedures will be 
applied in classroom settings. 

♦EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course will include the secondary curriculum contents-factors that influence 
change, the most important current practices, and critical curriculum issues facing 
educators today. It will provide general knowledge of current teaching methods, 
strategies of learning, and evaluation procedures, as set forth in the Tennessee 
Institutional Model. Ten hours of field-based experience in special education and 
multi-cultural education are required. 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office 

Administration), English, Health and Physical Education, History, Mathematics, 

Music, Science (Biology, Chemistry, and Physics). 

Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local professional 

meetings are considered part of this course. 

Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization of a file 

of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans in harmony with the 

Tennessee Instructional Model, and evaluation of textbooks. Directed observation 

in selected schools and attendance at selected local professional meetings are 

considered a part of the course. 

EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least two 
upper division methods courses. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and knowledge 
related to concepts of classroom organization, instructional techniques, and 
teaching styles. Emphasis is given to the management of multi-grade classrooms, 
effective teacher research, and classroom discipline techniques. 

EDUC 445. Teaching Reading and Language Arts 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240, and admission to Teacher Education. 
Survey of the materials and methods used currently in teaching reading and 
language arts. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, listening, grammar, 
composition, literature, and reading are developed. Observation and micro-teaching 
required. 



154 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional aids with 
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the sequential skill 
development and to changes in the mathematical contents, technology and 
pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with emphasis 
on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are examined using basic 
principles of the scientific method. Observation and micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240. 
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical educa- 
tion with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration of faith and 
learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. Observation and 
micro-teaching required. 

EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240. 
Curriculum organization, methods, materials, and instructional aids with emphasis 
on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing, spelling, grammar, 
literature, and composition are developed. Observation and micro- teaching required. 
(Spring) 

EDUC 457* Social Studies Methods 

in the Elementary School 2 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Education. For 
students graduating under catalogs prior to 1991-92: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240, 
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials, and 
methods when integrating social studies, geography, and the worldwide mission 
of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade classrooms. 
Observation and micro-teaching required. (Spring) 

EDUC 459. Teaching Bible and Social Studies 3 hours 

Prerequisites: EDUC 135, 217, 240. 

This course is designed to relate social studies and Bible content, curriculum 

development, teaching strategies, and teaching theory with actual practices. Special 

emphasis is given to the development of inductive lessons in the multi-grade 

classroom. 



155 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 460. Practicum in Special Education 1 hour 

Provides opportunity for the prospective teacher to develop appreciation for 
children who require special modalities for learning. Field experiences will permit 
interaction with students with various exceptionalities. 

EDUC 461. Practicum in Multicultural Education 1 hour 

A course designed to develop a global perspective in the teacher. Opportunities will 
be given for interaction in an educational setting with students from varied cultural 
and minority groups. Adaptation of teaching methods and content to students' 
backgrounds will be prominent in the field experiences. 

EDUC 462. Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

Required by all teacher education candidates. Topics will include: Legal and Ethical 
Aspects, Financing, The Role of the School Board, and Governance and 
Administration in Schools. These topics will cover both public and Seventh-day 
Adventist perspectives. 

EDUC 463. Small Schools Seminar 1 hour 

Required of all candidates seeking licensure K-8 or 1-8. Topics will include the 
specialized needs of the multi-grade teacher in administration, record keeping, 
curriculum management, and organization in small schools. 

EDUC 465. Pre-Session Student Teaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: Admission to Professional Semester. 

This course is offered for qualified students needing experience in the "start up" 
dynamics of elementary and secondary programs. It involves 80 clock hours of 
on-site work with a qualified supervising teacher for one week prior to the fall 
semester through the first week of school. In consultation with the director of 
practice teaching, students are required to arrange for their own placement and 
submit a course application to the Education department office by May 1. 

EDUC 466* Enhanced Student Teaching K-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements for the B.A. in Psychology 
with licensure K-8. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed for part of 
the semester in a kindergarten setting. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with Southern College faculty, 
who assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other courses 
may be taken during student teaching. 

EDUC 467* Enhanced Student Teaching 1-8 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom each nine- week period. Cooperating teachers, determined by the 
district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, and 
competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who assume 
responsibility for the final summative evaluation. No other classwork may be taken 
during student teaching. 



156 



Education and Psychology 



EDUC 468. Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of all other requirements in the student's major 
program of studies. 

Designed as a full-time practicum for one semester. Students are placed in a 
different classroom for each nine- week period. Cooperating teachers, determined by 
the district and college personnel, are selected according to experience, certification, 
and competence, and share supervision responsibilities with college faculty, who 
assume responsibility for the final summative evaluation. Students may not be 
enrolled in any other classwork during this semester. 

EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on 
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an elective. 

EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours 

Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and gather new 
facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for preservice 
students as an elective. 

EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to pursue 

independent study in special fields. This course may be repeated for credit. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology. Special 
attention is given to provide an exposure to a wide variety of human behaviors, 
which may include but are not limited to: sensation, perception, learning, memory, 
thinking, development motivation and personality. Included in this course are 
twenty hours of active learning experience, which may include field experiences 
outside the classroom. 

PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on the 
emotional, social, physical, and psychological development of the individual. This 
course requires dwe hours of field experience. The choices of field experience 
facilities may be limited due to the number of students enrolled in the semester. 

PSYC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 2 hours 

A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning, joined to the 
practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 
217 has been taken.) 

PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups, social 
roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of consideration. Credit 
applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not for both. 



157 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 230. Principles and Application 

of Cognitive Development 2 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 124, EDUC 217, or permission of instructor. 
A study of the psychological process by which humans acquire knowledge. Percep- 
tion, reasoning, problem solving, and language skills will be analyzed. Emphasis will 
be placed on the applications of cognitive processes to the teachingflearning 
environments. The practical application of the knowledge learned from cognitive 
theories is applied to teaching and ten hours of clinical experience is required. 

PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or F-2) 3 hours 

A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in the 
Christian cultural setting. (Credit not permitted if SOCI 233 has been taken.) 

PSYC 240. Psychology of Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours 

A survey of exceptional children and youth. It includes a study of the wide range 
of factors contributing to the exceptionality, the identification of exceptional 
children and youth, and the educational and caretaking consequences. 

PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good adjustment 

and mental health. Attention is paid to several continuing or recent controversial 

issues in the field of psychopathology. Included in this course are twenty hours of 

active learning experiences, ten of which may include field experiences outside the 

classroom. 

PSYC 326. Physiological Psychology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours in Biology. 

This course focuses on the physiological substrates of behavior. Specific attention 
is given to the physiological basis of learning and motivation, sensation, emotion, 
neural encoding, and sleep. Further analysis of the structural and functional 
organization of the brain and nervous system. (Taught in alternate years) 

PSYC 336. Language Acquisition and Development 3 hours 

Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128. 

A study of the major theories of language acquisition, with emphasis on language 
development beginning at birth and extending through middle childhood. This 
course incorporates ten hours of active learning experiences, five hours of which 
require field experiences outside the classroom. 

PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

See SOCI 349 for course description. 

PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an overview 
of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests. Principles of 
effective test construction and selection are studied, particularly as they apply to 
sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. In addition to theory, twenty hours of 
clinical and field experiences are required. (Credit not permitted if EDUC 356 has 
been taken.) 



158 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 367. Adolescent Psychology (F-l) 2 hours 

The determinants and implications of behavioral characteristics and developmental 
patterns during adolescence. Content will include the psychological and social 
dynamics underlying the attempted resolution of crises and tasks specific to 
adolescents in modern society. (Taught in alternate years) 

PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: One course in Psychology. 

This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual counseling. 
The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. In addition to theory, 
twenty hours of clinical and field experiences are required. 

PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology 3 hours 

This course is designed to introduce the student to the principles and practices of 
experimentation in the field of psychology. Specifically, this course focuses on the 
true experiment. In addition, it will familiarize the student with the quasi experi- 
ment and the issues involved in the use of human and animal subjects in research. 
(Taught in alternate years.) 

PSYC 415, History and Systems of Psychology (F-l) (W) 3 hours 
Prerequisite: PSYC 124. 

Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a consideration 
of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. 

PSYC 421. Behavior Management 2 hours 

Examines basic principles of discipline, reviews a variety of philosophical 
approaches to discipline, and identifies and role plays practical procedures for 
administrators and practitioners by which to attain and maintain acceptable 
management practices. In addition, the course seeks to probe the concept of 
discipline as a way of life in which the individual is assisted in developing a 
satisfactory and fulfilling lifestyle. This course combines and requires fifteen hours 
of clinical experiences and five hours of relevant experiences. (Credit not permitted 
if EDUC 421 has been taken.) 

PSYC 434. Research Design and Practice (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 215 or permission of instructor. 

A survey of various methods and procedures in research as applied to the fields of 
education and psychology. Emphasis will be placed on defining and delimiting a 
problem, writing hypothesis and planning for the analysis of data using appropriate 
statistical design. Computer-aided analyses of simulations and practice exercises will 
be used. 

PSYC 462. Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

See EDUC 462 for course description. 

PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group dynamics, 
psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology of women, sensation 
and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for credit with an appropriate 
change in topics. 



159 



Education and Psychology 



PSYC 285/485. Psychology Practicum 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. 

Supervised volunteer/work experience in related fields of psychology. At least forty 
clock hours of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. 
Practicum arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registra- 
tion after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available 
from the department. No more than four hours of practicum may be applied toward 
a degree for psychology majors, of which two hours must be upper division, or 
minors only. 

PSYC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department. 

This course permits the student with adequate preparation to pursue independent 
study in special fields. The area of study will appear on the transcript. Directed 
study arrangements are to be completed by the student in advance of registration 
after consulting with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from 
the department. May be repeated for credit. 



(F-l), (W) Seepages 47-49and 51-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



■ 




































































■ 






160 



Engineering Studies 

Chair: Lawrence Hanson 

Faculty: John Durichek, Henry Kuhlman 



Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree 
in engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies 
program, students transfer to the Walla Walla College School of 
Engineering, with which Southern College is affiliated, for the final two 
years. Southern College awards an Associate of Science degree in 
Engineering Studies. Walla Walla College, located in Washington State, 
awards a Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree with concentra- 
tions in civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering and a pre- 
professional Bachelor of Science degree in bioengineering. 

The WWC School of Engineering offers a high quality program that 
is fully accredited by the Accreditation Board for Engineering and 
Technology --the only nationally recognized organization which accredits 
engineering programs. It has an enrollment of approximately 250 
students, many of whom are transfer students from affiliated 
Seventh-day Adventist colleges. 

The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the 
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering 
program essentially the same as if the first two years were taken there. 
Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler than to a 
non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies program 
is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of most colleges 
and universities. 



PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING STUDIES 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-three hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 
212; MATH 181, 182, 200, 218; PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 311-312. 
Required cognates: CHEM 151-152; CPTR 131. 






161 



Engineering Studies 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES 



YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


i 


Semes 


ter 




ltf 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 3 




ENGR 211-212 


Engineering Mech 


3 


3 


ENGR 149 


Mechanical Drawing 2 




MATH 218 


Calculus III 


3 




ENGR 150 


Computer-Aided Draft 


3 


MATH 315 


DifT Equations*** 




3 


CHEM 151,152 


General Chemistry 4 


4 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 


3 


MATH 200 


Elem Linear Algebra 


2 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 


1 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II* 4 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Caic Appli 




2 


RELB 125 


Life & Teachings** 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spiring 




3 


CPTR 131 


Fund of Prog I 3 




HIST 174 


Survey of Civ** 


3 






Area G, PE Activity 


1 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Paych** 


3 






16 


16 


KELT 373 


Christian Ethics** 


16 


3 
18 



♦Engineering students are expected to have taken a year-long precaleulus course (beyond Algebra II) in high 
school. Those who haven't should take a college precaleulus course at home during the summer. 

**With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted 
for these courses. 
•••Not required for the A.S. degree. 

The suggested sequence of courses listed above is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most 
students are advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the sequence 
completed in two years if some courses are taken during summer sessions. 

(See pages 47-40 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements.) 

The total number of hours for the A.S. degree in engineering studies 
is sixty-four. The suggested sequence of courses given above meets all 
major and general education requirements. It closely parallels the first 
two years of engineering studies at Walla Walla College. 

Students who plan to continue their education at an engineering 
school other than Walla Walla College should take that school's catalog 
to the engineering adviser for guidance in selecting general education 
courses. 



ENGINEERING COURSES 

ENGR 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 

See TECH 149 for course description. 






2 hours 



3 hours 



ENGR 150. Computer-Aided Drafting (G-2) 
Prerequisite: ENGR 149 or equivalent. 

An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an aid 
in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, architectural and 
electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods laboratory each week. 
Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring) 



ENGR 151. Architectural Drafting 

See TECH 151 for course description. 



3 hours 



162 



Engineering Studies 



ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisites: MATH 182, PHYS 211, 213. 

Two and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction; centroids 

and center of mass, virtual work, and moments of inertia. (Fall) 

ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
One and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector calculus; 
dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative motion; work and 
energy; impulse and momentum. (Spring) 

ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours 

Pre- or oorequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311-312. 
Circuit variables and parameters; KirchofFs laws and circuit solution; sinusoidal 
steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics; Thevenin's 
theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete response. 
Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC meters, 
potentiometers, recorders, and bridges. (Currently not being offered) 









































































163 



English and Speech 



Chair: David C. Smith 

Faculty: Ann Clark, Don Dick, Jan Haluska, Pam Harris, John 

Keyes, Wilma McClarty, Helen Pyke> Lynn Sauls 
Adjunct Faculty: Rosemary Dibben, Bernice Gerhart, Sheila Smith, 

Bobbie Jane Van Dolson 

The English and Speech Department offers two categories of classes 
that view man's search for truth and its most convincing expression 
through a Christian perspective. Language and speech courses aid 
students in developing ease, confidence, and competence in the art of 
effective communication and in acquiring knowledge of the science of 
language; literature courses develop the ability to discern and 
appreciate the best literary works. 

Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements 
of the English Department (below) and the General Education program 
(pages 47-49, 51-55). For English, intermediate foreign language is 
required. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

As part of a departmental assessment process, senior English majors 
complete a writing portfolio analysis, an oral exam, a self-analysis, and 
a written evaluation of departmental programs. Results provide infor- 
mation used to improve departmental programs; graduation eligibility 
is not affected. Majors are informed about the purpose and nature of 
these assessment activities when they enter the English program. 

PROGRAMS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
AND LITERATURE 

Major (BA): Thirty hours excluding Basic Writing and College 
Composition, but including ENGL 214, 215, 216, 218, 315, 445, and 313 
or 314; plus nine elective hours from ENGL 326, 335, 336, 337, 338, 
323 or 425, 313 or 314. Majors may substitute a journalism writing 
class or an English topics course for one English elective. Required 
cognates: SPCH 135, HMNT 205, HIST 374, and intermediate foreign 
language. Recommended for teaching majors: JOUR 205 News Report- 
ing or JOUR 174/475 Journalism Workshop. Students planning to 
obtain educational certification will need to include the required 
professional education courses and additional general education re- 
quirements in their program as outlined in the Education/Psychology 
section of this catalog. English majors who minor in journalism or 
public relations are eligible for internships through the Journalism 
Department. 



164 



English and Speech 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. ENGLISH 

(Non-Teaching) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 


I 


Semester 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey American Lit 


3 


ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of English Lit 


3 


ENGL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


3 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 




Area D-l, Inter 








Area F, Beh/Fam Sci 


2 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area D-4, Intro 








Area C-l, History 


3 




to Pub Speaking 


3 






Area E, Nat Science 


3 




Area E, Nat Sci 




3 




Area G-2, Prac Skis 


3 




Area G-3, Rec Skis 


1 






(Typing Suggested) 






Minor 


16 


3 

15 




Minor 


_3 J> 
17 15 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


! 


Semester 






1st : 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 314 


Creative Writing 

OR 
UD Literature 




3 




Area D, UD Lit 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/ 
Economics 


3 

3 


ENGL 445 


World Literature 


3 






Area 0-1, Cre Skis 




ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 

OR 
UD Literature 


3 






OR 
Area G-3, Rec Skills 
Area B, UD Religion 


2 
3 


HIST 374 


History of England 


3 






Minor or Elective 


6 16 




Area A-2, Math 


3 








17 16 




Area F, Health Sci 




2 








Area B, Religion 




3 










UD Literature 




3 










Minor or Elective 


3 


3 










15 


14 









NOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification will need to include the required professional 

education courses and additional general education requirements in their program. 

See pages 47-40 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 

requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 

credits. 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
BA. ENGLISH 

(Teaching Major) 






YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


J 


Semet 


iter 






1st : 


2nd 






1st : 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


ENGL 214 


Survey of Amer Lit 


3 




ENGL 216 


Approaches to Lit 




3 


ENGL 215 


Survey of Engl Lit 




3 


ENGL 218 


Grammar and Usage 


3 




ENGL 315 


Intro to Linguistics 




3 


EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




EDUC 217 


Psychol Found of Ed 


2 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 


2 




EDUC 240 


Ed for Excep Ch/Yth 


2 




RELT 138 


Adventist Heritage 


3 




HMNT205 


Arts and Ideas 


3 




SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 




3 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 


3 






Area D-l t Inter 








Area A-2, Mathematics 


3 




Foreign Lang 


3 


3 




Area C-l, History 




3 




Area E, Nat Sol 




3 




Area E, Natural Sci 




3 






17 


15 




Area G-3, Rec Skills 




1 












Minor 


3 
16 


16 



165 



English and Speech 













YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 2nd 


EDUG 356 


Teats & Measurements 2 




ENGL 445 


World Literature 3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Eduo 




2 


RELB 


Area B, Religion 3 3 


ENGL 


UD Literature 


3 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Management 2 


ENGL 313 


Expository Writing 






EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 2 




OR 


3 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 2 




UD literature 






EDUC 438 


Curric & Content Meth 2 


EDUC 314 


Creative Writing 






EDUC 462 


Organiz & Ldrship 1 




OR 




3 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 2 




UD Literature 








Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 3 


HIST 374 


History of England 


3 






Area G-3, Rec Skis 1 




UD Literature 




3 




Minor 3 3 


LIBR 425 


Library Mat/Yng Adit 
Area Q-3, Roc Skis 


2 


1 




16 14 




Minor 


3 


6 










16 


15 






YEARS 


Semester 










1st 








EDUC 468 


Enhanced Stud Tchg 


8 









*Any amount over 16 hours is considered an overload. Students electing a teaching 
major should consider at least one summer session. 



Minor: Eighteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo- 
sition, including ENGL 214, 215, 216, 218, 313 or 314, and three upper 
division hours of electives. 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION 

ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score of 
90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test. 
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful entry into 
ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 14 or below are required to 
register for this class. Students successfully completing this course will earn three 
institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL 101. This course does not 
count toward an English major or minor. (Fall) 

ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours 

ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102. 

A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially revision. 
ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which readily apply to 
most writing tasks. Students write expository essays organized according to 
prescribed modes. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies developed in ENGL 101 
while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills which apply to various persuasive 
and research writing activities. Students write persuasive essays and a research 
paper. This course does not count toward an English major or minor (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



166 



English and Speech 



ENGL 218. Grammar and Usage 3 hours 

A study of traditional descriptive grammar, standard American English usage rules, 
and an introduction to structural analysis. The grammar and usage sections are 
individualized and use a programmed text. Classroom instruction includes several 
different diagramming techniques and educational theory about the teaching of 
grammar. Designed especially for English majors, minors, and prospective language 
arts teachers, this course is also open to others who wish to enhance their 
knowledge of standard usage and strengthen skills in grammar analysis. (Fall) 

ENGL 313. Expository Writing (G-2) (W) 3 hours 

A workshop approach that provides practical instruction in expository writing for 
all disciplines. Emphasis on inventional procedures, connecting substance and 
structure, research, revision, persuasion, and adapting material and tone for a 
specific audience. Involves reading and analysis of a wide variety of writing. Helpful 
for all students wishing to improve their writing skills, including students headed 
for graduate school or professional fields like business, medicine or law where 
writing is important. Writing topics may be chosen from a student's major field of 
study, and students will work on producing publishable material for their 
particular field. Tailored to the level, needs, and interests of students who enroll. 
(Fall) 

ENGL 314, Creative Writing (G-l) (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor. 
A study of the principles, techniques, and kinds of personalized writing, providing 
the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find possible markets 
for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication. (Spring) 

ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 3 hours 

A survey of historical, social, psychological, biological, and pedagogical aspects of 
the English language. 

Primary topics include: (1) history of the English language, (2) grammatical aspects 
of language (including phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax-particularly 
transformational-generative grammar, and semantics), (3) social aspects of 
language (including dialects, pidgins, and Creoles; slang and jargon; sexism; and 
writing compared with speaking), (4) psychological-biological aspects of language 
(including acquisition, and critical age hypotheses), (5) applications of linguistics 
to teaching. (Spring) 

LITERATURE 

ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial through 
modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having individual, national, 
and universal interest. (Fall) 






167 



English and Speech 



ENGL 215* Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 102. 

A study of representative selections by British writers, with special emphasis on the 
author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-based thinking, and a 
review of literary trends and influences from the late Roman period to the present. 
Among writers receiving strong attention are Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring) 

ENGL 216* Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: ENGL 101. 

A study of what recognized poets, short-story writers, dramatists, and novelists 
have to say about the human condition, emphasizing the various approaches to 
literature and including an introduction to literary terms and critical evaluation. 
(Spring) 

ENGL 323* Nineteenth-Century American 

Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A chronological study of major nineteenth-century American writers and their 
works beginning with the writings of Washington Irving and the emergence of a 
genuine "American" literature and ending with Stephen Crane and Jack London 
whose naturalistic works bridge the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Among the 
authors studied are Cooper, Bryant, Longfellow, Emerson, Thoreau, Poe, 
Hawthorne, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, and James. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 326. Film Evaluation (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

The primary goal of the class is to help each student develop a personal set of 
criteria for evaluating films. Class activities include viewing films that have made 
significant contributions to our culture, reading film reviews and criticisms, 
studying how films are made and how to write about films, and writing about 
them. The class meets one night per week for a minimum of 3 hours, at which time 
films are viewed. Evaluation papers based on this viewing are due weekly. (Spring) 

ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of some of the literary masterpieces of the Bible in English translation. 
The course applies techniques of oral interpretation and literary analysis (including 
emphasis upon uses of poetic and rhetorical devices and of figures of speech) to 
forms of literature such as address, proverb, parable, poem, short story, epistle, and 
apocalypse. (Fall, odd years) 

ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance 

Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

From Chaucer through Milton, the writers and their times. Readings in Middle 
English narrative, allegory, play, and meditation; in sixteenth and seventeenth- 
century prose, poetry and dramatic literature, with the study of genre, conven- 
tions, and trends. Specific attention to moral and religious issues. (Fall, even years) 

ENGL 337. Nineteenth-Century 

British Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-1901), with 
special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, 
Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and Wilde. (Spring, even 
years) 



168 



English and Speech 



ENGL 338- Twentieth-Century Writers (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of twentieth-century writers with an emphasis on American and/or British 
works, although world literature in translation may be included. (Spring) 

ENGL 425. Literature of the South (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of works written by Faulkner, Welty, Warren, Wright, O'Connor and other 
southern writers which embody the distinctive cultural heritage of the South. An 
emphasis on the literary treatment of southern traditions and themes. (Fall, odd 
years) 

ENGL 444. Restoration and 

Eighteenth-Century Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

This course considers English literature written between the Restoration and 
Romantic Revolution. Included are poets and essayists from Milton to Johnson, 
novelists like Defoe and Fielding, and comic playwrights such as Gay and 
Goldsmith. (Spring, odd years) 

ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2) (W) 3 hours 

Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the Western 
World-- the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job--the class will consider a range 
of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the Italian Renaissance. 
Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's ability to differentiate the 
pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of individual works. (Fall) 

ENGL 465. Topics in English (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in English presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major. This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

ENGL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department on 
directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the approval of 
the department chairman in consultation with the prospective instructor. This 
course may be repeated for credit. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/English 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance; the survey and evaluation of textbooks is also 

included. 



SPEECH 

SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches with 
emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning, methods of 
securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of delivery. (Fall, Spring, 
Summer) 



169 



English and Speech 



SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this course 
emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communication setting, 
namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and self-disclosure. The 
course utilizes readings and learning activities to help students understand the 
theory of interpersonal communication and apply it in realistic transactions. 

SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 3 hours 

Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of selections 
in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally. 

SPCH 465. Topics 3 hours 

Selected topics in speech and related areas presented in a classroom setting. 
Subjects covered will determine general education credit status. This course may 
be repeated for credit. 

SPCH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
student. Open only to students approved by the department chairman in consul- 
tation with the prospective instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. 



(A-l), (D-2), (G-l), (W) See pages 51-55 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 







































170 






Health, 

Physical Education, 

and Recreation 



Chair: Phil Garver 

Eaculty: Ted Evans, Steve Jaecks, Joi Richards 
Adjunct Faculty: Ronnie Barrow, Elizabeth Bowman, Nancy 
Brock, Bill Godsey, Charles Knapp, June Mathis 



The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose 

to acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to develop 

physical efficiency, to develop wholesome recreational habits and/or 

prepare for a career in health, physical education, and recreation, or in 

, wellness management. 



PROGRAMS IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
AND RECREATION 

Major (B.S.): Forty-three hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 
473; PETH 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 
265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 437, 463, 474, 490, (295/495); PEAC 254, 255. 
Required cognates: BIOL 101-102; FDNT 125. 

Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling. 

Skill deficiencies in each PETH activity unit, 114 through 119 and 
214 through 219, will be indicated by grade of C- or less. Deficiencies 
for these units must be met by taking for no credit the corresponding 
general education activity course. 

Intramural participation is recommended for all majors and minors. 

Students who desire teacher certification must meet the State of 
Tennessee certification requirements set forth by the Department of 
Education. 



171 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Leading to Licensure 7-12 



YEARl 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PETH 265-266 


Officiating 


2 


2 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy & Physiology 3 


3 


PETH 221-222 


Prof Skills, Indiv 


2 


2 


PETH 121-122 


Prof Skills, Team 


2 


2 


RELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 


3 




EDUC 135 


Intro to Education 


3 




HLED 173 


Health & Life 




2 


RELT 255 


Christian Beliefs 




3 


HLED 373 


Care/Prev Injuries 




2 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 




2 


EDUC 217 


Psych Found of Ed 


2 






Elective 


2 




EDUC 240 


Except Child & Yth 




2 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 








16 


16 


SPCH 


Electives 

Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 


3 


3 












Creat/Prac Skis 


15 


2 

15 


















YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 


2nd 


HLED 314 


Kinesiology 


3 




PETH 495 


Directed Study 


1 




HLED 315 


Phy of Exercise 




4 


PETH 463 


PE in Elem School 


2 




PETH 364 


Princ/AdminofPE 




3 


PETH 374 


Motor Learning 


2 




PETH 363 


Intro to Meas & Res 


3 




RELB 


Biblical Studies (UD) 


3 




EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 2 




EDUC 421 


Behavior Managemenl 


, 2 




EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 




FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 






Area D, Lit/Lang/ 






PEAC 254 


Lifesaving 




1 




Fine Arts 


3 




PEAC 255 


Water Safety Instr 




1 


RELB 


Bible Eelctive 




3 


PETH 437 


Adapt Phy Ed 




2 


HLED 473 


Health Education 




2 


PETH 474 


Psyc & Soc of Sports 


2 




EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 




2 




Area B-l, Bibl Stud 




3 


EDUC 438 


Curri & Content Methds 


2 




Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, 




EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshp 


1 




Science 


3 






Area C-2, Pol Sic/Hist 




3 






16 


16 




Area G-l or G-2 


15 


1 

14 


YEAR 5 
















EDUC 468 


Enhanced Stud Tchg 


8 

















See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 265, 266, eight hours 
selected from 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 
and six hours of upper division, including PETH 364. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



172 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PROGRAM IN CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 
WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 

Major (B.S.): Forty-one hours including HLED 173, 256, 314, 315, 
373, 470, 476, 497; PEAC 125; PETH 364, 374, 474, 490; BIOL 
101-102; CHEM 111; FDNT 125. Cognate requirements: ACCT 103; 
BMKT 226; BUAD 234, 358; CPTR 105; ECON 213; JOUR 205; PSYC 
128, 377; SOCI 223. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 

B.S. CORPORATE/COMMUNITY 

WELLNESS MANAGEMENT 



YEAR 1 



Semester 





1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 


3 


HLED 173 


Health and Life 2 




PEAC 125 


Conditioning 1 




CPTR 105 


Intro to Word Process 


1 


SOCI 223 


Marriage ft Family 

Area B, Religion 3 


2 




Area C, History 3 


3 




Electives 


4 




15 


16 


YEARS 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


ACCT 103 


College Accounting 3 




BMKT 226 


Intro to Marketing 


3 


PETH 474 


Piych ft Soc of Sport 2 




ECON 213 


Survey of Boon (C-2) 3 




HLED 256 


Drug Education 2 




PSYC 377 


Fund of Counseling 


3 


BUAD 234 


Principles of Mgmt 3 




HLED 373 


Care ft Prev of Athletic 






Injuries 


2 


PETH 364 


Prin ft Admin of Phy Ed 


3 


HLED 476 


Meth/Mat of Hlth Promo 
Area B, UD Religion (W)3 


3 




Electives 


2 




16 


16 



YEAR 2 

MATH 104 
JOUR 205 
FDNT 125 
PSYC 128 
CHEM 111 
ART 218 
SPCH 135 



YEAR 4 

HLED 314 
HLED 497 
HLED 470 
HLED 315 
PETH 490 
BUAD 358 

PETH 374 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Intermediate Algebra 
News Reporting 
Nutrition 

Developmental Psych 
Survey of Chemistry 
Art Appreciation 
Intro to Public Spkg 
Area B, Religion 
Area D, Literature 
Electives 



3 

J. 

16 



_4 

16 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

Kinesiology 3 

Wellness Practicum 2 

Current Issues in Hlth 2 
Physiology of Exercise 4 

Senior Seminar 1 

Legal, Eth, ft Soc Envir 

of Business 3 

Motor Learng & Develop 2 

Area B, Religion 3 

Electives _5 _4 

15 14 






PROGRAM IN HEALTH SCIENCE 

Major (B.S.): Forty-three hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 
470, 473; PETH 374, 490, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; 
BIOL 101-102, 225; FDNT 125. 



173 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE 



YEARl 





1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


BIOL 101-102 


Anatomy ft Physiology 3 3 


SOCI223 


Marriage & Family 2 




Area B-2, Religion 3 




Area C-l, History 3 3 




Area A-2> Mathematics 3-0 




Electives 4-7 2 




16 16 



YEAR 2 

CHEM 151-152 
RELT138 
HLED173 
MATH 215 
PEAC 126 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



General Chemistry 

Adventist Heritage 

Health ft Life 

Statistics 

Conditioning 

Area D-2, Literature 

OR 
Area D-3, E Arts Appr 
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Arts 

(D-4 Speech suggested) 
Area G, Skills 
Electives 



16 



2 
16 



YEARS 

HLED 314 
HLED 315 
FDNT125 
PETH 374 
BIOL 225 



Kinesiology 

Phys of Exercise 

Nutrition 

Motor Learning 

Microbiology 

Area B-l, Bibl Studies 

Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 

Area G, Skills 

Electives 






Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



2 
_4 

15 



3 



_4 
15 



YEAR 4 

HLED 470 
HLED 373 
HLED 473 
PETH 490 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Current Issues in Hlth 
Care ft Prev of Ath Inj 
Health Education 
Senior Seminar 
Area B, UD Religion 
Area G, Skills 
Directed Stucty in PE 
Electives 



1 
1 

15 



15 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirement!. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES 

PEAC courses have optional pass/fail grades available. 

PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of the skills of passing, setting, serving, and spiking necessary in 
participation in power volleyball. (Fall) 

PEAC 124. Basketball (G-3) 1 hour 

Individual skills and team concepts are developed that may be used in competition 
and leisure play. (Spring) 

PEAC 125. Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour 

A study of basic fitness training and aerobic principles in conjunction with a 
personalized long-range conditioning program for disease prevention and health 
maintenance. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour 

Fundamental skills in hitting, bunting, sliding, throwing, running, and fielding, 
incorporated with Softball facts, terminology, and team strategy. (Fall) 



174 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour 

Instruction includes strokes, rules, and playing situations plus physical conditioning 
for badminton. (Spring) 

PEAC 133. Racquetball (6-3) 1 hour 

Focus is given to basic skills, rules, and terminology so that the student can carry 
on successful play. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (6-3) 1 hour 

Emphasis in basic tennis skills including the forehand, backhand, and serve. (Fall) 

PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

A basic course for the beginning golfer. Students must have their own golf clubs. 
Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour 

A course for the active cyclist emphasizing various types of cycling, cycling 
techniques, safe cycling, and maintenance. Each student provides his/her own 
bicycle and helmet (Fall) 

PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour 

Play on a variety of courses for the bogey golfer. Students must have their own golf 
clubs. Lab fee required. (Fall) 

PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour 

For the advanced player. Emphasis is given to the advanced serve, volley, lobs, 
advanced ground strokes and playing strategy. Admission to class must be approved 
by instructor. (Fall) 

PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour 

Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines in conjunction with 
acrosport exposure. 

PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour 

Skill development on various gymnastic equipment such as the pommel horse, high 
bar, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance beam. 

PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour 

Leads to basic certification by N.A.S.D.S. or N.A.U.I. Lab fee of $98 and check out 
dive expenses charged in addition to tuition. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Development of beginning and intermediate swimming skills coupled with aquatic 
safety principles. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

PEAC 160. Snow Skiing (G-3) 1 hour 

This course requires the students to go to Colorado during spring break. Grades 
are based on hours sided and difficulty of slopes skied. The trip expenses vary from 
year to year, in the $400 range. These fees are NOT charged to the student's 
account Sign up at the gym in November in order to reserve a spot on the trip for 
the following spring break. 



175 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (Gym-Masters) (G-3) 1 hour 

A "variety show" team which emphasizes acrosport, sports acrobatics, gymnastics, 
physical fitness and health. Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of 
try-out requirements. Participation in all tours is required. This course may be 
repeated for credit Due to program conflicts, second semester Gym-Masters 
will not enroll in classes that meet before 1:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and 
Thursdays. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour 

Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 254. Lifeguarding (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent. 

Leads to Red Cross Life Guarding certification, First Aid and CPR certification. 

(FaD, Spring) 

PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent. 
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Fall, Spring) 

PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour 

Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic heading. 
Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow skiing, rock climbing, 
spelunking, and aerobics. This course may be repeated with the varying subject 
matter. Lab fees in addition to tuition are usually charged approximately $50-$ 160. 

PEAC 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 1 hour 

A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience for those 
interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor living and 
activities. 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful living and 
Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing students. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

HLED 203* Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours 

The nature and causes of accidents with emphasis in teacher/pupil safety problem 
situations. (Spring) 

HLED 256. Drug Education 2 hours 

An introductory course focusing on the use and abuse of drugs in our society. 
Emphasis on strategies to assist future health promoters in recognition, 
intervention, and prevention of substance abuse. (Fall) 

HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement, 
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. Historical impact of the 
leaders in physical education is covered. (Fall) 



176 



Health, Physical Recreation, Recreation 



HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W) 4 hours 

Prerequisite: BIOL 101-102 or equivalent. 

Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, aerobics, and physical 
conditioning. Significance of these effects for health, skilled performance, and 
prevention of disease. (Spring) 

HLED 373* Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 314. 

Investigations into the prevention, care, and proper management of injuries related 

to athletics. (Spring) 

HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours 

This is a seminar course designed to assist students in becoming knowledgeable 
regarding health issues of our time. Library research and class presentations are 
required. Discussion and problem solving are emphasized. A major part of the class 
focuses on the need of a spiritual component in establishing a healthful and 
balanced lifestyle. (Fall) 

HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470. 

A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with emphasis on 

the development and organization of the school health instruction program. 

(Spring) 

HLED 476. Methods and Materials of Health Promotion 3 hours 

A course in planning, implementing and evaluating: work-site and community 
health promotion activities, including stress management, smoking cessation, 
cardiovascular fitness, body composition, and cholesterol testing. (Spring) 

HLED 497. Wellness Praetieum 2 hours 

The student will work at a wellness facility for not less than 100 clock hours 
gaining experience with equipment, observing facility scheduling and management, 
and interacting with clients. Arrangements are made in advance with the 
department chairman. One-third the regular tuition rate will be charged. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY 

PETH 114. ProAct - Softball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for Softball For majors and minors only. (Fail, odd years) 

PETH 115. ProAct - Flagball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for flagball. For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years) 

PETH 116. ProAct - Volleyball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for volleyball For majors and minors oiuy. (Fall, odd years) 



177 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PETH 117. ProAct - Basketball 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for basketball. For majors and minors only. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 118. ProAct - Floor Hockey 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for floor hockey. For majors and minors onty. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 119. ProAct - Soccer 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for soccer. For majors and minors onty. (Spring, even years) 

PETH 210. Aerobic-Exercise Instructor Training 2 hours 

This course will combine the theory and practical aspects of aerobic exercise 
programs. Knowledge and skills will be the focus, with students developing and 
teaching their own aerobic routines as a demonstration of their understanding and 
skills of sound aerobic principles. Aerobic certification will be available. 

PETH 214. ProAct - Tennis 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for tennis. For HPER majors and minors only, (fall, even years) 

PETH 215. ProAct - Golf 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for golf. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 216. ProAct - Conditioning 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for conditioning. For HPER majors and minors only. (Fall, even years) 

PETH 217. ProAct - Badminton 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for badminton. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 218. ProAct - Track and Field 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for track and field. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 219. ProAct • Gymnastics 1 hour 

Development of professional skills including performance and teaching techniques 
for gymnastics. For HPER majors and minors only. (Spring, odd years) 

PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours 

An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization of 
officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring) 

PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements 

and Research of Physical Education 3 hours 

A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statistical 
procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research. History of 
physical education is also dealt with briefly. (Fall) 



178 



Health, Physical Education, Recreation 



PETH 364. Principles and Administration of 

Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 

An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physical 
Education and Recreation with emphasis in management needs and skills. (Spring) 

PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours 

A course of study designed to examine motor development and motor behavior as 
it relates to an individual's maturation process, with emphasis placed on 
implications for the physical educator. (Fall) 

PETH 437. Adaptive Physical Education 2 hours 

A course designed to develop an understanding of neurodevelopment and functional 
ability, of impairments and their implications for motor performance. Emphasis on 
teaching progressions and exercise programs for special populations. (Fall) 

PETH 463* Physical Education in 

the Elementary School 2 hours 

A course of study designed to acquaint students with the unique aspects of physical 
education and the adolescent Special activities include teaching and observation in 
an elementary school. 

PETH 474. Psychology and Sociology of Sports 2 hours 

An exploration of sports and their involving impact on American culture. Special 
attention is given to current issues in sports as they relate to the individual in 
society. (Spring) 

PETH 490* Senior Comprehensive Seminar (W) 1 hour 

A course of study designed to prepare the student for the exit exam. Special 
attention is given to concepts, practical applications, and administrative 
responsibilities within the profession. This course will be on a pass/fail basis. 

PETH 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours 

For Physical Education majors or minors only. Gives the student the opportunity 
to pursue knowledge in an area of interest related to health, PE, or recreation. 
Approval by Department Chair required. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/ 

Health and Physical Education 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance. 



179 



History 



Chair: Benjamin McArthur 

Faculty: Dennis Pettibone, Mark Peach 



History is the study of the human experience. It investigates 
mankind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investiga- 
tion, history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view 
of humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the 
limitation of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader compre- 
hension of the past and a greater hope for the future. 

Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental 
approval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history 
must plan his/her entire study program with a member of the history 
faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is 
granted on the following conditions: 

1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained 
elsewhere in the CATALOG. 

2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the 
student. 

3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity. 

4. Completion of senior year assessment. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Assessment of seniors consists of two parts. First, in the spring 
semester of their senior year students will take the ETS Major Field 
Achievement Test in history. Second, at the end of the fall or early in 
the spring semester, students will take a departmental exam. Prepara- 
tion for this exam will include a one-hour independent study course 
(normally taken during the fall of the senior year) involving: 1) reading 
a selected few classics of historical literature; 2) reviewing one's history 
coursework utilizing several thematic questions provided by the history 
faculty. 

The subsequent examination will be in the form of a one-hour inter- 
view of the candidate by the history faculty. This will be based on the 
above-mentioned materials and also on the student's portfolio of major 
papers accumulated during his/her history coursework. The oral exam- 
ination is graded on an Honors, Pass, or Fail basis. A failure requires 
further preparation by the student and another interview before 
graduation. 



180 



History 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY 

Mqjor: Thirty-one hours including HIST 154, 155, 174, 175, 490, 
499. Six hours of political science may apply to the major. The 
intermediate level of a foreign language is required. At least two 
courses are to be taken in each of the following areas: 
Area I: American History, HIST 353, 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; 

PLSC 254. 
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389, 471, 472; 

PLSC 389; either HIST 364 or 365. 
Cognate: One of the following: ECON 224, 225, GEOG 204. 















Typical Sequence 


of Courses for 




B.A. HISTORY 










YEAR 2 


Semester 


YEAR 1 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




M 2nd 




HIST 174, 175 


World Civilizations 3 3 


HIST 154, 155 


American History 3 3 






Area B, Religion 3 
Area E, Natural Sci 3 3 
Area G, Act Skills 3 
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 

Speech 3 
Minor or Elective 4 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 
Area B, Religion 3 
Area A-2, Mathematics 0-3 
Area F, Behav/Family/ 








Health Science 3 2 








Area D, Lit/Fine Art 

OR 3 3 
Area D-l, Beg For Lang 
Elective* 5-2 
15 16 






Area D, Inter For Lang 3 3 
15 16 








YEAR 4 


Semester 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 

Area B, Religion 3 




HIST 490 
HIST 499 


Senior Exam Prep 1 
Research Meth in Hist 3 




Area C, UD History 3-6 3-6 






Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area O, Skills 2 
Area G-3, Rec Skill 1 
Area C-2, PdI Sd/Eoon 3 
Minor or Elective* 6-3 10*7 
15 16 






Area G, UD History 3-6 3-6 

Minor or Elective* 6-3 12-9 

15 16 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in 
history who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as 
medicine or law must present a balanced program of general education 
classes and electives that will support the professional objectives. 

History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in 
history who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester 
hours required for certification in the area of the first teaching field. 
It is strongly recommended that the student also earn teaching cre- 
dentials in a field outside of history. No specific supporting field is 



181 



History 

required but art, behavioral science, business, English, modern 
languages, and religion are recognized as intimately related to the 
study of history. A student may receive certification to teach history as 
a second area by completing a minor in history (see under Minor 
below). Since the entire second semester of the senior year is devoted 
to certification requirements, students earning teacher certification 
must finish all history classwork before reaching the final semester. 
Students applying for teacher certification must consult with the 
Education Department to draft a schedule of classes meeting 
certification requirements. 

Before the end of the sophomore year the student must apply to the 
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education 
Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to 
the Department of Education for admission to the professional 
semester. 

History Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The 
additional twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, 
six hours of which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours 
must be chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three 
hours of political science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history. 
A student planning to minor in history in order to obtain a second 
teaching area for certification must take all eighteen hours in history 
and must include HIST 154, 155. 

History Department tours: The Department of History regularly 
sponsors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The 
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants 
with an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a 
combination of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation 
of historical sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require 
students to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a 
regular classroom setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading 
are included in this computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 
295/495 Directed Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for 
academic credit. 

History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students 
earning general education credit in history should take courses from 
the 100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general 
education requirements in history should select courses from the 300 
and 400 level. 



182 



History 

Political Economy Minor: This eighteen-hour minor combines an 
interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school preparation. 
For a further description of this pre-law preparation program, see page 
269. 



HISTORY 

HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours 

An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. The 
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in each 
semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general education for 
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

HIST 174, 175. World Civilizations (C-l) 3,3 hours 

A study of the development of Western and nonWestern culture and 
government, emphasizing the evolution of European society and its interaction 
with non-European civilizations. This course is recommended as general educa- 
tion for freshmen and sophomores. 

HIST 353. From Colony to Nation (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A detailed survey of American political and social history from 1607 to 1800, 
including the founding of the thirteen colonies, the American Revolution, and the 
establishment of the new nation. 

HIST 354. Latin America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial, independ- 
ence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-century trends in 
selected republics. Arranged with instructor. 

HIST 355. History of the South (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the American South from the Early National period through 
Reconstruction. Prominent issues will include slavery, sectionalism, the Civil War, 
and Reconstruction. 

HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society. Special 
emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the national 
character. 

HIST 357. Modern America (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the 
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the United 
States in world affairs. (Fall) 

HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth-century American history, focusing 
on the modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered are 
entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation, and art 
and architecture. 



183 



History 



HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church 

Through the Middle Ages (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic period 
to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and theological 
development (Fall) 

HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation 

Through the Twentieth Century (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the Protestant 
Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious trends. (Spring) 

HIST 374. History of England (CI) (W) 3 hours 

A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth 
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments which have 
influenced western civilization as a whole. 

HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East, Greece, 
and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development of western 
culture. 

HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the modern 
age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the institutions and 
values of modern western civilization. The chronological emphasis is on the 
eleventh through the sixteenth centuries. 

HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of major historical developments affecting international relations since the 
Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace and war, power 
and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as others, in their historical 
setting. Students may earn either history or political science credit, depending on 
individual assignments. 

HIST 465. Topics in History (CI) (W) 3 hours 

Selected topics in history presented in classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine whether credit is granted in Area I or Area II. This course may be 
repeated for credit 

HIST 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in western thought from the Heroic Age of Greece to 
the Renaissance. Reading from original sources, this class will emphasize the 
discussion and analysis of ideas that have formed the basis of western thought 
Included in the readings are selections from Herodotus, Cicero, St. Augustine, 
Boccaccio, Montaigne, and St Ignatius of Ioyola. 

HIST 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

A study of the key thinkers in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Reading 
from original sources, this class will emphasize discussion of critical ideas that have 
effected the evolution of contemporary social and political thought Included in the 
readings are selections from Locke, Mill, Marx, Nietzsche, Lenin, and Hitler. 



184 



fflST 490. Senior Exam Preparation 

Independent study and reading in preparation for the 
senior history majors. 



History 

1 hour 

exam taken by 



HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l) (W) 1-3 hours 

A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a student 
is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower division. This course 
also includes credit offered by the History Department on directed study tours. 
Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 onty. Approval of the department is required 
prior to registration. 

HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l) (W) 3 hours 

Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in conjunction 
with the preparation of a research project (Fall) 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PLSC 254. American National and 

State Government (C-2) 3 hours 

An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial branches 
of government of the national, state, and local levels. 

PLSC 353. From Colony to Nation (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 353 for course description. 

PLSC 357. Modern America (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 357 for course description. 

PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 389 for course description. 

PLSC 465. Topics in Political Science (C-2) 3 hours 

See HIST 405 for course description. 

PLSC 471. Classics of Western Thought I (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 471 for course description. 

PLSC 472. Classics of Western Thought II (C-2) (W) 3 hours 

See HIST 472 for course description. 



GEOGRAPHY 

GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours 

(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only). 

Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are considered. 

Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall) 



185 



History 



GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours 

A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the United 
States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities include assigned 
reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations, formal paper after return 
to campus. Prior to departure, the student will make all arrangements with a 
teacher assigned by the Department of History. One-third tuition rate. 

EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/History 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performances, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 





























186 



Industrial Technology 



Chair: Dale Walters 
Faculty: John Durichek, Kenneth Reynolds 
Adjunct Faculty: Mark McGrath 

Advisory Council: Bill Belles, Willard Clapp, Allen O'Neal, 
Leon Scoggins, Bob Sullivan, Jeff Taylor 



Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning 
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, 
drafting, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are: 

1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by 
providing classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity. 

2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living 
by providing "hands-on 11 experiences with elements of the 
environment. 

3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life 
as hobby and recreational activities as well as professional 
enhancement. 

4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile 
learning skills. 

5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and 
service occupations. 

6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical 
and professional degree programs and occupations. These 
courses are essential for students majoring in: 

Art 

Business Administration 

Education 

Journalism and Communication 

Office Administration 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 

Pre-Engineering 



Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours 
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except 
TECH 223. 



187 



Industrial Technology 



DIPLOMA PROGRAM 
Auto Body-Repair and Refinishing 

The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing, 
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical 
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient 
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade. 

Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the 
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use 
during the course. The department will assist the student in the 
purchase of these tools which will cost approximately $300. 

The requirements are as follows: TECH 110, 111-112, 114, 115, 116, 
118, 120; TECH 164, 264, and three hours from General Education B-l 
or B-2 courses. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
CERTIFICATE - AUTO BODY REPAIR 

A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated 
experience in various facets of auto body repair. 

1st Semester Hours 

TECH 114 Ory-Aoatylene Welding 1 

TECH 111 Painting* Refiniah. I 3 

TECH 110 Panel & Spot Repair 4 

TECH 116 Collision Repair 1 4 

TECH 164 Auto Maintenance 2 

Area B, Religion _3 

17 

At the end of the second semester and after nearly 1,000 hours of 
instruction and lab time the successful student will have skills to do: 

(1) major collision repair 

(2) frame alignment 

(3) job estimating 

(4) complete repaint work 

(5) power plant and drive train repair 



A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus 
hours of instruction and lab time. 

In addition to introductory repair projects, each student will be 
involved in at least three major collision repair projects. 

Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. 



2nd Semester 


Hour* 


TECH 118 


Collision Repair II 5 


TECH 120 


Collision Repair III 5 


TECH 112 


Painting & Refin II 3 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 2 


TECH 264 


Auto Repair 3 




18 



188 



Industrial Technology 



AFFILIATION PROGRAM 

Students wishing a Bachelor of Technology degree in Graphic Art or 
Technical Plant Services may take the following classes and transfer to 
Andrews University after one year: 

B.T. Graphic Arts 

TECH 145, 149, 295 6 hours 

ART 104, 109 5 hours 

CPTE 245 3 hours 

CPTR 105, 106, 107 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

JOUR 225 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 

SPCH 135 3 hours 

B.T. Technical Plant Services 

TECH 114, 115, 149, 154, 174, 183, 223, 264 19 hours 

CPTE 249 3 hours 

ENGL 101 3 hours 

SPCH 135 . 3 hours 

RELT 255 3 hours 

SOCI 125 3 hours 



TECHNOLOGY 

TECH 101. Technology Awareness 2 hours 

This course is designed so that the student will become better acquainted with the 
field of technology. Emphasis is directed toward but not limited to the area of 
industrial technology, current and future developments in the industry and their 
impact on society. Along with an awareness of the qualifications to enter today's 
technological job market, special attention will be given to the training available at 
Southern and other SDA institutions. Open to all students. 

TECH 110. Panel and Spot Repair 4 hours 

Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to straighten 
small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready for painting. (Fall) 



TECH 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 3,3 hours 

An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will progress to 
doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his own respirator and 
spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 114. Oxy-Acetylene Welding 1 hour 

Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop welding 
jobs. Personal goggles required. A lab fee of $10 is charged. (Fall) 



189 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 115* Arc Welding 2 hours 

A class designed to give basic understanding of arc welding processes. Emphasis will 
be given to MIG, TIG, Heliarc, as well as conventional stick welding. Each student 
must purchase safety glasses, welding gloves, and goggles. A lab fee of $10 is 
charged. 

TECH 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours 

Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs. Body 
alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair are involved. 
(Esll) 

TECH 118* Collision Repair II 5 hours 

Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body alignment, frame 
straightening, glass work, fiberglass repair, and body section replacement. There is 
no lecture component to this class, but rather is composed of four three periods 
laboratory per week. (Spring) 



TECH 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours 

A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an individual 
basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies purchasing, shop 
management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring) 

TECH 145. Introduction to Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours 

Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera techniques, 
platemaking, screen printing, and press work. Experience is offered in personal 
computer desktop publishing. Skills learned are applicable for personal and business 
communications. A supplies fee will be charged for projects produced in class. 
Average cost of projects approximately $75. (Fall) 

TECH 149. Mechanical Drawing (G-2) 2 hours 

A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and the 
principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial 
representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods of laboratory each 
week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments cost approximately $40. 

(Fall) 

TECH 151. Architectural Drafting 3 hours 

An introduction to skills and basic knowledge of architectural drafting. Emphasis 
is on lettering, orthographic projection, parallel line pictorial drawings, shades and 
shadows, and perspective drawing. Instruments cost approximately $50. Open to all 
students. 

TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours 

A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture 
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A supplies fee 
will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project construction. Generally, 
the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large furniture items were constructed. 
(Spring) 



190 



Industrial Technology 



TECH 164* Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours 

A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the matters of 
buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will work on his own car 
or on one belonging to the shop. One period lecture and three periods laboratory 
each week. (Fall) 

TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours 

Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with metals. 
Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet metal, welding, plus 
hand and power-operated metal-cutting equipment. One period lecture and six 
periods laboratory each week. Project expenses average $50. Each student must 
purchase his own safety glasses, welding gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate 
years) 

TECH 183. Basic Electronics 3 hours 

An introductory course to the properties of electricity/electronics as they pertain to 
AC and DC electrical circuits and devices such as diodes, transistors and integrated 
circuits. Intended to introduce the beginning student to the field of electronics. Two 
three-hour lecture/labs each week. 

TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

An introductory course designed to acquaint the student with the principles and 
techniques used in repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class 
admission to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have gas 
welding skills. Each student will need his own basic hand tools which cost approxi- 
mately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per week. (Spring, 
alternate years) 

TECH 254/354. Furniture Design and Construction 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 154. 

Emphasis will be placed on the design process as it pertains to woods and its 
combination with other materials. Two three-hour lecture/labs each week. (Spring, 
alternate years) 

TECH 264/364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: TECH 164. 

A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main emphasis is 
given to power plant and drive train design, operation and service. One period 
lecture and three periods laboratory each week. All lab learning experience is on 
actual cars either from the community or personal vehicles. (Spring) 

TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report of the 
problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to those earning 
a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring) 

TECH 376. Automation and Robotics 3 hours 

See CPTE 376 for course description. 

(G-2) See pages 47-49 and 5 1-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 



191 



Journalism 
and Communication 



Chair: Lynn Sauls 

Faculty: Pam Harris, Volker Henning 

Adjunct Faculty: Ted Betts, Joyce Dick, Eva Lynne Disbro, Ruth 
Garren, Wesley Hasden, Douglas Walter, Billy Weeks 



The Department of Journalism and Communication provides an 
educational environment in which future leaders in journalism, public 
relations and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, 
the intellectual discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the 
mastery and management of a wide range of writing, editing and other 
journalistic and public relations skills and techniques. 

The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in 
Journalism (News Editorial), Broadcast Journalism, and Public 
Relations. Minors are also available in each of these areas. 

The Journalism (News Editorial) major prepares students for careers 
as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly newspapers, 
magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the vast array of 
publications that serve the church, business, industry, governmental 
agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and other 
non-profit organizations. 

Students enrolling in the Broadcast Journalism mayor receive 
preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and 
television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs 
operations. 

Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major 
segment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, 
universities, hospitals and other medical institutions, and in a wide 
range of organizations. 

The Journalism major, Broadcast Journalism major, and the Public 
Relations major also prepare students for entry into graduate schools 
nationwide. 

Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study 
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree 
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication, 
including the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills 
General Education requirements. 



192 



Journalism and Communication 



INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING 

Because of the strong relationships which the department has 
developed with the Chattanooga area mass media, journalism, 
broadcast and public relations students have many opportunities to 
meet and work with professionals in television and radio news, in 
public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly newspapers. 

Internships: Helping students locate internships on newspapers, in 
publishing houses, in public relations and fund development depart- 
ments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the 
education program provided by the department. 

A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart- 
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The 
department also participates in the General Conference internship 
program in which students work in various denominational institu- 
tions. The college radio station, WSMC FM90.5 and the community 
newspaper, East Hamilton County Journal, provide learning 
opportunities for students in a number of courses. 

Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as 
writers and editors by working on Student Association publications 
such as Southern Accent, the campus newspaper, and Southern 
Memories, tjie yearbook. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

To make satisfactory progress toward preparation for the job 
market, students mtyoring in the department will be expected to attend 
the annual editor-in-residence meetings, the annual Communication 
Career Day meetings, departmental assemblies, and other presentations 
of guest professionals sponsored by the department. 

Students should demonstrate their growing professionalism through 
involvement in the operation of WSMC FM90.5; in the publication of 
the Southern Accent, Southern Memories, or some other publication; or 
in communication activities for a campus, church, or community 
organization. 

Participation in the departmental Communication Club and the 
Southern Society of Adventist Communicators as well as student mem- 
bership in a national professional organization such as the Society of 
Professional Journalists, the International Association of Business 
Communicators, or the Public Relations Student Society of America are 
also evidences of professional commitment. 

A cumulative evaluation form will be kept in departmental files for 
each student mqjoring in the department. This form will serve as a 
source of information for teachers asked to provide recommendations 



193 



Journalism and Communication 



for students seeking practicians, internships, or job positions. 
Information concerning evidence of professional growth and achieve- 
ment will be added by the departmental faculty annually and a copy of 
the form shared with the student near the end of each school year. 

Students in the department will be given a writing skills test when 
they take JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication, and JOUR 
205, News Reporting. On the basis of the results, advisers will 
recommend any needed remediation, which students must complete 
before registering for other writing courses offered by the department. 
Another form of the writing skills test will be administered when 
students in the department take JOUR 314, Broadcast News Writing, 
JOUR 355, Reporting Public Affairs, or PREL 365, Public Relations 
Techniques. Results of the test will be part of the information in a 
student's cumulative evaluation form. 

Departmental effectiveness will be assessed by combining the results 
of the cumulative evaluations, student evaluations of courses, question* 
naires completed by seniors near the time of graduation and again 
three years afterwards, questionnaires completed by supervisors of 
interns, and overall program assessment by the advisory council. An 
ongoing analysis of outlines of courses required for majors is made by 
the faculty to determine that the curriculum meets the objectives of the 
department and the standards of the Accrediting Council of Education 
in Journalism and Mass Communication. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM, 
BROADCAST JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Major-Journalism (News Editorial): 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism 2 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 314 Creative Writing 

or 
JOUR 495 Honors Project 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 3 hours 

or 
ENGL 313 Expository Writing 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 
Departmental electives 2 hours 






194 



Journalism and Communication 



Required Cognates: 
ART 109 
ECON 213 
PLSC 254 



Publications Design 3 hours 

Survey of Economics 3 hours 

American National and State Government . . 3 hours 

Literature elective (D-2) 3 hours 

Music and Art Appreciation elective (D-3) . . . 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language .... 6 hours 



Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 497 Journalism Internship * 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Completion of at least 12 hours in each of three or more of the following 
areas: Behavioral Science, Business and Economics, Education, Health Science, 
History and Political Science, Literature and Fine Arts, Natural Science, 
Recreation and Physical Education, Religion, and Technology. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BJi. JOURNALISM 

(NEWS EDITORIAL) 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




Ut 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


JOUR 212 


Copyediting 


2 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com. 3 




JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


JOUR 315 


Photojournalism 


2 


JOUR 225 


Intro Photography 


3 


ECON 213 


Survey of Economics 3 






(if needed) 




PLSC 254 


American Government 3 




ART 109 


Publications Design 3 






Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 


9 




Area D-l, Inter R Lang 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Oen Ed, Minor or Elect 


4 


15 


16 




Area B, Religion 3 












15 


16 










YEARS 3 AND 4 


















JOUR 316 


Magazine and Feature Writing OR ENOL 314 Creative 


► Writing OR 






JOUR 495 Honors Project 








3 


JOUR 355 


Reporting Public Affairs 








3 


JOUR 425 


Reporting in Special Areas OR ENOL 313 Expository Writing 


3 


JOUR 427 


Mass Media Law and Ethics 








3 


JOUR 487 


History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 


3 


JOUR 497 


Journalism Internship (Rec, 
Area B, Religion 


summer 


before Year 4) 




3 
6 




Area D-2, Literature 








3 




Area D-3, Music and Art Appreciation 






3 




General Education, Minor or Elective 






32 












62 









See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



195 



Journalism and Communication 



Major-Broadcast Journalism: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 317 Broadcast Management 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 3 hours 

or 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Two of the following: 6 hours 

JOUR 315 Photojournalism (3 hours) 
JOUR 327 Video Production (3 hours) 
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs (3 hours) 
JOUR 423 Broadcast Programming (3 hours) 
JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas (3 hours) 
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship: 
Broadcasting (3 hours) 

Required Cognates: 

BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

PLSC 254 American National and State Government 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

SPCH 236 Oral Interpretation 3 hours 

or 
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 
Intermediate level of a foreign language 6 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

HMNT 205 Arts and Ideas 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

TECH 183 Basic Electronics 3 hours 

CPTE 245 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. BROADCAST JOURNALISM 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


BMKT 236 


Intro to Marketing 3 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 3 




JOUR 314 


Broadcast News Writing 3 


JOUR 201 


Foundat of Broadcast 


3 


PREL 234 


Public Relations Prin 2 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 


3 


PLSC 254 


American Government 3 




Area EM, Inter For LangS 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 11 




Gen Ed, Minor or Elect 3 


4 




15 16 




15 


16 







196 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 302 
JOUR 317 
JOUR 427 
JOUR 487 
JOUR 497 

SPCH 236 



Seepage* 47- 
make-upof 



YEARS 3 AND 4 

Broadcast Technique* 

Broadcast Management 

Mass Media Law and Ethics 

History of Mass Communication OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication & Society 

Broadcast Journalism Internship (Recommend summer before \ear 4) 

Approved Broadcast Journalism Elective* 

Oral Interpretation OR SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 

Area B, Religion 

Qeneral Education, Minor or Elective* 



3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
6 
3 
6 

62 

49 and 61-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 



M^jor-Public Relations: 30 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours 

or 

JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

or 

JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

PREL 480 Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

Required Cognates: 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking 3 hours 

CPTE 245/345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 

Intermediate level of a foreign language ....... 6 hours 

Literature or Fine Arts elective (D-2 or D-3) .... 3 hours 

Recommended Electives: 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 2 hours 

JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

JOUR 327 Video Production 3 hours 

MATH 215 Statistics 3 hours 

PREL 368 Fund Development 3 hours 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

TECH 145 Introduction to Graphic Arts 3 hours 









197 



Journalism and Communication 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PUBLIC RELATIONS 



YEAR 1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


JOUR 205 


News Reporting 3 


JOUR 103 


Intro to Mass Com 3 




JOUR 225 


Intro to Photography 3 


PREL 234 


Public Relations Prin 


2 


PREL 344 


Fund of Advertising 2 


ART 109 


Publications Design 3 




CPTE 245 


Comp-Aided Publishing 3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Speaking 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area D-1/Inter For Lang 3 


3 




Oen Ed, Minor or Elect 6 11 




Area B, Religion 3 






15 16 




Oen Ed, Minor or Elect 


5 








15 


16 


















YEARS 3 AND 4 





JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Writing 

JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs OR JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law OR JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

PREL 406 Persuasion and Propaganda 

PREL 480 Case Studies 

PREL 497 Public Relations Internship (Rec. summer before Year 4) 

BMKT 226 Intro to Marketing 

Area D-2 or D-3, Literature or Fine Arts 

Area B, Religion 

General Education, Minor or Elective* 






See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Minor-Journalism (News Editorial): 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 212 Copyediting 2 hours 

One of the following: 3 hours 

JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing 
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 
JOUR 425 Reporting in Special Areas 

One of the following: 3 hours 

JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 
JOUR 487 History of Mass Communication 
JOUR 488 Mass Communication and Society 

Electives 4 hours 

Electives from Journalism major requirements or 
ART 109, CPTE 245/345, ECON 213, PLSC 254 

Minor-Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours 

JOUR 201 Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

JOUR 302 Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 



198 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours 

Electives 3 hours 

From Broadcast Journalism major requirements or 
BMKT 226, PLSC 254, PREL 234, SPCH 236 

Minor-Public Relations: 19 or 20 hours 

ART 109 Publications Design 3 hours 

JOUR 103 Introduction to Mass Communication . 3 hours 

JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours 

PREL 234 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising (2 hours) 2 or 3 hours 

or 
BMKT 226 Introduction to Marketing (3 hours) 

PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

CPTE 345 Computer-Aided Publishing 3 hours 



JOURNALISM 

JOUR 103, Introduction to Mass Communication (G-2) 3 hours 

Overview of the development and characteristics of mass media, with emphasis on 
media in the United States including newspapers, radio, television, photography, 
film, sound recording, books, magazines, advertising, public relations, and new 
media technology. Attention is given to theories of communication and how to be 
a critical and discriminating consumer of mass media. 

JOUR 201. Foundations of Broadcasting 3 hours 

Provides an understanding of broadcasting and related industries. Basic theories and 
practices of radio, television, cable operations, and other electronic media are 
covered. 

JOUR 205. News Reporting (G-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm. 

News gathering and research techniques; development of newswriting skills and 
style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and fairness and on meeting 
deadlines in covering news events and interviewing news sources. 

JOUR 212. Copyediting 2 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Principles and practices of preparing copy for publication including headline writing, 
picture editing, and writing photo captions. Use of the Associated Press Stylebook. 
Focus is on accuracy, newsworthiness, language effectiveness, legality, and good 
taste in editing copy. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours 

Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that constitute 
good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film development, negative 
enlargement and print finishing. Students supply their own 35mm cameras with 
adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. A limited number of rental cameras are 
available. Two hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supply lab fee 
of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 



199 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 302. Broadcasting Techniques 3 hours 

Introduction to audio production in the context of the broadcast station. Instruction 
in the technical aspects of production for radio and television. Techniques in 
announcing for a variety of program types including commercials, news, interviews, 
and talk shows. 

JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast media. 
Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio station; 
instruction in writing spot announcements. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 315. Photojournalism (G-l) 2-3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent 

Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photo- 
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, picture stories for 
publication and photo collections for exhibit. Students supply their own cameras 
with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of lecture, three hours of 
laboratory each week. Supply lab fee of $95 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours 

Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the newspaper 
feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of the English 
language. 

JOUR 317* Broadcast Management 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201 and 302. 

The 100,000-watt college radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 provides the setting in which 
students learn the principles of broadcast management as they apply to radio and 
television. Class members become familiar with day-to-day station operations, 
including control room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and 
programming. Professionals from both radio and television serve as lecturers. 
(Alternate years) 

JOUR 327. "Video Production 3 hours 

Introduction to the basic procedures of producing non-studio video programs. 
Emphasis will be given to lighting, audio, and editing techniques. The student will 
make extensive use of portable video and video editing equipment. Supply lab fee 
of $50 charged in addition to tuition. 

JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205. 

Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics, education, 
religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with emphasis on background 
research and investigative reporting. (Alternate years) 






200 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 207/397. Journalism Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

Supervised work experience in print or broadcast journalism. At least 90 clock hours 
of work experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Arrangements are 
to be completed by the student in advance of the practicum after consulting with 
the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department. One- 
third regular tuition rate. 

JOUR 423. Broadcast Programming 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 201. 

A study of audiences and audience research, programming theories, and formats 
used in modern broadcast program planning. Emphasis also given to current FCC 
regulations and policies governing the broadcast industry. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 425. Reporting in Special Areas (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 or consent of instructor. 

Writing interpretative articles and commentary after extensive research, interviews, 
and analysis. Based on interest and background, the student will select two of the 
following specialized areas in which to write: business and economics, education, 
religion, health, mass media, the arts, nature and the environment, government and 
society, recreation and entertainment, and science and technology. May be repeated 
once with different areas selected. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours 

Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and the news 
gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy, free press, fair-trial, 
contempt of court, access to information, protection of sources, copyright law and 
government regulation of the media. 

JOUR 165/465* Topics in Communication 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in broadcast journalism, print journalism, public relations, or related 
areas of communication. 

JOUR 487. History of Mass Communication (W) 3 hours 

Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the present, 
its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the mass media 
system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public relations, radio, 
television and the impact of the media system on society. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 488. Mass Communication and Society (W) 3 hours 

This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examination of the 
role and function of the mass media system in the United States; the concept of 
social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical, social, economic and 
political issues involved in the function of newspapers, magazines, radio, television, 
advertising and public relations. Emphasis on reading, writing media critiques and 
on analysis of concepts and ideas. The course also includes an introduction to 
research methods for the study of mass communication. (Alternate years) 

JOUR 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of the mass media. Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the 
instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the project. 



201 



Journalism and Communication 



JOUR 407* Journalism Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in 
broadcast or news editorial journalism and departmental approval. 
Students work at a newspaper, magazine, broadcast station, or other agency to 
obtain on-the-job journalism experience, preferably during an eight to 12 week 
period the summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course 
is taken. At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Arrangements 
are to be completed by the student in advance of the internship after consulting 
with the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department. 
One-third regular tuition rate. 



PUBLIC RELATIONS 

PREL 234. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours 

Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to the 
historical development and contemporary practice of public relations; analysis of the 
public relations role in business, industry and non-profit organizations and of the 
functions and responsibilities of the public relations practitioner. 

PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours 

Advertising theories and principles; fundamentals of advertising copy writing, layout 
and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for public relations and 
marketing. (Alternate years) 

PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours 

Prerequisite: JOUR 205 and CPTE 245/345. 

Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach specified 
audiences through mass media channels and through controlled media. Preparation 
of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports, audio- visuals, speeches and media 
campaigns; planning and conducting special events. (Alternate years) 

PREL 368. Fund Development 1-3 hours 

Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning, 
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect lists, 
writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership, working with 
foundations. (Every third summer) 

PREL 297/397. Public Relations Practicum 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

Supervised work experience in public relations. At least 90 clock hours of work 
experience are required for each semester hour of credit. Arrangements are to be 
completed by the student in advance of the practicum after consulting with the 
instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department. One-third 
regular tuition rate. 

PREL 406. Persuasion and Propaganda 3 hours 

Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of public 
opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public response; characteristics 
of publics and how they are influenced. (Alternate years) 



202 



Journalism and Communication 



PREL 480. Case Studies in Public Relations 2 hours 

The public relations function in the context of the organizational communications 
and decision-making process. Application of communications theory and techniques 
in developing both internal and external communications systems in terms of 
organizational nature and purpose; selected case studies. (Alternate years) 

PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours 

For students who want to do independent research and writing in a specialized area 
of public relations, advertising or marketing. Directed study topics will be selected 
with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to the student in 
carrying out the project. 

PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Completion of half the requirements for a major or minor in public 
relations and departmental approval. 

Students work at a public relations office, department or agency to obtain on-the-job 
public relations experience, preferably during an eight to twelve-week period the 
summer between the junior and senior year when no other college course is taken. 
At least 270 clock hours of work experience are required. Internship arrangements 
are to be completed by the student in advance of registration after consulting with 
the instructor. Procedures and guidelines are available from the department. One- 
third regular tuition rate. 



WORKSHOPS 

JOUR 175/475. Communication Workshop 1-3 hours 

One semester-hour credit will be available for 40 clock hours of active participation 
in workshops conducted by the department in such areas as free-lance writing, news 
writing, video production, editing newsletters, crisis communication, public relations 
writing, fund raising, writing for student publications, editing student publications, 
and advising student publications. Advanced students may earn additional credits 
by completing a project started during the workshop. May be repeated for credit. 
(Summer) 









203 



Mathematics 



Chair: Lawrence Hanson 
Faculty: Robert Moore, Art Richert 



Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical think- 
ing have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well- 
educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the 
invention of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the 
calculus, the development of statistical inference, and more recently the 
development of computers, to name just a few, are mathematical 
contributions to civilization which have significantly affected the 
philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of mankind. 

The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical 
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing 
students to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, 
logical thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of 
problem-solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal 
education of professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of 
mathematics, and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of 
mathematics. 

PROGRAMS IN MATHEMATICS 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including MATH 181, 182, 200 or 319, 
216, 218, 318, 411, and 485. CPTR 131 is a cognate requirement. 
Secondary certification requires MATH 215, 415. 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
BA. MATHEMATICS 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 


MATH 181,182 


Calculus I, II 


3 


4 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


CPTR 131 


Fund Prog I 


3 




MATH 200 


Elem Lin Algebra 


2 




Area B, Religion 




3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




Area F-l , Behav Sci 




3 




Area C*l, History 


3 3 




Area F-2, Family Sci 








Area E, Science 


3 3 




OR 


2 






Area 0-1, Creat Skills 






AREA F-3, Hlth Sci 








OR 


2 




Area G-3, Rec 


1 






Area G-3, Recreation 






Area D-l/Beg For Lang _3 


3 




Elective or Minor 


3 3 






15 


16 






16 15 



204 











Mathematics 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR4 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 


MATH 411 


Inter Analysis* 


3 


MATH 


UD Elective 


3 3 


MATH 


UD Elective 


3 




Area B, Religion 


3 


MATH 485 


Math Seminar* 


1 




Area C-2/Pbl Sci/Eoon 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/ 






Electives or Minor 


12 




Speech 
UD Elective* 
Electives or Minor 


3 

3 

4 6 

16 10 






16 15 



♦These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 

See pages 47-49 and 51-50 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 

Major (B.S.): Forty hours including MATH 181, 182, 216, 218, 317, 
318, 319, 411, 412, and 485. Cognate requirements are CPTR 131; 
PHYS 211-212, 213-214. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. MATHEMATICS 



YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 


3 3 


MATH 181, 182 


Calculus I, II 


3 


4 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 


1 1 


CPTR 131 


Fund Prog I 


3 




MATH 218 


Calculus III 


4 




Area B, Religion 




3 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 




Area F-l, Behav Sci 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 








Area B, Religion 


3 




OR 


2 






Area 0-1, History 


3 3 




Area F-3, FKh Sci 








Area G-l, Croat Skills 






Area G-3, Recreational 


1 






OR 


2 




Electives 


3 


3 




Area G-3, Recreational 








15 


16 




Electives 


4 
16 16 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


MATH 318 


Algebraic Structures* 


3 




MATH 411-412 


Inter Analysis* 


3 3 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra* 




3 


MATH 485 


Mathematics Seminar* 


1 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables* 




3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 






Area D^ang/Lit/F Art 


3 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 




Area C-2,PbI Sc/Eoon 


3 






Electives 


3 6 




Area D,Lang/Lit/F Art 




3 






16 15 




Area E, Science 




3 










Electives 


4 


3 












16 


15 









•These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year. 






See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



205 



Mathematics 



Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 181 and six hours of upper 
division courses. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Mathematics 
requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional 
education courses for licensure. See explanations in the Education and 
Psychology section, beginning on page 149. 



MATHEMATICS 



MATH 080. Elementary Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

This remedial course covers the content of first-year high school algebra. It is 
required of all students who meet NONE of the following criteria: 1) ACT math 
composite score of 16 or above; 2) ACT math elementary algebra subscore of 8 or 
above; 3) high school Algebra II with a grade of C or better. Tuition for three 
semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 090. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours (Non-Credit) 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Number systems and their properties, exponents, and radicals, equations and 
inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equations, 
logarithms. Tuition for three semester hours will be charged for this course. (Fall, 
Spring, Summer) 

MATH 103* Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 080 or exemption. 

Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numeration 
systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, metric system, 
consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or minor in 
mathematics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 120. College Algebra (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra or MATH 090. 
The real and complex number systems; algebraic equations and inequalities; 
functions and their graphs including polynomial, rational, exponential, and 
logarithmic functions; conic sections. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MATH 121. Trigonometry (A-2) 2 hours 

Pre- or corequisite: MATH 120 or equivalent. 

The trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs, trigono- 
metric equations and identities, trigonometric form of complex numbers, applica- 
tions. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 181. Calculus I 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120 or a high school precalculus course. 
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions (non-trigonometric) 
including limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications 
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral. (Fall, Spring) 



206 



Mathematics 



MATH 182. Calculus II 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 121 or equivalent and MATH 181. 

Precise definitions of limits, calculus of the trigonometric functions, further topics 
in differential and integral calculus, polar coordinates, analytic geometry, 
parametric equations, sequences, infinite series, Taylor series, vectors. (Spring) 

MATH 200. Elementary Linear Algebra 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

Systems of linear equations, matrices and determinants, vector spaces, linear trans- 
formations, eigenvalues and eigenvectors, applications. (Spring) 

MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two years 
of high school algebra, or MATH 090, or MATH 103. 

An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organization and 
analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions (binomial, normal, 
Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation and 
regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Spring) 

MATH 216* Set Theory and Logic 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181. 

An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of logic and 

sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized. (Spring) 

MATH 218* Calculus III 4 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Partial derivatives, multiple integrals, vector calculus including Green's theorem, 

Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem. (Fall) 

MATH 280. Applied Mathematics for Computer Science 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 120. 

An examination of many of the mathematical concepts of particular use to 
computer scientists. The topics include set theory, relations, graph theory, 
combinatorics, Boolean algebra, digital logic and circuit design, proof techniques, 
and finite state automata. (Fall) 

MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 182. 

Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equations, 
power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the Laplace 
transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences. (Spring) 

MATH 316* Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel 

functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years) 



207 



Mathematics 



MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable, including 
mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the Cauchy Qoursat 
theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent series, the theory of 
residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even years) 

MATH 319, Linear Algebra 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of linear 
equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years) 

MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of programming. 
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integration, 
numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations, error analysis. 
(Spring, even years) 

MATH 411-412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218. 

The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity, uniform 
continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the derivative and 
integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences and series of functions, 
orderings. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 181, 216. 

Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry, finite 
geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, geometric 
transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry. (Pall, odd years) 

MATH 465. Nursing Statistics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 090, or 103, or equivalent and permission from the Depart- 
ment of Nursing and the Department of Mathematics. 

Descriptive and inferential statistics with an emphasis on techniques and tests 
which are most often used in nursing research. Topics are selected from the 
following: organization and analysis of data, probability, various parametric and 
nonparametric probability distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation 
and regression. This course is designed for community registered nurses who are 
working on advanced degrees and is offered periodically at the request of the 
Department of Nursing. 



208 



Mathematics 



MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff. 

Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics including 
topics in current mathematical literature. Mathematics majors obtaining secondary 
certification must choose topics in the history and philosophy of mathematics. (Pall, 
odd years) 

MATH 295/495* Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty. 

Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation with an 

instructor. This course may be repeated for credit. (On demand) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Mathematics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 


































































































209 



Modern Languages 



Chair: Helmut Ott 

This department offers the opportunity for students to discover 
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as 
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The 
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical 
tool in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker. 

The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in 
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture 
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly 
those with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern 
Languages aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility 
to demonstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or 
as respondents to the Master's gospel commission. 



FOREIGN STUDY 

Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the 
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the 
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist 
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of 
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign 
language amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting. 

The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar 
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste, 
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto, 
Sagunto. 

Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, 
especially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving 
for Europe, may need only one or two additional courses to complete 
a major when they return. A major or minor in the foreign language is 
not automatic. ACA students intending to fulfill major or minor 
requirements must counsel with the Modern Languages staff before 
drafting their overseas program. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, 
GERMAN, OR SPANISH 

Mtyor-French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 
211-212. Because the number of hours available on the Southern 
College campus is limited, students are expected to earn most upper 
division credits for a language major through ACA. 

210 



Modern Languages 



Minor-French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding 
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of 
upper-division courses. Students desiring a language minor must earn 
all upper division credits either at ACA or in two summer terms in an 
intensive language program previously approved by this department. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS IN 
INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST) 

Major-International Studies: This major is intended to offer 
basic language and literature within a framework of international 
cultural dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a 
"humanities major." To complete this program in either French, 
German, or Spanish, students must spend at least one semester on an 
ACA campus overseas. 

For the International Studies major, thirty hours are required, as 
listed below. A cognate requirement of RELT 368, Comparative 
Religions (3 hours), may be taken as one of the required general 
education courses (area B). 

SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 (Intermediate Level) 6 hours 

Composition and Conversation 3 hours 

Culture and Civilization 3 hours 

Additional hours in language and literature, or the 

intermediate level of a second language 6 hours* 

ENGL 445, World Literature 3 hours 

ART 344, History of Art 3 hours 

MUHL 115, Listening to Music 3 hours 

HIST 386, or 389, or 354 - Rise of the West, or Vienna to Vietnam, 

or History of Latin America 3 hours 

TOTAL 30 hours 






♦Students desiring endorsement in Spanish, French, or German must take these six 
hours in that language. 



Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Modern 
Languages requires a baccalaureate degree and completion of 
professional education courses for licensure. See explanations in the 
Education and Psychology section, beginning on page 149. 



211 



Modern Languages 



SPECIAL COURSE 

MDLG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the 
individual student. It is particularly useful to ACA students who are unable to 
complete all the requirements for their major at the overseas campus. This course 
also includes credit offered by the Modern Languages Department on directed study 
tours. Approval of the instructor must be obtained prior to registration for the 



FRENCH 

FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101, or equivalent 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if credit 
has already been received for it at the secondary level. 

FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (FREN 211 is 
offered Fall; 212, Spring) 



GERMAN 

GRMN 101-102* Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisitie: GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in secondary 

school. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 

work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if credit 

has already been received for it at the secondary level. 

GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (GRMN 211 is 
offered Fall; 212, Spring.) 



SPANISH 

SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101, or equivalent. 

A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination. Laboratory 
work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary modern language if credit 
has already been received for it at the secondary level. 



212 



Modern Languages 



SPAn 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or a 
satisfactory score on a standardized examination, or approval of the department. 
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult 
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (SPAN 
211 is offered fall; 212, Spring) 



EDUCATION 



EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content 

Methods/Modern Languages 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical application, 
with special attention to goals, planning, classroom techniques, selection and 
utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of student performance. 



(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 










































213 



Music 



Chair: Marvin L. Robertson 

Faculty: J. Bruce Ashton, Orlo Gilbert, Judith Glass, Patricia 

Silver 
Adjunct Faculty: Greg Bean, Devin Fryling, Elaine Janzen, Nora Kile, 

Jeff Lauritzen, Michael Moore, Jan Parisi, Mark Reneau, 

Betty Spencer 

The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one 
of the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of 
God and to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this 
philosophy, course work is offered which meets the needs of the general 
college student as well as music majors and minors. 

The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the 
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and 
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance 
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills 
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of 
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system. 

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS 

Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of 
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take 
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perfor- 
mance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman 
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and 
MUPF 189. 

Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be 
obtained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 

Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano 
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary. (The latter may not 
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General 
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina- 
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several 
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmo- 
nization of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination 
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence 
or the student must register for applied piano instruction. 



214 



Music 

Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for 
fourteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice 
per lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following 
a jury examination at the end of each semester. 

Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required 
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for 
the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and 
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to 
meet this requirement will nullify music major status. 

Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to 
participate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence 
(12 or more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are 
exempted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must, 
however, complete eight hours of appropriate ensembles. Appropriate 
ensembles are defined as follows: string majors, Symphony Orchestra; 
wind and percussion majors, Concert Band; voice majors, Southern 
Singers; keyboard majors, any of the above. Students are encouraged 
to participate in a variety of other ensembles as time permits. 

Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or 
the Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student 
must be registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior 
recital. Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may 
be partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music perfor- 
mance. 

A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at 
least three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance 
at this audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date. 

Senior Assessment Examination: During the senior year each 
graduating senior will take the nationally standardized Major Field 
Achievement Test. The results of this examination will be used to help 
determine the effectiveness of the music program and the competency 
level of the graduates. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the 
sophomore year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows: 

a. An overall grade point average of 2.00 for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree. 

b. A grade point average of 2.50 in all music courses. 

c. Completion of the functional piano requirement. 

d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122. 

e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music 
concentration area. 



215 



Music 



Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result 
in the student's receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass, 
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail 
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters 
before graduation. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Music degree in music education meets state and 
denominational certification requirements. Students must apply for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program through the Department 
of Education and Psychology prior to taking education courses. Each 
student will be responsible to determine the additional courses that 
may be required for certification in the state of his/her choice. This 
information can be obtained at the Department of Education and 
Psychology. 

State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education 
majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at 
the 480 level. 

The following general education requirements apply only to students 
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree: 

A. Basic Academic Skills 

1. English 

2. Mathematics 

B. Religion 

1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 

2. Religion: RELT 138, 255 

C. History, Political and Economic Systems 

1. History 

2. Political Science and Economics 

D. Language, Literature, Fine Arts 

1. Foreign Languages (Intermediate level) 

2. Literature 

E. Natural Sciences 

1. Biology 

2. Chemistry 

3. Physics 

F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 
1. Health Science: HLED 173 

G. Activity Skills 
1. Recreational Skills 

TOTAL 43 hours 






9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

12 hours 
6 hours 
6 hours 

9 hours 
6 hours 
3 hours 

3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

6 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 
0-3 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 

2 hours 
2 hours 






216 



Music 

Music Core: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours 

MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II . 2 hours 

MUCT 211-212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours 

MUCT 221 222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours 

MUHL 320-323 Music history courses 8 hours 

MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques . 3 hours 

MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques , 3 hours 

MUCT 313 Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano 
proficiency examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be 
used in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard 
may not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the 
Vocal/General Endorsement. 

Vocal/General Endorsement 

A. Applied Music Concentration Voice 

Applied Concentration 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music & Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED Elective 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

MUPF 227, 228 Singers Diction 2 hours 

TOTAL 31 hours 

B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard 

Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours 

Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Vocal and General Methods including: 

MUED 231 Music and Movement 2 hours 

MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration) 

OR 
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy 

(Organ Concentration) 2 hours 

MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

Service Playing (Organ Majors Only) 2 hours 

TOTAL 33-35 hours 



217 



Music __ 

Instrumental Endorsement 

Applied Music Concentration 

(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours 

Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours 

Secondary Instrument Instruction 

(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) . . 6 hours 

Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours 

MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hours 

TOTAL 35 hours 

Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement 

An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a 
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided 
both are represented. 

Education Core: 

Before taking education courses, the student must apply to the 
Education and Psychology Department for admission to the Teacher 
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must 
apply to the Education and Psychology Department for admission to 
the professional semester. 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psych. Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Child and Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavior Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 26 hours 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION 



YEAR 1 

MUCT 111-112 
MUCT 121-122 
ENGL 101-102 
EDUC 135 
MUPF189 
HIST 

BELT 255 
MUPF189 



Music Theory I, II 
Aural Theory I, II 
College Composition 
Intro to Education 
Applied Concentration 
Area C-l, Elective 
Music ensemble 
Christian Beliefs 
Applied Concentration 
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 
1 1 
3 3 
3 
2 
3 
1 1 



16 



_3 
16 



YEAR 2 

EDUC 217 
EDUC 240 
MUCT 211-212 
MUCT 221-222 
MUHL 320,321 
BELT 138 
MUPF189 
MUPF189 

MUED 316/318 



Semester 
1st 2nd 



Psych Found of Ed 
Except Child & Youth 
Adv Mus Theory III JV 
Adv Aur Theory IIIJV 
History of Music 
Adventist Heritage 
Applied Conoan Kybrd 
Applied Concentration 
Music Ensemble 
Organ or Piano pBdag 
Applied Concentration 
Area G-3, Bee Skills 



16 



3 
1 
2 

2 
2 
1 
2 

1 

16 



218 



Music 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




lit 2nd 




. 


1st 2nd 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measurements 2 






Foreign Language 


3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 


2 


EDUC 421 


Behavior Mngmt 


2 


HLED 173 


Health ft Life 2 




EDUC 427 


Current Issues in Ed 


2 


MUHL 322,323 


History of Music 2 


2 


MUPF389 


Applied Concen fQHbrd 


2 


MUCT 313/413 


Orchestration & Arr 


3 


MUPF477 


Inst Cond Techn 


3 


MUED231 


Music & Movement 2 




MUPF478 


Choral Cond Techn 


3 


MUED317 


Voice Pedagogy 2 






Music Ensemble 


1 1 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 2 


2 


RELB 


Bible Elective 


3 




Music Ensemble 1 


1 


HIST 


Elective 


3 


RELB 


Area B-l, Elective 


3 


MATH 


Elective 


3 




Area E, Nat Science 3 


3 


PEAC 


PE Activity Elective 


1 




16 


16 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 








EDUC 462 


Organization & Ldrshf 


> 1 








MUED432 


Student Tchg Sem 


1 
16 15 


YEARS 












EDUC 468 


Enhanced Student Tchg8 











**NOTE: Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 279 Service Playing. 

See pages 47-49 and 51-56 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for 
the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC 

The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed 
to give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of 
man. 

Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the 
following: Music Theory including MUCT 111-112, 121-122, 211-212, 
221-222, 313 or 413; MUHL 320, 321, 322, 323; MUPF 189, 389 - 
Concentration; Music Ensembles. 

A student must complete all general education requirements of the 



The foreign language recommended is either French or German. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. MUSIC 



YEAR 1 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


MUCT 111-112 


Music Theory I, II 3 3 


MUCT 121-122 


Aural Theory I, II 11 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 3 


MUPF 189 


Applied Conoentration-- 




Instrument/Vbioe 1 1 




Music Ensemble 1 1 




Area A-2, Mathematics 0-3 




Area G-3, Recreation 1 




Area B, Religion 3 




Minor or Elective 2 6-3 




15 15 



YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 


MUCT 211-212 


Adv Theory III,IV 3 3 


MUCT 221-222 


AdvAurThUI, IV 1 1 


MUPF 189 


Applied Concentration- 




Instrument/Voice 1 1 




Music Ensemble 1 1 




Funct Piano Requirement 




Area B, Religion 3 




Area G-2 or G-3, Skills 2 




Area D-l, Fbreign Lang 




OR 3 3 




Lit/Fine Arts/Speech 




Area C-l, History 3 3 




Minor or Elective 2 




15 16 



219 



Music 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


MUHL 320,321 


Hi«to*y of Music 


2 


2 


MUHL 322,323 


History of Music 2 2 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 


1 


1 


MUCT313 


Oreh & Arr 




Music Ensemble 


1 






OR 3 




Area B, Religion 


3 




MUCT 413 


Analysis of Mus Form 




Area E, Nat Science 


3 


3 


MUPF389 


Applied Concentration 1 1 




Area F, Behav/Fam/ 








Senior Recital 




Health Scienoe 


3 


3 




Area B, UD Religion 3 




Area C-2,Pol Sci/Eoon 




3 




Minor or Elective 10 9 




Minor or Elective 


3 
16 


4 
16 




16 15 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for the make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper 
division credits. 

Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following: 

MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I and II 6 hours 

MUHL 115 Listening to Music 3 hours 

MUPF 189 Concentration 2 hours 

MUPF 477 or 478 Instrumental or Choral Conducting 

Techniques 3 hours 

Music Course Electives (including three hours upper division) . . 4 hours 

18 hours 

MUSIC THEORY 

MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours 

A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not apply 
toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course. (Spring, 
Summer) 

MUCT 111-112* Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination. 

A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and visually 
comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from one to four 
voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours 

A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills related to the 
materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take this concurrently 
with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 211-212. Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in MUCT 

111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall, Spring) 

MUCT 221-222. Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours 

Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT 211-212. 
Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212. This is a computer 
assisted course. (Fall, Spring) 



220 



Music 



MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112. 

The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and band 
instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumental chamber 
groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and analysis of scores 
is emphasized. (Spring, even numbered years) 

MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor. 

An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to the 

more complex music of all historical periods. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Individual study open to musk majors and other qualified students. Content to be 
arranged. Approval must be secured from the division chairman prior to registra- 
tion. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



CHURCH MUSIC 

MUCH 215. Musie in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church with 
particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring) 

MUCH 315. Church Music Materials and Administration 3 hours 

The study of worship philosophies, denominational political hierarchies, liturgies, 
ensemble organization, appropriate music literature for performance and adminis- 
trative procedures. Students are required to prepare service music for services of 
various denominations. 

MUSIC HISTORY 

MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musical styles, 
and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are required. Does not 
apply toward a music major. (Fall, Spring) 

MUHL 320. Chant to Chanson, 600 to 1450 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The development of musical style, beginning with plainsong and its notation, and 
continuing with the growth of polyphony and the appearance of secular forms. 
Special emphasis will be given to the evaluation of modern editions of musk, 
particularly of the Ars Nova, and to investigation of problems in performance 
practice. (Fall, odd years) 

MUHL 321. Frottola to Fugue, 1450-1700 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. National 
styles of composition throughout the Renaissance and the emergence of new ideas, 
particularly the monodic revolution and its resulting new form, opera. The 
development of the theory of common practice and the major changes in notational 
methods, as well as a survey of evolution of musical instruments during this period. 
(Spring, even years) 



221 






Music 

MUHL 322. Suite to Symphonic Poem, 

1700-1900 (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
The centrality of sonata form as the basis of chamber and orchestral literature; the 
appearance of significant small forms (as the lied and the piano piece); the analysis 
of representative works from all major schools. (Fall, even years) 

MUHL 323* Diverse Musical Systems, 

1900-present (D-3) (W) 2 hours 

Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor. 
A study of systems replacing tonality, including aleatoric and dodecaphonic to 
minimalistic; broadening of musical bases, such as the influence of folk music and 
non-Western theories. Projects suitable for this semester might include studies of 
women in music, American music, or minorities. (Spring, odd years) 

MUHL 465. Topics in Music 1-3 hours 

Selected topics in music presented in a classroom setting. Subjects covered will 
determine how the class applies to the major This course may be repeated for 
credit. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, even numbered years) 

MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, fingerings, 
practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of literature for the 
instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and 
private instruction is required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic technique, 
and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments and evaluation 
of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Spring, odd numbered years) 

MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours 

A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for class and 
private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruction is required. 
(Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUED 231. Music and Movement: 

A Sequential Approach 2 hours 

A survey of the structure of music including music fundamentals, movement to 
music, performance skills, listening skills, and the integration of music into life 
activities. 



222 



Music 



MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction; planning 

a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including technic, repertoire, 

and musicianship. Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, odd numbered 

years) 

MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of 

instructor. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction; testing 

and classification of voices; physiological and psychological problems of voice 

production and diction. Observation and teaching are required. (Spring, odd 

numbered years) 

MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent. 

Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompaniment of 
church services; registration of organ literature on various types of organs. 
Observation and teaching are required. (Fall, even numbered years) 

MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including curricu- 
lum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters related to 
student teaching. (Spring) 

APPLIED MUSIC 

MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of practice 
and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing. 
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 227. Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of English and Italian. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 228, Singers Diction (G-l) 1 hour 

A study of the pronunciation of German and French. (Spring, even numbered years) 



223 



Music 



MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor. 
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-liturgical 
services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying, conducting from 
the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection of appropriate preludes, 
offertories, and postludes. Performance experience required. (Ball, Spring) 

MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189. 

Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half hour 
lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for each hour of 
credit granted. Private lessons for voice majors and minors include attendance at 
a weekly voice performance class. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and instrumental problems. Experience in conducting instrumental ensembles is 
included. (Fall, odd numbered years) 

MUPF 478, Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor. 

Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive gestures, 
and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is included. (Spring, 
even numbered years) 



Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the 
College as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music 
major or minor may not apply these toward his applied music concen- 
tration. Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional 
Piano Examination. 

Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music 
major and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the 
examination for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required 
with these course numbers. 

The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, 
classical guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, 
oboe, clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, 
baritone tuba, and percussion instruments. 



224 



Music 



CHORAL ENSEMBLES 



Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition. 
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit 
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, 
including dress rehearsals, is required. 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by the members of the music faculty. 



MUPF 118/318. Schola Cantorum (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which specializes in performing sacred music of the 
Renaissance, Baroque, and Romantic eras. 

MUPF 148/348. Something Special (G-l) 1 hour 

A small mixed-voice choir which performs both sacred and secular music in many 
styles. The music is frequently choreographed. 

MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour 

A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods. 

MUPF 168/368. Southern Singers (G-l) 1 hour 

A large mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods. 

MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works, musical 
productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This course does not 
fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors. (Fall, Spring) 



INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES 

Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through 
audition. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one 
hour credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required. 

Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music 
ensemble participation requirement for music majors except those 
taking a keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking 
a keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience 
credit must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony 
Orchestra. 



225 



Music 

Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and 
sponsored by members of the music faculty. 



MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l) 1 hour 

(Fall, Spring) 

MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour 

A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of 
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring) 

(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 








































226 



nondepartmental 
Courses 



COOP 265/465* Cooperative Education 1-6 hours 

This course allows students in any department to receive credit for professional 
experience in the workplace. The work must be planned as part of the specialty 
fields of participating students' college programs rather than prior experience. 
Except for specifically designed programs, all internships are conducted as coopera- 
tive education. An academic credit hour requires a minimum of 40 but no more 
than 60 work hours. A maximum of six credit hours is available in cooperative 
education. Unless specifically excepted, a student may apply no more than six credit 
hours of cooperative education to a major. Departments that offer credit in coopera- 
tive education must design a system to supervise and monitor participating stu- 
dents. The plan must describe the type and length of experiences in which students 
will engage, the supervisory and monitoring roles of the academic department and 
the work establishment, and methods of evaluating students' performance. 

FDNT 125. Nutrition (P-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Nursing Department, 
A general education course introducing a student to the basic principles of human 
nutrition. Includes study of the nutrients and the requirements for different age 
groups and normal physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and 
sociological influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall, 
Spring) 

FRSH 101* Freshman Year Experience 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Behavioral Science Department. 
A course designed for all freshmen, focusing on the theory and practice of attitudes 
and skills necessary to adjust to college life. Class assignments include but are not 
limited to the study of career choices, academic skills, time relationships with peers 
and professors, management, and sources of assistance to resolve problems common 
to a Christian campus. All freshmen are encouraged to enroll. 

HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours 

This class is administered by the History Department 
A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual 
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and the arts 
will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and literature. Students 
may participate in activities involving specific art forms. Resource persons may 
assist as available. This course is also taught as part of the European study tour 
program during selected summer sessions. 

HMNT 150/350. International Travel 1 hour 

One hour credit is offered to participants in Southern College cultural exchange 
programs that include tours outside the United States. The trip must last a 
minimum of seven days excluding air travel to and from the tour location. The 
itinerary must include a minimum of 20 hours in museums, historical sites, 
concerts, drama, and guided sightseeing to qualify for one hour credit. Students will 
submit written summaries/reflections of their learning experiences. Credit for this 
course is not granted simultaneous^ with credit earned in other tour classes. 

227 



NONDEPARTMENTAL CoUBSES 



HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour 

This class is administered by the History Department. 
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science that have 
shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern Scholars program 
during their junior or senior year. Open to other students with permission of 
department chair. 

LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 1 hour 

This class is administered by the McKee Library faculty. 
Designed primarily for student library assistants. The course presents the basic 
concepts of library services and the skills needed for efficient use of library 
materials. The student will be required to complete eight separate modules of study 
pertaining to the organization of the library and the use of general and special 
reference works commonly found in a college library. This course is required of all 
library workers. (Fall, Spring) 

LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours 

This class is administered by the Education and Psychology Department. 
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related 
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and reading 
that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through critical 
evaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of books and 
materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers. (Fall) 

LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours 

This class is administered by the English and Speech Department. 
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12. 
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific needs 
of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills. Develops an 
appreciation for books and readings that can dynamically involve both young adults 
and adults. (Fall) 

NOND 227-228. Christian Service I, II 6,6 hours 

This class is administered by the Vice President for Academic Administra- 
tion in cooperation with the College Chaplain. 
Prerequisite: RELP 099. 

This course is a two-semester sequence designed specifically for students who 
participate in the North American Division Task Force program and those who 
work in countries outside the United States as part of the Student Mission 
Program. The course consists primarily of field work. To receive twelve credit hours 
students must (1) complete a full academic year in a consistent, planned program 
of service characterized by opportunities for Christian witnessing and (2) fulfill 
reading assignments. Other academic activities may be designated as part of the 
course requirements. Periodic reports by both the participating students and 
supervisors are required. Students who withdraw from the program must complete 
a full semester and the reading assignments to receive six hours of credit. This 
course is for elective credit only. Students pay ten percent tuition. The policy for 
tuition refunds applies. The date the college receives notification of withdrawal will 
be the official withdrawal date. This class is not open to students who have received 
credit for RELP 101, Student Missions Orientation. This class may not be repeated. 



228 



Nursing 



Chair: Katie Lamb 

Collegedale Faculty: 

Pam Ahlfeld, Leona Gulley, Dawn Holbrook, Dorothy 
Hooper, Shirley Howard, Bonnie Hunt, Barbara James, 
Callie McArthur, Laura Nyirady, Kathy Schleier, Shirley 
Spears, Jean Springett, Judy Winters 

Orlando Faculty (Through 1992-93): 

Nancy Crist, Flora Flood, Cheri Galusha, Millie Muniz, Joy 
Parchment, Erma Webb 



The nursing program at Southern College is a 2+2 program that 
leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing with the option to exit at the 
associate degree level. The holders of an associate degree from a state 
approved program in nursing may progress into upper division nursing. 
Licensed diploma graduates and associate degree graduates from a 
non-NLN accredited program will be evaluated on an individual basis. 

The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science 
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus 
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state 
board examinations to become a registered nurse. 

A well-equipped learning center and a skills laboratory are provided 
to assist students in learning experiences. 

ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS 

The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an 
in-depth study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. 
Diploma graduates will be required to participate in validation 
procedures designed to evaluate their previous program of study. 

A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each 
year with a limited number of students due to available clinical 
facilities and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size. 

CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM 

The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time 
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. One 
course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course during 
a summer session for a given group. This program is offered at the 
Orlando Center. Note: The consortium program on the College- 
dale campus is being phased out. No new students will be 



229 



Nursing 

admitted. Only certain courses will be offered in the evening 
until the 1992-93 academic year. 

Admission and progression criteria are the same as the 
campus-based baccalaureate program with the following exceptions: 

1. Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS 
students. 

2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last 30 
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted 
to allow the consortium students to take general education 
courses, with the exception of Christian Ethics, at another 
college concurrently with clinical nursing courses. 

3. Transfer work: 72 semester hours from a college are allowed 
which will include 68 hours for the equivalent of an Associate 
Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry. 

4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local 
college or university. Three hours Christian Ethics (RELT 
373) must be taken at Southern College. 

5. Consortium students auditing consortium classes will be 
charged one-half the tuition rate for the consortium class. 

POLICIES 

Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately 
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility 
for their learning and professional behavior. 

The Department of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies 
of the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations 
as outlined. The programs on the main campus and all extension 
campuses are governed by the same policies. 

Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the 
students enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be 
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to 
share this expense with fellow students in the same course. 

Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost 
of nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing 
Education Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see Special Fees 
and Charges under Financial Policies section of bulletin). 

The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards 
reserve the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has 
an unresolved felony on record in any state. The Nursing Department 
reserves the right to deny admission to or remove students from the 
nursing program who have records of misconduct, legal or otherwise, 
that would jeopardize their professional performance. 

The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or 
withdraw courses els necessary to ensure a quality nursing program. 



230 



Nursing 

ACCREDITATION 

The programs in nursing are fully accredited by the National League 
for Nursing. They are recognized by the Board of Regents of the 
Department of Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists and approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

The Department of Nursing has an ongoing assessment program. 
Each AS degree student is required to write standardized NLN 
examinations at specific intervals. Upon completion of the required 
nursing courses, a comprehensive nursing examination is given. The 
national NCLEX-RN licensure examination is written upon graduation. 
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing requires an annual pass rate of 
86% for first time writers on the NCLEX-RN licensure examination in 
order for a school to be eligible for continued approval. 

PROGRAMS IN NURSING 

Major (B.S.): Thirty-four hours for the Bachelor of Science degree 
after completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College 
or the equivalent* including NRSG 320, 325, 326, 327, 335, 389, 484, 
485, 497, 498. Cognates: RELT 373; SOCI 349; CHEM 111, 112, 114. 
MATH 215 Statistics is a required course but is not considered a 
cognate. General education requirements include an additional three 
hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, three hours Area D, and one 
hour area G-3 to make a total of 124 semester hours of which 40 hours 
are upper division. 

♦Graduates of a state-approved associate degree nursing program will be 
considered to have met the general education requirements for the first two 
years of the program, with the exception of history/humanities and English. 
If Area C-l or ENGL 101-102 courses were not included in the associate 
degree program, they must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science 
degree general education requirements. A maximum of 72 semester hours will 
be accepted from a college where the highest degree offered is the associate 
degree. 

Major (A.S.): Thirty-four hours for the Associate of Science degree 
including NRSG 104, 105, 114, 115, 213, 215, 217, 320. Cognates: BIOL 
101-102, 225; PSYC 128; SOCI 125; FDNT 125. General education 
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other 
disciplines of the college. Students are exempt from general education 
courses for Areas D and G. A total of 68 semester hours is required for 
the Associate of Science degree. 



231 



Nursing 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
A.S. AND B.S. NURSING 

The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science 
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree. Must 
include at least 68 semester hours for the associate and 124 (40 of which 
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any 
admissions deficiencies. Note: NRSG 320, either earned or by waiver, 
is a required course for all B*S. students. 



SUMMER 








YEAR2 




Semester 


BIOL 101 


Anatomy/Physiology I 


3 




ENGL 102 


College Composition 


1st 2nd 
3 










NRSG 213 
NRSG 215 


Childbearing Family 
Parent-Child Nursg 


4 
4 


YEAR 1 


Semester 


NRSG 217 


Mental Health 


4 






1st 2nd 


SOCU25 


Sociology 


3 


ENGL 101 


College Composition 


3 ' 




NRSG 320 


Med-Surg III 


6 


FDNT 125 


Nutrition 


3 






Area B, Religion 


3 


BIOL 102 


Anatomy/Physiology II 


3 






Area C-l, History 


3 
15 15 


NRSG 104 


Intro to Nursing 


1 








NRSG 105 


Foundations of Nrsg 


5 










NRSG 114 


Med-Surg I 




5 








NRSG 115 


Med-Surg II 




5 








BIOL 225 


Microbiology 




4 


PREREQUISITE 




MATH 


(If ACT below 22) 




3 


CHEM 111 


Survey of Chemistry 


3 






15 


17 


(NRSG 320 


Medical-Surgical III 


6) 


SUMMER 
















Area B, Religion 


3 










PSYC128 


Developmental Psych 


3 

6 










YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 2nd 






1st 2nd 


NRSG 326 


Prof Concepts/Issues 


2 




NRSG 335 


Comm Health Nrsg 


6 


NRSG 327 


Nursing Assessment 


4 




NRSG 497 


Nrsg Research Mthd (W) 3 


MATH 215 


Statistics 


3 






AreaC/D 


3 




Area G-3, PE 


1 






Elective 


2 


RELT373 


Christian Ethics 


3 




NRSG 389 


Pharmacology 


2 


CHEM 112 


Survey of Chemistry 




3 


NRSG 484 


Trends/Nrsg Practice 


3 


CHEM 114 


Survey of Chem Lab 




1 


NRSG 485 


Management 


3 


NRSG 325 


Adv Physiology 




4 


NRSG 498 


Seminar (W) 


1 




Area B, Religion 




3 




AreaD 


3 


SOCW349 


Aging & Society (W) 


13 


3 
14 






14 12 



LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Minimum requirements for admission to the clinical area of the 
Department of Nursing are listed below. The final decision on 
acceptance and continuation in nursing is made by the Department of 
Nursing. Declaration as a nursing major is not the equivalent of 
acceptance to the Department of Nursing. 



232 



Nursing 

1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a 
four-year accredited high school or the equivalent. 

2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids 
(math, science, English, history, foreign language). 

3. A student who does not meet the high school chemistry 
requirement must remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 
111 before entering into nursing courses and earning a M C- H or 
better. 

4. Minimum ACT standard enhanced score of 16 in Math and 19 
in English and composite. 

5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point 
average or ACT requirements may take a minimum of 12 
semester college hours per semester in required courses 
leading to nursing (including three hours each of English and 
Math) and achieve a current and cumulative grade point 
average of at least 2.50* on nursing cognate courses and on 
solid courses (math, science, English, history, foreign 
language) before being considered for clinical nursing courses. 

6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be 
a nursing course. 

7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C- H is 
required in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for 
admission and progression in nursing. (Cognate courses are 
Anatomy and Physiology, Nutrition, Developmental 
Psychology, Microbiology, and Sociology.) 

8. Science credits (A&P, Chemistry, Microbiology, Nutrition) 
earned more than eight years prior to admission will not be 
accepted. Applicants may choose to validate knowledge by 
examination or by repeating the course. 

9. Students who for various reasons are not able to complete a 
semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be 
assured placement in their choice of subsequent class. 

10. If a lapse of time greater than two years occurs in a student's 
program of study, prior nursing credits will not be accepted 
unless an applicant can validate nursing knowledge through 
written examination and clinical performance. 

11. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required 
both in nursing and in the cognates for graduation. 



*On a 4.00 scale 

233 



Nursing 



12. Students with previous college work must have a minimum 
current and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* on nursing 
cognate courses and on solid courses (math, science, English, 
history, foreign language) before being considered for clinical 
nursing courses. 

13. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or 
its equivalent. 

14. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading 
test prior to admission. 

15. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance 
on standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in 
progression in the program will be required if performance level 
is not achieved. 

16. Transfer students from another major or another college, 
following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee, will 
be evaluated individually and accepted on a space available 
basis. 

17. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the 
student is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) 
must be approved by the Nursing Department Chair. 

18. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and 
moral fitness. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case 
of a question in these areas. 

19. A student who has successfully completed a practical nurse 
program and NRSG 103, Associate Nurse Perspectives, may 
receive five (5) credit hours of advanced placement in nursing 
and will articulate directly into the second semester of nursing. 
Prerequisites for NRSG 103 include passing the Nursing 
Mobility Profile I examination at a predetermined level and a 
clinical skills examination over basic skills common to all areas 
of nursing. After the student articulates into the second 
semester of nursing, the student becomes a part of the generic 
associate degree program. 

The following should be sent by April 10 to the Director of 
Admissions: (1) application to the college, (2) application to the 
Department of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4) ACT scores. Upon accep- 
tance to the clinical nursing program, students are required to send an 
advance payment of $250 to hold their placement in the class. This pay- 
ment also serves as the first semester's Nursing Education Associate 
Degree Fee and is in addition to the regular Advance Payment of 
$1,650. It is the applicant's responsibility to see that all application 
materials are in the Nursing Department prior to the deadline. 



234 



Nursing 

CURRICULUM (First and Second Year) 

Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science 
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations. 

Number of Hours Required: 

Nursing 34 Natural Science 13 

Behavioral Science 6 General Education 15 

NURSING 

NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Successful completion of the following: an approved LPN program; 
Nursing Mobility Profile I Examination; examination over basic skills common 
to all areas of nursing. 

This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical Nurse for 
advanced placement and career mobility. 

NRSG 104. Introduction to Nursing 1 hour 

An introduction to the profession of nursing, including an overview of nursing 
history, nursing organizations, educational, legal and ethical issues, and opportu- 
nities of the profession. It will provide an understanding of the associate nurse role, 
familiarize the student with philosophy of spiritual care, and give an orientation to 
the program and its philosophy and conceptual framework. Open to nursing majors 
not yet accepted into clinical courses. (FaU) 

NRSG 105. Foundations of Nursing 5 hours 

Prerequisites: Chemistry (high school or equivalent), BIOL 101. 

Co-requisites: FDNT 125; BIOL 102; NRSG 104 

This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual aspects 

of health care. The student develops an understanding and utilization of the 

nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills common to all areas of nursing 

with an emphasis on the adult life cycle. Three hours theory, two hours clinical. 

(Fall) 

NRSG 114. Medical-Surgical Nursing I 5 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 102; FDNT 125; NRSG 104, 105. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing which 
include selected basic needs of adults at various points on the wellness-illness 
continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected medical-surgical problems. 
The nursing process is utilized to promote physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 
health, intervene in illness, and assist in rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths 
hours theory, two and one-fourth hours clinical. (Spring) 



235 



Nursing 



NRSG 115. Medical-Surgical Nursing II 5 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 114; BIOL 102. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing continuing 
with adult needs at various points on the wellness-illness continuum. This includes 
focusing on the nursing process as applied to individuals experiencing select 
medical/surgical interferences of increased complexity; promoting physical, 
psychosocial, and spiritual health; intervening in illness; and assisting in 
rehabilitation. Two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth hours 
clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 213. Nursing of the Childbearing Family 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128. 

This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care of 
childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual 
health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during and immediately 
following delivery, utilizing the nursing process. Two and one-half hours theory, 
one and one-half hours clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 215. Parent-Child Nursing 4 hours 

Prerequisites: PSYC 128; NRSG 115. 

This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of family- 
centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two 
and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 217. Mental Health 4 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 115; PSYC 128. 

This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing process 
in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis on specific 
psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness continuum. Two and 
one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical. (Fall) 

NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 225; NRSG 213, 215, 217. 

This course provides students with theory and practice of utilizing the nursing 
process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, physical, and 
spiritual aspects of individuals who have acute medical-surgical interferences. The 
student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours theory, three hours 
clinical. (Spring) 

UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND 
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS 

Admissions: 

All students wishing to enter the upper division nursing courses 
must send an application to the department's Coordinator of 
Admissions. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in 
nursing is made by the Department of Nursing. Declaration as a 
nursing major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Department of 
Nursing. Upon acceptance to upper division nursing, courses 
currently listed in the catalog will be required of all students. 

236 



Nursing 

Diploma graduates are required to successfully complete validation 
examinations at a specified level to receive college credits for prior 
nursing learning. The examinations must be taken prior to 
registering for any nursing courses. 

Southern College's A.S. graduates prior to 1991 and transfer 
students from other A.S. programs must take a validation examination 
in order to receive advanced credit for NRSG 320, Medical-Surgical III. 
The validation examination must be taken prior to beginning 
upper division nursing courses. 

Students are responsible for the cost of taking the examination(s) 
and the fee charged by the college for recording advanced credit on the 
transcript. 

Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are 
as follows: 

1. Acceptance to Southern College. 

2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses 
in nursing with no grade below a M C". 

3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade 
below "C-" for lower division cognate courses. 

4. Students whose native language is other than English must 
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or 
its equivalent. If the student fails to achieve the above score, he 
must take remedial work in written and spoken English and 
repeat the proficiency test, achieving the above score before 
entering the nursing program. 

5. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the 
student is enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) 
must be approved by the Nursing Department Chair. 

6. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and 
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be 
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case 
of a question in these areas. 

7. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout 
their upper division program. 

8. Eligibility for Licensure: Applicants to be considered for 
admission to junior standing in nursing must either have a 
current license to practice as a registered nurse in the U.S. or, 
if a new graduate or foreign student, must be eligible to sit for 
state boards. A student must pass NCLEX-RN examinations 
before registering for NRSG 484 and 485. 






237 



Nursing 

9. Experience: 

A. Applicant who has graduated within five years prior to 
application. 

1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references 
are required from basic nursing program. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references 
are required from employer(s). Students who have 
graduated within the previous twelve months will be 
exempt from the work requirement. 

B. Applicant who has graduated more than five years prior to 
application. 

1, Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in 
nursing for each five years since graduation and one year 
must be in the last five years. 

2. Satisfactory work performance and character references 
are required from the nurse supervisor(s). 

10. Nursing Credit: 

Graduates of state approved schools will be evaluated on an 
individual basis. A maximum of 28 semester hours of nursing 
credit may be given provided that criterion #2 has been met. 
Advanced nursing credit will be received after successful 
completion of the required validation examination(s). 

11. General Education and Cognates: 

A. Associate Degree. 

Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will 
be considered to have met general education requirements for 
the first two years of the program with the exception of 
History/Humanities and English provided that criterion #3 has 
been met. If Area C-l or ENGL 101, 102 courses were not 
included in the associate degree program, they must be taken 
in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general 
education requirements. 

B. Diploma Graduate. 

1. Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those 
required at Southern College if received from an accredited 
senior or junior college or by examination according to the 
policy stated in the CATALOG. 

2. All cognates for the first two years must be completed 
before entering junior nursing courses. General education 
requirements may be taken concurrently. 

C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level 
nursing courses. 

12. Progression: 

A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be 
a nursing course. 



238 






Nursing 

B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course 
for progression and graduation. A grade of at least C- is 
required in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for 
admission, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate 
courses are CHEM 111-112 and 114; RELT 373; SOCI 349. 

CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years) 

Students must take a total of 124 hours required for graduation 
including 40 hours upper division. 

Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree 
in nursing: 

Nursing 34 Natural Sciences 7 

Behavioral Science 3 General Education 13 
Mathematics 3 Electives 2 



NURSING 






NRSG 320. Medical-Surgical III 6 hours 

Prerequisites: BIOL 225; NRSG 213, 215, 217. 

This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the nursing 
process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial, physical, and 
spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical interferences. The 
student is introduced to leadership concepts. Three hours theory, three hours 
clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic Principles 

,^- of Human Physiology 4 hours 

Pre- or oorequisite: CHEM 112/114. 

This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with clinical 

practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic interferences, and to 

move toward more independent predictive care of clients. Four hours theory. 

(Spring) 

NRSG 326. Professional Concepts and Issues 2 hours 

Prerequisite: NRSG 320 

A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of 
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate 
. approach to nursing. Focus will be on the development and presentation of concepts 
and current issues related to professional nursing. In order to meet the objectives 
of the course, a field trip may be required. (Fall) 






239 



Nursing 



NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours 

Pre- or oorequisite: NRSG 326. 

This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the expanding 
role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to develop advanced skills 
in utilizing the nursing process through history taking, physical examination, 
health planning, and counseling of the patient/client. Three hours theory, one hour 
clinical. Two all-day clinical experiences are required. (Fall) 

NRSG 335* Community Health Nursing 6 hours 

Pre- or corequisities: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis 
on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their optimal level of 
functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community 
and mental health concepts. Three hours theory, three hours clinical. (Spring) 

NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, 327; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on 
community assessment and working with groups. Two hours theory, one hour 
clinical. (Orlando Center only) 

NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 346; MATH 215 (desirable). 

A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with emphasis 

on moving individuals, families and communities toward their optimal levels of 

functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course combines community 

and mental health concepts. One hour theory, two hours clinical. (Orlando Center 

only) 

NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours 

Prerequisites: CHEM 111 and CHEM 112/114. 

Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications, 

pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. Two hours theory. 

(Fall) 

NRSG 484. Current Practice Trends 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and hold an RN license. 

This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of specialized 
interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical competence. The choices of 
clinical areas may be limited due to the number of students in the semester. Con- 
tent will focus on updating major theoretical areas and clinical skills. One and one- 
half hours theory, one and one-half hours clinical. (Spring, arranged as needed for 
consortium students). 

NRSG 485. Management 3 hours 

Prerequisites: NRSG 326, Senior standing and hold an RN license. 
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent judgment 
in developing beginning management skills. This goal will be accomplished 
primarily through the leadership modes, management and administrative 
experiences in selected clinical areas. Two hours theory, one hour clinical. In order 
to meet the objectives of the course, a fi< Id trip may be required. (Spring, arranged 
as needed for consortium students.) 



240 



Nurs ing 

NRSG 497. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 215; ENGL 102. 

Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including framework 
for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The student plans a 
research proposal. The course is designed to give the student the concepts, 
methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and application of research and 
evaluation. Three hours theory. (Fall) 

NRSG 498. Seminar (W) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: NRSG 497. 

A course designed for written and oral reports on topics in the nursing field. A 
student may elect to complete the research proposal required in NRSG 394, 
Nursing Research Methods. One hour theory. (Spring, arranged as needed for 
consortium students.) 

NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Approval of department chair. 

Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the department prior 
to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be earned. The area of 
directed study will appear on the transcript. No more than six hours directed study 
may be applied toward a degree. 

(W) See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for explanation of General Education requirements. 

THE ORLANDO CENTER 

ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM 

The associate degree program is being phased out. No new students 
will be admitted. Southern College will grant diplomas to students who 
complete graduation requirements during the 1992-93 academic year. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
(With a Mitfor in Nursing) 

A part-time program is offered. Admission and progression require- 
ments are the same as those on the main campus (see CATALOG pp. 
254-257). All diplomas and official transcripts are issued from the 
parent campus. 

For information contact: 

Southern College of SDA 
Department of Nursing 
711 Lake Estelle Drive 



Orlando, FL 32803 

or 

Linda Marlowe 
(615) 238-2941 






241 



Physics 



Chair: Ray Hefferlin 

Faculty: Orville Bignall, Henry Kuhlman 

Employment opportunities for SC physics-major graduates have 
been, and continue to be, excellent. Many physics professors in 
American universities will retire in the next decade, and replacements 
will be sought. The Seventh-day Adventist Church may soon be needing 
more science professors for its expanding system of colleges outside of 
North America. Secondary school teachers who can teach physics 
should be in even greater demand. Industry and health care systems 
depend, for new advances, on graduates who understand physics as well 
as engineering and medical procedures. 

Careers of SC physics graduates are depicted by the advanced 
degrees which they earn. During the 30 years from May of 1956 to May 
of 1986, 57 B.A. and B.S. degrees in physics were awarded by Southern 
College. The 57 physics majors earned five M.A. and M.S. degrees in 
physics and (with no overlap in persons) eight Ph.D. degrees in physics. 
They earned five MA and M.S. degrees in other areas of science and 
mathematics (or in the education of the same topics), five Ph.D. 
degrees in these areas, and one post-doctoral degree in chemistry. They 
earned six M.D. degrees, two D.D.S. degrees and one J.D. degree. 

Careers of SC physicists can also be seen by finding how these same 
physics graduates devoted their years of work. They gave 57 percent of 
their person-years to physics and closely related fields. If computer- 
related work is included, they devoted 70 percent. They served much 
of the remaining 30 percent of their person-years in the medical arts. 
The fraction of time devoted to the service of the Seventh-day 
Adventist Church, as measured by employment in the Church, was 25 
percent. Most of this 25 percent was in secondary and college-level 
education. 

ASSESSMENT OF MAJORS 

Physics majors must sit for the physics area test of the Graduate 
Record Examination, and must submit the test results to the Physics 
Department. 

PROGRAMS IN PHYSICS 

Major (B.A.): Thirty hours including PHYS 310, 311-312, 313, 316, 
412, 413, and 480. Computer courses are strongly recommended. TECH 
114, 115, 174, ENGR 149, and PHYS 400 are also recommended. 



242 



Physics 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEARS 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 


3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descrip Astronomy 




3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


I 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 


4 




CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 




3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory ft Logic 




2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area B, Religion 


3 






Area D-l, For Lang 3 


3 




Area C-l, History 


3 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 


3 




Minor or Elective 


3 


2 




Area B, Religion 


3 






16 


16 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 

16 


3 
16 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 






1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


PHYS310 


Modern Physics 


3 




PHYS 480 


Scientific Wrtg 1 




PHYS313 


Physical Optics 




3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Physics Cal Appl 


2 


PHYS411 


Thermodynamic! 


3 




MATH 316 


Math of Physics 3 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 




3 


MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 


PHYS413 


Analytic Mechanics 


3 






Area B, UD Religion 


3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Stu^y 




1 




Area D, Lit/F Arts/Spch 


3 


TECH 115 


Arc Welding 


1 






Area F-l, Behav Set 


3 


TECH 174 


General Metals 
Area B, Religion 




3 
3 




Area F-2, Fam Sci 
OR 3 






Area Q-3, Rec Skills 


1 






F-3, Health Science 






Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 3 






Minor or Elective _7 






Minor/Area E/ 






14 


14 




or Elective 


-2 

16 


3 
16 









See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements of make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division 
credits. 



Typical Sequence of Courses 
B.A. PHYSICS 

(Starting Even Years) 



for 






YEARl 


Semester 


YEAR2 


Semester 




1st 


2nd 




1st 


2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


1 


MATH 104 


Intermediate Algebra 3 




PHYS 311-312 


Calculus Applications 


2 


MATH 114 


Precalculus 


4 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 




CPTR 


Pascal, FORTRAN, or C 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 




CPTR 


Elective 


3 




Area C-l, History 3 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area F-2, Fam Science 






Area D-l, For Languages 


3 




OR 


3 




Area G, Creat/Rec Skis 2 






Area F-3, Hlth Science 

15 


16 




Minor or Elective 

16 


1 
16 









243 



Physics 



YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


! 


Semester 


PHYS310 
PHYS 495 

PHYS497 
MATH 218 
TECH 174 


Modern Physics 
Directed Study 

OB 
Undergrad Research 
Calculus III 
Genera] Metals 


1st 

3 

3 


2nd 

1 
3 


PHYS 313 
PHYS411 
PHYS412 
PHYS413 
PHYS480 
MATH 485 


Optics 

Thermodynamics 
Quantum Mechanics 
Analytical Mechanics 
Scientific Writing 
Math Seminar 


1st 2nd 

3 

3 

3 
3 

1 

1 


AUTO 114 


Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 
Area B, Religion 
Area C-2, Pot Science/ 
Economics 


3 
3 


TECH 115 
ENOR 149 


Arc Welding 
Engineering Graphics 
Area B, Religion (W) 
Minor or Elective* 


3 
2 

3 
5 3 




Area D-2, Lit/F. Arts 


3 








15 15 




Area F-l, Beh Sci 




3 










Area G-3, Rec Skills 


1 












Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 

Minor or Elective 


3 

1 
15 


3 

16 









See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

M«uor (B.S.): Forty hours including PHYS 310, 311-312, 313, 316 
(satisfied by MATH 316), 412, 413, 414-415, 418-419, and 480. Computer 
courses are strongly recommended. TECH 114, 115, 174; ENGR 149, 150, 
211-212 are desirable. 

Typical Sequence of Courses for 
B.S. PHYSICS 

(Starting Odd Years) 



YEAR 1 


Semester 
M 2nd 


YEAR 2 


Semef 
1st 


iter 






2nd 


ENOL 101-102 


College Composition 3 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Gen Phys Calc Appl 


2 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physics Lab 1 


1 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 3 




MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 


MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 3 






Area C-l, History 3 


3 


CPTR 218 


FORTRAN (or Pascal) 3 






Area G-l or G-3, Skis 2 






Area B, Religion 


3 




16 


15 




Area D-2, Literature 
Area G-3, Rec Skill 1 


3 








MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


3 










16 


14 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


PHYS 313 


Physical Optics 


3 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 3 


3 


PHYS 413 


Analytical Mechanics 3 




PHYS 495 


Directed Study 1 




PHYS 418-419 


Advanced Quan Mech 3 


3 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




Area B, Religion 3 


3 


MATH 316 


Math of Physics 3 




TECH 115 


Arc Welding 1 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 




Area F-2, Fam Science 




TECH 174 


General Metals 


3 




OR 2 






Area E-l/E-2/or E-4 Sci 


3 




Area F-3, Hlth Sci 






Area B, UD Religion 3 






Area D-4, Speech 


3 




Area D, Lang/Fine Art 3 




PHYS 


Elective 


5 




Area F-l, Beh Set 


3 




Area E-l, E-2, or E-4 3 






Area C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 3 






15 


17 




16 


16 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. 



244 



Physics 





TVprc*! Sequence of Courses for 






B.S. 


PHYSICS 








(Starting Even Years) 






YEAR1 


Semester 


YEAR 2 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


ENGL 101102 


College Composition* 3 


3 


PHYS 155 


Descriptive Astronomy 


3 


PHYS 211-212 


General Physics 3 


3 


PHYS 310 


Modern Physics 3 




PHYS 213-214 


General Physios Lab 1 


I 


PHYS 313 


Optics 


3 


PHYS 311-312 


Calculus Applications 


2 


MATH 216 


Set Theory & Logic 


2 


MATH 181 


Calculus I 4 




MATH 218 


Calculus III 3 




MATH 182 


Calculus II 


3 


MATH 315 


Differential Equations 


3 


CPTR 


Pascal, FORTRAN, or C 


3 


TECH 149 


Mechanical Drawing 2 




TECH 114 


Oiy-Aoetyl. Welding 1 






Area B, Religion 3 




TECH 115 


Arch Welding 


1 




Area C-l, History 3 


3 




Area B-l, Religion 3 






Area E-2, Gen Chem 3 


3 




15 


16 




17 


17 


YEARS 


Semester 


YEAR 4 


Semester 




1st 2nd 




1st 2nd 


PHYS 411 


Thermodynamics 3 




PHYS 413 


Analytical Mechanics 3 




PHYS 412 


Quantum Mechanics 


3 


PHYS 418-419 


Adv Quant Mech 3 


3 


PHYS 414-415 


Electricity & Magnet 3 


3 


PHYS 495 


Directed Study 2 




PHYS 316 


Math of Physics 3 






OR 




MATH 317 


Complex Variables 


3 


PHYS 495 


Undergraduate Research 


1 


MATH 319 


Linear Algebra 


3 


PHYS 480 


Scientific Writing 


1 




Area B, Religion 3 




MATH 411,412 


Inter Analysis 3 


3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ 3 




MATH 485 


Math Seminar 


1 




Area D-2, Fine Arts 


3 




Area B, Religion 3 






Area F-l, Ben Science 


3 




Area D-2 JJt/Pine Arts 3 






Area Q-3, Rec Skills 1 






Area F-2, Fam Sci 






16 


18 




OR 
Area F-3, Health Science 
Area G-l, Creat Skills 
Electives 

17 


2 

3 

3 

14 



See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of 
make-up of admission! deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits. 

Minor: Eighteen hours including six hours upper division. 

Certification to Teach: Secondary certification in Physics requires 
a baccalaureate degree and completion of professional education courses 
for licensure. See explanations in the Education and Psychology 
section, beginning on page 149. 

The student must apply to the Department of Education for 
admission to the Teacher Education Program and the professional 
semester before the end of the sophomore and junior years, 
respectively. 



245 



Physics 



PHYSICS 



PHYS 137. Introduction to Physios (E-3) 3 hours 

A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the application of 
physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple materials. Laboratories 
include the use of calculators and the computer to do arithmetic, the estimation of 
numerical quantities and errors, and the construction of apparatus with which to 
make observations. Satisfies the requirements for some Allied Health fields at some 
schools; does not apply on major or minor in physics. Two hours lecture, three 
hours laboratory each week. 

PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy: 

Creation and Cosmology (E-3) 3 hours 

Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date line and 
calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances, energy processes 
in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity (?) and expansion (?) of 
the universe. Cosmology, the formation and subsequent histories of the solar system 
and the earth, radioactive and radiocarbon age dating. Life on other worlds. 
Astronomy and the Bible. This course, dealing as it does with the physical aspects 
of the history of the earth and universe, complements BIOL 424 (Issues in Natural 
Science and Religion), which deals with the biological aspects. Three hours lecture 
each week, with the occasional substitution of an observation period. (Fall) 

PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 114. 

The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light, 
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic science 
requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a laboratory science 
if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212. 
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to familiarize 
the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a systematic devel- 
opment of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall, Spring) 

PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours 

The theory of relativity, nuclear physics. Three hours lecture each week. Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 495. (Pall) 

PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours 

Prerequisites: MATH 181 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 

211-212. 

Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral calculus 

will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS 311-312 will have 

taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus. Two class periods per week. 

(Spring) 



246 



Physics 



PHYS 313* Physical Optics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 182. 

Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed from the 
standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light. Laboratory 
experience is available in PHYS 495. (Spring, even years) 

PHYS 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours 

Prerequisite: MATH 315. 

Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bessel 

functions, Legendre pojynomials. (Fall, even years) 

PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (£-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry. 

The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because they 
conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or because they 
conform to one's understanding of Scripture. Non-logical factors in the acceptance 
of scientific statements as authoritative. Application of the scientific method to 
technology-related problems of global significance. Does not apply to a major or 
minor in Physics. 

PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (£-3) 3 hours 

Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester of 
college physics or chemistry. 

The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of design to 
comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday world and on the 
subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with the unknown (by deter- 
minists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving problems mathematically), or 
with God's continual upholding of natural process. Does not apply to a major or 
minor in Physics. 

PHYS 400. Physics Portfolio 1 hour 

Each student majoring in Physics may compile a portfolio consisting of records of 
participation in professional activities as suggested by departmental faculty and as 
initiated by the student. Examples of activities include but are not limited to the 
following: attendance at club meetings, professional film showings, visiting-scientist 
seminars, and research review sessions, reading of journals and books, participation 
at professional meetings, preparation for graduate school and for employment, and 
lists of concepts or new ideas. The portfolio is reviewed upon the student's 
registration for this course during the senior year. The grade earned for this credit 
will depend upon the persistence of the student in participation during his/her stay 
at Southern College and during summers, and upon the breadth and depth of the 
entries. It also depends upon the student having his/her portfolio reviewed by the 
Department at the end of each preceding semester, and the extent to which the 
Department's suggestions on those occasions are implemented. 

PHYS 411. Thermodynamics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: CPTR 131 or 218; PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of 

instructor. 

A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three hours 

of lecture each week. (Fall, even years) 



247 



Physics 



PHYS 412. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 311-312; MATH 315 or permission of instructor; CPTR 131 
or 218. 

The limits to classical physics, wave packets, the Schroedinger equation, 
eigenfunctions and eigenvalues, one-dimensional potentials. Equivalent to chapters 
1-5 of Gasiorowicz plus the solution of the Schroedinger equation in spherical-polar 
coordinates for the hydrogen atom. (Spring, odd years) 

PHYS 413. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315 (MATH 316, 317, 
318, 319, 411-412 desirable). 

The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked using 
the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of particles, solids, 
and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector theorems, transforms, and tensors 
are introduced as needed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Pall, 
odd years) 

PHYS 414-415. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable). 

Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and the motion 
of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent prediction of electro- 
magnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and nuclear theory are stressed. 
Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms, and special functions may be used 
after being introduced or reviewed. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. 
(Fall, even years; Spring, odd years) 

PHYS 418-419. Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3,3 hours 

Prerequisites: PHYS 310 and 311-312; MATH 182, 218, 315, (316, 317, 318, 319, 
411-412 desirable) 

The structure of quantum mechanics; review of the Thomson, Bohr, and Fermi- 
Thomas models; operator methods; operators, matrices, and spin; time-independent 
perturbation theory; corrections to the hydrogen-atom treatment; other atoms and 
the periodic table; emission and absorption of radiation from atoms; collision theory; 
elementary particles and their symmetries (Equivalent to much of the material after 
Gasiorowicz, chapter 6). (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years) 

PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour 

Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and research 
journals. The student must have done some original research of an experimental, 
computational, or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in this course. PHYS 
295/495 and 297/497 exist to fulfill this requirement (Fall) 

PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs 
in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to registration. This 
course may be repeated for credit. (Pall, Spring) 



248 



Physics 



PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. 

Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned in 
accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be repeated for up 
to four hours. This course may be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring) 



EARTH SCIENCE 

ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours 

A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors, to the 
areas of physical geography, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration is given 
the environment-conservation and pollution of natural resources. (Fall, Spring; 
Laboratory offered Fall) 

ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour 

Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105. 
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. Laboratory not offered after Fall, 1992. 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Physics 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing, and 

evaluating student performance, the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 



(E-4), (W) Seepages47-49and51-55forexplanationofGeneralEducationrequirements. 















249 



Religion 



Chair: Jack J. Blanco 

Faculty: Douglas Bennett, Ron du Preez, Norman R. Gulley, 
Donn Leatherman, Derek J. Morris, Ronald M. 
Springett 
Adjunct Faculty: Gordon Bietz, Mark Bresee, N. R. Dower, Gordon M. 

Hyde, Ken Rogers, Leo Van Dolson 
Advisory Council-Ministerial Recommendations: SC Religion Faculty, 
Presidents of Conferences within the Southern Union, Southern 
Union Ministerial Directors, Vice President for Student Services, 
Director of Student Finance and Accounts, the head deans of the 
two dormitories, the college chaplain, and the college church 
pastor 

As an integral part of Southern College the Religion Department has 
been given the responsibility by the Board of Trustees to prepare young 
men and women for various church ministries. It also has been asked 
to provide general religion courses for all students. These courses are 
designed to enhance their commitment to Jesus Christ and their 
involvement in the mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 

Philosophy and Objectives 

The department's philosophy is based on the Scriptures being the 
supreme authority which forms the basis of all theological understand- 
ing and moral values. This includes the following concepts: that a 
personal God exists who created mankind in His own image as a free 
moral agent; that human beings have misused their freedom and 
sinned against God; and that the only way to full restoration is through 
Jesus Christ. 

One of the earliest and continuing objectives for operating a 
Seventh-day Adventist college is to provide the church with a trained 
ministry. Closely allied to that is the objective of training effective 
Bible teachers for Adventist academies and colleges. Currently it is felt 
that the college also should make available to students pursuing careers 
such as medicine, dentistry, law, architecture, and other professional 
disciplines, a general major in Religion that will provide them with a 
biblical framework. In addition, it is the objective of the department to 
offer religion courses that will help all students in their spiritual 
formation. 



250 



Religion 

In recognition of these needs, the Department of Religion offers 
three alternative programs in the major: Church Ministry, Teaching 
Ministry, and General. The departmental objectives for each of these 
programs are outlined below. 

CHURCH MINISTRY 

1. To provide an adequate pre-Seminary training in biblical 
backgrounds, languages, history, theology, and church ministries to 
meet entrance requirements to the M.Div. degree program offered 
by Andrews University. 

2. To provide instruction and practical experience in church ministries 
and public evangelism as outlined in the requirements of the 
Certification for Ministry. 

3. To provide professional training that prepares graduates to serve 
the church effectively in their chosen career. 

TEACHING MINISTRY 

1. To prepare the student for state and church certification (in 
cooperation with the Department of Education and Psychology) on 
the elementary or secondary levels. 

2. To support candidates in meeting the requirements of the Education 
and Psychology Department and its certifying officer by offering a 
course in Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible and by supervising 
student teaching. 

3. To qualify students to pursue graduate work in biblical and religious 
studies. 

RELIGIOUS STUDIES 

1. To provide a basic course in biblical and religious studies without 
meeting the professional requirements of the other two majors. 

2. To provide a major for students who are involved in pre-professional 
programs or who elect a double major, one of which is Religion. 

3. To prepare students to become well-informed, local church leaders. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES 

1. To provide instruction in the Scriptures that enhances an intelligent 
faith in Jesus Christ. 

2. To encourage development of a set of values that will provide a basis 
for moral decision-making in the Christian life. 

3. To acquaint the students with the teachings, history, and global 
mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 



251 



Religion 



DEPARTMENTAL ASSESSMENT 



Faculty Assessment 

Effectiveness of the department's faculty or program is directly or 
indirectly assessed by: 

1. Student evaluations of all classes administered regularly through 
the office of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 

2. Departmental majors in the final semester of their senior year. 

3. The annual meeting of the faculty with the Chair of the Board and 
the presidents of conferences within the Southern Union. 

4. The yearly meeting of the Ministerial Training Advisory Committee 
(MTAC) of the North American Division at the Seventh-day 
Adventist Theological Seminary of Andrews University which 
coordinates the ministerial programs of all Religion Departments 
through their respective chairs. 

Student Assessment 

The quality of the department's graduates as well as its general 
students is assessed by: 

1. A 16PF taken by all religion majors in their sophomore and senior 
years with norms arrived at by extensive research of the perform- 
ance of successful Adventist pastors. If a student's scores differ 
greatly from these norms, the faculty member assigned to admin- 
ister the test meets with the student to discuss potential difficulties 
and to suggest strategies for improvement. 

2. The 16PF also provides the department with a personal evaluation 
of students. It is the intention of the evaluation program to help 
students realize their personal goals and maximize their potential. 
This may involve referral to a professional for personal or career 
counseling. 

3. Classes in Homiletics, Church Ministry, Interpersonal Ministry, and 
the Summer Field School of Evangelism measure the student's 
proficiency in those areas. A performance evaluation is submitted by 
the instructor(s) and kept in the students' files for future reference. 

4. A cumulative record of each student's activities is kept as a source 
of information and recommendation. This record includes atten- 
dance at lectureships, departmental assemblies, retreats, SMA 
activities, and other programs sponsored by the department. 

5. The religion portion of the annual assessment testing program is 
prepared by the General Education Committee, not by the Religion 
Department, and is administered to all students through the office 
of the Vice President for Academic Administration. 



252 



Religion 



Note: A summary of the evaluations referred to above will be made 
available in the form of a check sheet to prospective employers who 
request it and will be signed by the department chair on behalf of the 
Religion faculty. 



PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS 

Admission to Church Ministries Program 

Students seeking admission to the Church Ministries Program must 
make formal application the first semester of the sophomore year. 
(Upper class transfer students must apply during the first semester in 
residence.) A program of evaluation precedes individual advancement 
to ministerial candidacy. The various assessment profiles will assist the 
student and the faculty adviser in evaluating and counseling together 
during the period of specialized training. If at any time, after being 
admitted to the church ministries program, candidates give evidence of 
failing to maintain commitment to the criteria or preparation for 
ministry, they forfeit their candidacy and the department's recommen- 
dation to the ministry. Students applying for candidacy must have 55 
hours with a 2.50 overall GPA and have taken the department's 16PF 
to be eligible for recommendation. Applications are available at the 
Religion Center. 

Directed Field Education 

The department requires field education of Church Ministry majors. 
These experiences are designed to enhance professional development by 
acquainting the student with the multi-faceted responsibilities of 
church ministry, to provide a laboratory for working with experienced 
pastors and lay leaders in visitation of both active and inactive 
members, and to allow experience in preaching to area congregations. 
These experiences are necessary before the student can be recom- 
mended by the department for church employment. 

Summer Field School of Evangelism 

Full-scale evangelistic meetings will be conducted for two months 
each summer under the direction of the Southern Union Conference of 
Seventh-day Adventists and the Department of Religion. All church 
ministry majors are required to participate in one such crusade. The 
department will offer six hours of academic credit in public and 
personal evangelism and the Southern Union will provide a scholarship 
for those who are approved by the faculty to participate. Students 
planning to take the Summer Field School program must have 55 hours 
with a 2.5 cumulative GPA and RELP 321, 322 to be recommended for 
admittance. Applications and scholarship information may be obtained 

253 



Religion 

from the departmental secretary. Additional evangelistic opportunities 
for individual students and student teams may be made available upon 
approval of the department to accommodate requests from the 
conferences within the Southern Union. 

Admission to Teacher Education Program 

The teaching ministry program is coordinated with the Department 
of Education and Psychology for the college. Planning for certification 
by the states and/or endorsement by the Seventh-day Adventist church 
for Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education 
and Psychology Department, both for admission to the Teacher Educa- 
tion program in the sophomore year and to the professional semester 
before the senior year. 

The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, requirements for 
secondary Bible teaching, and policies and procedures related to 
student teaching may be found in the college catalog under the 
Department of Education and Psychology and obtained from the 
secretary of the department in Summerour Hall. 

Teacher Certification and Endorsement 

Those seeking Tennessee State Certification only must select 12 
hours from RELB courses. Those seeking to add Denominational 
Teaching Endorsement to their certification must take RELT 138, 255, 
484, 485, and HLED 173. All students seeking certification in religion 
must take EDUC 438, Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible, regard- 
less of whether they had other special methods courses. Application for 
certification must be made with the Department of Education and 
Psychology before the end of the sophomore year. 

Admission to Religious Studies 

The General Religion major (Religious Studies) is chosen by 
students interested in pursuing a degree in Religion, other than a 
ministerial degree, or by students preparing for professional fields such 
as medicine, dentistry, law, and other graduate studies. 

It is a 124-hour liberal arts major and provides a balanced selection 
of both biblical studies and theology courses. The four-year degree 
candidate may apply the required 12 hours of General Education 
courses in religion toward the hours needed for the major, thus 
reducing the number of extra courses needed to qualify. 

Ministerial students who are 35 years old and, because of unusual 
circumstances, wish to take the General Religion major and be 
recommended for ministry, must take an Applied Theology minor and 
other courses as specified by the department. They will be admitted as 
ministerial candidates if they meet the criteria as recommended by 



254 






Religion 

their adviser, and their individualized study program is approved by the 
Religion Department. 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES IN RELIGION 

The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and 
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and 
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal 
commitment to serve family, church, community, and the world. Six 
semester hours of religion are required of the two-year graduate, and 
12 semester hours of the four-year graduate. This is equivalent to one 
three-year course per year which may be selected from any of the 
religion courses offered. Bachelor degree students must take at least 
three semester hours at the upper division level. (Detailed information 
on General Education requirements are found in the college catalog.) 

JERUSALEM STUDIES 

The Department of Religion recognizes the Jerusalem Center for 
Biblical and Archaeological Studies as an educational service of the 
Seventh-day Adventist Church that provides study of the Scriptures 
and related subjects to full-time students and others in the unique 
setting of Jerusalem. Faculty from the Religion Department of 
Southern College are participant lecturers. The Center offers under- 
graduate and graduate work, as well as non-credit seminars on a 
scheduled basis. 

Although it serves as a center for instruction, the Center does not 
offer degrees or grant academic credit on its own authority. Under a 
cooperative agreement with Adventist schools of higher learning, the 
offerings for each term at the Jerusalem Center are planned as a full- 
credit unit suitable for degree programs in colleges and universities. 
Information about the Center and its programs may be obtained from 
the secretary of the Religion Department. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

The candidates for graduation in the program for Church Ministry 
must have a 2.00 overall, a 2.25 in their major and in the area of 
candidacy in order to graduate, and a 2.50 overall for Seminary 
entrance. In addition they must qualify for certification in ministry by 
giving evidence of moral, physical, social, and intellectual fitness. They 
must also demonstrate emotional maturity, and professional commit- 
ment, in order for the department to recommend them as prospective 
ministerial employees. Those students pursuing the Teaching 
Ministry must have a 2.00 overall and a 2.50 in education and in the 
field of certification as outlined by the Department of Education and 



255 



Religion 

Psychology. The Religious Studies candidates for graduation, from 
the Department of Religion, must have a cumulative grade point 
average of 2.00 overall and a 2.25 in their major as outlined in the 
college catalog. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION 

The B.A. degree in Religion requires courses in biblical studies and 
religion of which three are introductory with others covering the Old 
and New Testament, the prophetic books of Daniel and Revelation, and 
the Fundamental Beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists in the light of 
Christian Theology. 

Major-Ministers, Teachers, Religious Studies Major: 33 hours 

RELB 125 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours 

RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours 

RELB 265 Biblical Exegesis 3 hours 

RELB 345 Old Testament Studies I(W) 3 hours 

RELB 346 Old Testament Studies II 3 hours 

RELB 435 New Testament Studies I 3 hours 

RELB 436 New Testament Studies II (W) 3 hours 

RELB 425 Studies in Daniel (W) . . . 3 hours 

RELB 426 Studies in Revelation 3 hours 

RELB 484 Christian Theology I 3 hours 

RELT 485 Christian Theology II 3 hours 

TOTAL 33 hours 

Major-Church Ministry: 33 hours in major plus 18 hours in 
Biblical Languages, 24 hours for certification for Ministry, and cognate 
requirements as follows: 

MINOR IN BIBLICAL LANGUAGES: 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Testament Greek 1,11 4,4 hours 

RELL 311-312 Inter. New Testament Greek 1,11 3,3 hours 

RELL 471-472 Biblical Hebrew 1,11 2,2 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 

CERTIFICATION FOR MINISTRY: 

RELT 265 Spiritual Formation 1 hour 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

HELP 322 Expository Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 423 Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 424 Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II 3,3 hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 24 hours 

256 



Religion 

COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

HIST 364-365 Christian Church 1,11 (C-l), (W) 3,3 hours 

TOTAL 12 hours 

GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

CPTR 105 Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

SOCI 223 Marriage and the Family 2 hours 

MUHL 215 Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours 

ENGL 335 Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 18 hours 



Topical Sequence of Courses for 
B.A. RELIGION-CHURCH MINISTRY 



YEARl 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 2 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


ENGL 101-102 


College Comp 


3 


3 


RELL 271-272 


Elem of NT Greek 


4 4 


RELB 125 


Tchinge of Jesus 


3 






G-2, Comp Science 


1 


KELT 138 


Advent ist Heritage 




3 


PSYC 124 


Intro to Psych 


3 


MATH 103 


Survey of Math 


3 




RELB 265 


Biblical Exegesis 


3 


SPCH 135 


Intro to Pub Spkg 




3 




C-2, Pol Sci/Eoon 


3 




Pare Fin/Acot/Bus 


3 




RELB 345 


OT Studies I (W) 


3 




D-2,3 Lit/Music/Art 




2 


RELB 346 


OT Studies II 


3 




F-3, Health Sci 


2 




RELT 265 


Spiritual Form 


1 




F-2, Family Sci 




2 




Area E, Science 


3 3 




G-3, Fitness 


1 








15 16 




Education 


15 


2 

15 








YEARS 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


YEAR 4 




Semester 
1st 2nd 


RELL 311-312 


Inter Greek 


3 


3 


RELL 471-472 


Bib Hebrew 1 ,11 


2 2 


HELP 321 


Intro to Preachng 


2 




RELP 423 


Biblical Preaching 


2 


RELP 322 


Exposit Preaching 




2 


RELP 424 


Evangel Preaching 


2 


RELP 353-354 


Inter Ministry I ,11 


3 


3 


RELB 435-436 


NT Studies 1,11 (W) 


3 3 


HIST 364-365 


Christ Church 1,11 


3 


3 


RELP 451-452 


Church Min 1,11 


3 3 


RELB 425 


Stud in Daniel (W) 


3 




RELT 484-485 


Christ Theo 1,11 


3 3 


RELB 426 


Stud in Revelation 
G-l, 2 Skills 




3 
2 






13 13 




Gen, Music/Voice 


1 














15 


16 








SUMMER FIELD SCHOOL 












RELP 465 


Person Evangelism 


3 










RELP 466 


Public Evangelism 


3 














6 

























257 



Religion 

Major-Teaching Ministry: 33 hours in major plus 28 hours in 
Education and cognate requirements as follows: 

PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS: 

EDUC 135 Introduction to Education 3 hours 

EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 2 hours 

EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional Children & Youth 2 hours 

EDUC 250 Technology in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours 

EDUC 421 Behavioral Management 2 hours 

EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours 

EDUC 432 Reading in Content 2 hours 

EDUC 438 Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

EDUC 462 Organization and Leadership 1 hour 

EDUC 468 Enhanced Student Teaching 7-12 8 hours 

TOTAL 28 hours 



COGNATE REQUIREMENTS: (Count toward General Education) 

SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours 

RELL 271-272 Elements of New Test Greek, I, II (D-l) 4,4 hours 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching '. . 2 hours 

TOTAL 15 hours 

GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL EDUCATION AND ELECTIVES: 

BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours 

SPCH 136 Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 3 hours 

HLED 173 Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours 

PSYC 377 Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l), (W) 3 hours 

TOTAL 11 hours 



TVplcal Sequence of Courses for 
BA RELIGION-TEACHING MINISTRY 



YEAR 1 

ENGL 101-102 
RELB 125 
KELT 138 
EDUC 135 



College Comp 
Tchgs of Jesus 
Advent Heritage 
Intro to Education 
Per Fin/Aoctg/Bus 
Area C-l, History 
Minor or Elective 
Area 0- 1,2, Skills 
Area D-2,3 Lit/ 
Music/Art 



Semester 
1st 2nd 

3 3 
3 



15 16 



YEAR 2 

SPCH 135 
MATH 103 
EDUC 217 
EDUC 240 
RELB 265 
HLED 173 



Intro to Pub Spkg 
Survey of Math 
Psych Found of Ed 
Excep Child & Yth 
Biblical Exegesis 
Health ft life 
Area D-4, Com/Spch 
Area F-2, Fam Sci 
Area E, Science 
Electives 
Area Q-3, Skis 



Semester 
1st 2nd 
3 



3 

3 

_1 

15 



16 



258 













Religion 


YEARS 




Semester 


YEAR 4 




Semester 






1st 


2nd 






1st 2nd 


BELL 271-272 


Elem of NT Greek 


4 


4 


RELP 321 


Intro to Preaching 


2 


RELB 345 


OT Studio. I (W) 


3 




RELT484 


Christian Theo I 


3 


RELB 346 


OT Studio II 




3 


EDUC 421 


Beh Management 


2 


RELB 425 


Studies in Daniel 


3 




EDUC 427 


Curr Issues in Ed 


2 


RELB 426 


Studies in Rev 




3 




Area C-2, Pol Sci 


3 


RELB 435 


NT Studies I 


3 






Area F-l, Psy/Coun 


3 


RELB 436 


NT Studies II (W) 




3 


RELP 322 


Exp Preaching 


2 


EDUC 356 


Tests & Measure 


2 




RELT485 


Christian Theo II 


3 


EDUC 250 


Technology in Educ 




2 


EDUC 432 


Reading in Content 


2 






15 


15 


EDUC 438 
EDUC 462 


Curr & Cont Meth 
Ed Organ & Ldrshp 
Minor or Elective 


2 

1 

2 

15 14 
















YEARS 














EDUC 468 


Enhanced St. Tchg 


8 











Major-General Religion: 33 hours in major to be taken under 
sequence of courses as arranged by adviser. 



MINOR -IN RELIGION 

A minor in Religion requires 18 hours including six hours upper 
division and RELB 125 and RELT 138. Only one course may be 
selected from RELP 321, 353, 354. Only one of the following three 
courses applies: RELT 317, 318, and 424. Those seeking state certifi- 
cation and/or denominational endorsement for teaching in other areas 
could, with careful selection, also acquire a minor in Religion. 

MINOR-BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 

A minor in Biblical Languages requires 18 hours from RELL 271- 
272; 311-312; and 471-472. 

MINOR-PRACTICAL THEOLOGY 

RELP 321 Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 322 Expository Preaching 2 hours 

RELP 353 Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

RELP 451-452 Church Ministry I, II . 3,3, hours 

RELP 465 Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

RELP 466 Public Evangelism 3 hours 

TOTAL 19 hours 

BIBLICAL STUDIES 

RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours 

A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis on His 
teachings as they appjy to the personal, social, and religious problems of the 
individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



259 



Religion 



RELB 165. Bible Survey (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is an introduction to the Scriptures designed to enrich the student's 
biblical knowledge and to prepare him/her for additional classes in Religion. It takes 
the form of a survey of both the Old and New Testaments and includes an exposure 
to principles of interpretation. Consideration also will be given to the writings of 
Ellen G. White as they relate to the Bible. This course may not be applied to a 
major or minor in Religion. Not open to students who have taken RELB 236 from 
previous catalogs. (Fall) 

RELB 1 75. Acts of the Apostles (B-l ) 3 hours 

A study of the development of the church during apostolic times, including an 
introduction to the characters, issues, and events that shaped the earliest Christian 
communities and the theological development of the gospel by the early church. 

(Fall) 

RELB 265. Biblical Exegesis (B-l) 3 hours 

This course is to introduce the student to Biblical Exegesis (i.e. the application of 
the principles of hermeneutics) in passages of the Bible that are representative of 
the various literary genres found in the Old and New Testaments. The objective is 
to acquaint the student with the various presuppositions that determine the choice 
of hermeneutical approaches to the text; with guidelines (rules) for each step of the 
interpretation of the text; and to provide an opportunity for involvement in the 
process of biblical exegesis. (Spring) 

RELB 335. Archeology and the Bible (B-l ) 3 hours 

A study of cultures, customs, languages, and rituals that throw light on the 
understanding of Scriptures based on archeological and other ancient material 
which, interpreted from the viewpoint of the Bible, emphasizes its accuracy and 
authenticity. (Fall, Spring, occasional Summer) 

RELB 345. Old Testament Studies I (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, two major division of the Old 
Testament. Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical 
setting, and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. Various 
approaches to the study of the Old Testament will be surveyed. (Fall, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 346. Old Testament Studies II (B-l) 3 hours 

An introduction to the Prophets, a third major division of the Old Testament. 
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting,a and 
significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, Summers as 
needed) 

RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover their 

meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, Summers as needed) 






260 



Religion 



RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours 

Recommended: HIST 174, 175. 

A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their historical 
fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special message for our 
day. (Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of the following epistles in the order 
of their composition: Galatians, I and II Thessalonians, I and II Corinthians, and 
James. Includes a background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, Summers as needed) 

RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours 

A brief introduction to and an exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and 
General epistles, (excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, Summers as needed) 

RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a 
seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



RELIGION AND THEOLOGY 

RELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours 

A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the sub- 
sequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special emphasis will 
be placed on the contributory role in the church of the Spiritual Gift of Prophecy 
through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours 

Last- Day Events is a biblical, theological, and historical study of eschatology rooted 
in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day Adventist 
contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in the past and 
present. Also it examines the New Age Movement and Dispensationalism and 
focuses on how to be ready for the end event. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ>centered context. This 
course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view to enhancing the 
student's understanding and ability to provide biblical support for his/her faith. 
(Fall, Spring, Summer) 

RELT 265. Spiritual Formation (B-2) 1 hour 

A historical and theological study of the classic spiritual disciplines of the Christian 
faith. This course provides a basic introduction to disciplines such as prayer, 
meditation, and devotional stucfy and includes a practical application of the 
dynamics of these spiritual disciplines as a means of enriching the spiritual life. 
(Limited to Religion majors.) 

♦RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion (B-2) 3 hours 
See PHYS 317 for course description. 



261 



Religion 



•KELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (B-2) 3 hours 
See PHYS 318 for course description. 

RELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian religions, 
including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of each. RELT 
268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not carry writing emphasis. 
KELT 368 will require observational field work. (Spring) 

RELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours 

A foundation course in moral decision-making in the fields of bio-ethics, moral 
ethics, and personal ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to 
make basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are then 
applied to issues relevant to the student. Limited to nursing students or students 
with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall, Spring, Summers as needed) 

*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science 

and Religion (B-2) (W) 3 hours 

See BIOL 424 for course description. 

RELT 465. Topics in Religion (B-2) 1-3 hours 

This course is designed to provide an exposure to a wide range of religious studies 
dealing with issues encountered in evangelism, theological areas, and Biblical 
studies. The content will change, as needed, so the course may be repeated once for 
credit. Open to all students. (Fall, alternate years) 

RELT 467. Philosophy and the Christian Faith (B-2) (W) 3 hours 
A study of the main thinkers and schools of thought from the Middle Ages to the 
present and their influence on biblical theology. Also, attention will be given to 
various world views which are shaping Christian thought today. (Spring) 

RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours 

Christian Theology I and II examine the major loci of Christian beliefs. Christian 
Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christology, and Pneumatology; 
and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh-day Adventist fundamental 
beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification only when RELT 485 is also 
taken. (Fall) 

RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours 

Prerequisite: RELT 484. 

Christian Theology II examines Anthropology. Soteriology, Ecclesiology, and 
Eschatology, covering the remaining 27 Seventh-day Adventist fundamental beliefs. 
Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring) 

RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chair of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as a 
seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



*One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science require- 
ment for majors, and to Religion for nonmajors. 



262 



Religion 

PROFESSIONAL TRAINING 
Church Leadership 

RELP 321. Introduction to Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELB 265. 

An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be given to the 
sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and topical sermons. Oppor- 
tunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons. One lecture and two labora- 
tories each week. To be taken in the junior year. (Spring) 

RELP 322. Expository Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 321. 

Expository, textual sermon types will be considered. One field trip will be required. 
Opportunity will be provided to develop proficiency in preaching. One class lecture 
and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year. (Spring) 

RELP 353. Interpersonal Ministry I 3 hours 

The development of listening skills and interpersonal communication in pastoral 
visitation with special emphasis on revitalizing inactive members. Laboratory work 
in area churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 354. Interpersonal Ministry II 3 hours 

An introduction to pastoral care in such problem areas as catastrophic and terminal 
illness, grief, death, divorce, drug and alcohol addiction, homosexuality, incest and 
rape. Visitation to correctional and rehabilitation centers, hospitals, and nursing 
homes will be required. (Spring) 

RELP 423. Biblical Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: RELP 322. 

The development of preaching skills shared in Introduction to Preaching and 
Expository Preaching, with special emphasis on the preparation and delivery of the 
narrative/expository sermon. (Fall) 

RELP 424. Evangelistic Preaching 2 hours 

Prerequisite: KELP 322. 

The development and the preaching of evangelistic sermons which will prepare one 
to conduct a public crusade. (Spring) 

RELP 451. Church Ministry I 3 hours 

An introduction to church ministry, this course focuses on the responsibilities of 
clergy and laity, including the call to discipleship and/or ministry, the study of 
denominational polity, the administrative structure of the church on all levels, and 
the relationship of the local church to the community. Laboratory work in area 
churches will be required. (Fall) 

RELP 452. Church Ministry II 3 hours 

Consideration is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral 
care, administration, leadership in worship, and conducting baptisms, weddings, 
anointing services, funerals, etc. Laboratory work in area churches will be required. 
(Spring) 



263 



Religion 



RELP 465. Personal Evangelism 3 hours 

Attention will be given to methods and principles of Evangelism Explosion and the 
giving of Bible studies. Field work with local churches will be required. This course 
is available onty in connection with KELP 466 and will be taught at a time arranged 
by the instructor. The consent of the Religion Department must be obtained prior 
to enrollment. (Summer) 

RELP 466. Public Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the principles employed in preparing and conducting public evangelistic 
meetings. The student will learn how to plan, develop, and hold an evangelistic 
series as well as Revelation Seminars. This course is available oiuy in connection 
with the Field School of Evangelism. The consent of the Religion Department must 
be obtained prior to enrollment. (Summer) 

RELP 468. Health Evangelism 3 hours 

A study of the concepts and methods of creating witnessing opportunities through 
taking advantage of the current interest in preventive health practices and lifestyle 
changes. The objective of these concepts and methods is to obtain decisions for a 
more abundant way of life and to lead men and women to Christ. The course also 
will provide future church leaders with practical ways to utilize the talents of 
members in health evangelism. Laboratory work in area churches and/or community 
settings is required. (Spring, or as needed) 

RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours 

This course is limited primarily to Religion majors and must be approved by the 
chairman of the Religion Department. Occasionally the course may be conducted as 
a seminar and published in the schedule of classes. This course may be repeated for 
credit. (Fall, Spring, Summer) 



Lay Leadership and Missions 

RELP 099/101, Student Missions Orientation 0/2 hours 

A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences, inter- 
personal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social and monetary 
problems, personal qualifications for service, and relevant denominational policies 
for overseas service. The class is required by the General Conference of Seventh-day 
Adventists for those under appointment as student missionaries. The class is also 
a prerequisite for students participating in the North American Division Task Force 
Program. Elective credit only. No academic credit is allowed for students who enroll 
for NOND 227-228, Christian Service. Students who do not enroll for NOND 227- 
228 may receive two hours of credit. (Spring) 

RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours 

The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of Prophecy ; 
review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting institutions; study 
plans and methods of operation and set before the student the needs and call for 
active involvement as lay members. 

RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours 

Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian literature. 



264 



BIBLICAL LANGUAGES 



Religion 



RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours 

A study of grammar of the vernacular (koine) Greek of New Testament times, 
with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work required. (Fall, Spring) 

RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours 
A course in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of (koine) Greek with transla- 
tion of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the Pauline Epistles. 
(Fall, Spring) 

RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours 

A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical Biblical 
Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work required. (Fall, 
Spring) 



EDUCATION 

EDUC 438. Curriculum and Content Methods/Bible 2 hours 

Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. 

Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing and 

evaluating student performance, and the survey and evaluation of textbooks. 

(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (W) Seepages 47-49and 51-55 for explanation of General Education 
requirements. 









265 



Interdepartmental 
Programs 



MEDICAL SCIENCE 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred 
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who 
satisfy the following three conditions: 

1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate 
college program of which at least the last 30 were taken in 
residence at Southern College and at least 12 of which were at 
the upper division level. 

2. Meet the general education requirements equivalent to those out- 
lined for the current Medical Technology program. 

3. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of 
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the 
respective professional program has been successfully completed 
and that the applicant is eligible to continue. 

Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of 
Records. 



GENERAL STUDIES 

Adviser: Wilma McClarty 

The Associate of Arts degree with a major in General Studies is 
designed for students who have not made a career decision at the time 
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a 
large part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while 
leaving 11-17 semester hours free for exploration in areas of their 
choice. 

ASSOCIATE OF ARTS DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES 

Major: The completion of the general education requirements for the 
Bachelor of Arts degree with the exception that 6 hours instead of 12 
will be required for Area B, Religion. A minimum total of 64 semester 
hours with a Southern College and cumulative minimum grade point 
average of 2.00 is required. Students who plan eventually to complete 
a bachelor's degree should include some upper division credit and a H W 
(writing emphasis) course in the second semester of their second year. 

•Six hour* of elementary foreign language must be included unless two units of the same language 
were earned in high school. 



266 



Interdepartmental Programs 



Typical Sequence of Courses for 
AJL. GENERAL STUDIES 



YEAR 1 




Semester 


YEARS 




Semester 


ENOL 101-102 


College Comp 
Area B, Religion 
Area £4, Nat Sci 
Q-3, Reo Skills 


1st 

3 
3 
3 


2nd 

3 

1 




Area B, Religion 
Area E, Nat Set 
Area D, Lang/Lit 

Fine Arts 


1st 2nd 

3 
3 

3 




Elective (area of 

interest) 
Area C, History 
Area O, Act Skis 
AreaP, BehSd 


3 
3 
1 

16 


3 
3 
3 
3 
16 




Area A, Math 
Area C, Oovt/Econ 
AreaF, Ben Sci 
Area Q, Skills 
Foreign Language 
Elective 


0-3 
3 
2 
1 

3 3 

4 7-4 














16 16 

















See pages 47-49 and 51-55 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially 
requirements for make-up of any admissions deficiencies. 






























267 



Non-Degree 

Pre-Profes sional 

Programs 



Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide 
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. 
If other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are 
prepared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence 
of courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen 
professional school. 



ANESTHESIA 

Adviser: Bonnie Hunt 

Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas 
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an 
approved program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. 
Additional requirements may be determined by consulting the 
Department of Nursing. 



DENTISTRY 

Adviser: Stephen A Nyirady 

Pre-dental training in college requires a minimum of three years of 
study; however, a preference is given to those who have completed a 
fourth year, earning a bachelor's degree. Students may major in the 
field of their interest. Although a thorough background in the 
biological and physical sciences is essential to the study of dentistry, a 
broad educational background in the humanities is desirable. Upper 
division biology courses are recommended to prepare for the Dental 
Admissions Test and for the first year of basic science courses in dental 
school. 

Application to dental school should be made one year previous to 
the one for which admission is required. Successful applicants should 
have a minimum G.PA of 3.00 in both science and non-science courses 
as well as satisfactory performance on the Dental Admissions Test 
(given each October and April). Information regarding the Dental 
Admission Testing Program may be obtained from the American Dental 
Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 69611. 



268 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



The following courses must be included to meet the minimum 
requirements for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry: 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

The following courses are strongly recommended: Ceramics, 
Principles of Management, Basic Accounting, Precalculus, Nutrition, 
Histology, Biochemistry, and psychology courses. 



LAW 

Adviser: Ben McArthur 

Students interested in the study of law as a profession should 
become acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law 
schools. This will make possible the planning of a pre-professional 
program which will qualify the student for admission to several schools. 

It is a general requirement that students complete a bachelor's 
degree before entering law school. Although no particular major is 
required, four fields should be especially considered by the student 
serious about law school. These are: Business, history, English, and 
behavioral science. Certain courses recommended by all law schools 
include American history, freshman composition, principles of 
accounting, American government, principles of economics, English 
history, business law, and mathematics. Pre-law students should 
concentrate on developing their analytical, verbal, and writing skills. 

Southern College offers a Political Economy minor, which combines 
an interdisciplinary selection of courses helpful for law school 
preparation. This eighteen-hour minor consists of: 

1. ECON 224 Principles of Economics 3 hours 

2. PLSC 254 American Government 3 hours 

3. PLSC 387 Modern Society and Politics 3 hours 

4. ENGL 313 Expository Writing 3 hours 

Plus six hours selected from the following courses: 

5. ACCT 221 Principles of Accounting 

6. ECON 225 Principles of Economics 

7. BUAD 358 Legal, Ethical, and Social Environment of Business 

8. BUAD 339 Business Law 

9. HIST/PLSC 357 Modern America 

10. HIST 374 History of England 

11. JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 



269 



Non-degree Pre-Professional Programs 



Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American 
Bar Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637, For 
information about the Law School Admissions Test, see the pre-law 
adviser. 

MEDICINE 

Advisers: Stephen A. Nyirady, William Hayes 

Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine 
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their 
high school years. 

It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree 
prior to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be 
eligible to apply after completion of a minimum of 85 semester hours. 
Letter grades are essential for evaluation of the required science 
courses. Applicants for admission to the Loma Linda University School 
of Medicine should maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in 
both science and non-science courses. The following courses without an 
asterisk must be included in the applicant's academic program. Classes 
with asterisks in biology, chemistry, and mathematics are 
recommended. 

BIOL 151-152, 313*, 316*, 330*, 340*, 415*, 417*, 418* 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 181* 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 . 8 hours 

Religion 12 hours 

It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes 
study of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid prepara- 
tion for the future role of the physician. 

Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are 
directly involved in the providing of health care. The Biology Depart- 
ment collaborates with Chattanooga's Erlanger Medical Center in a 
premedical preceptorship program. This program provides the 
opportunity for upper division pre-medical students to shadow resident 
physicians in the hospital for 24-hour periods. 

The applicant is required to have taken the new Medical College 
Admission Test (MCAT) prior to consideration by the admissions 
committee. This exam is administered twice a year-in September and 
April. Application for the exam is made through the Counseling and 
Testing Center one month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance 
into medical school following graduation, the student should plan on 
taking the MCAT in April of the junior year. All of the above required 
science courses should be completed by this time to insure maximum 



270 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



performance on the MCAT exam. The exam may be retaken in 
September of the senior year. 

Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools 
of medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. 
Premedical students are encouraged to make appointments to speak 
with them. 

Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College 
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through 
this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained from the Testing 
and Counseling Office or directly from AMCAS* Application should be 
directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry in the 
summer of the following year. 

American Medical College Application Service 
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. 
Washington, DC 20036-1989 

After receiving the applications from AMCAS, the admissions office 
of the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether 
or not supplementary information is needed. 

Medical schools usually require a letter of recommendation from the 
pre-professional recommendation committee of the applicant's 
undergraduate college. Senior pre-medical students are asked to provide 
the names and addresses of all medical schools to which they are 
applying to the Vice President for Academic Administration's office 
before October 1. 

Following a careful evaluation of the supplementary application and 
letters of recommendation submitted to the admissions office, selected 
applicants may be invited for a personal interview by the medical 
school. 

OPTOMETRY 

Adviser: Ray Hefferlin 

The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the 
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice. 
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and 
physics. Additional courses in the ares of fine arts, language, literature, 
and the social sciences are usually necessary. 

A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. 
However, additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into 
professional training. 



271 



Non-Degree PrePbofessional Programs 



Following is a list of preoptometry courses required by most schools: 

BIOL 330 and 151-152 12 hours 

CHEM 151-152 8 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 120, 121, 181, 182 12 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

PSYC 124 3 hours 

Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American 
Optometric Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 
North Lindbergh Blvd., St. Louis, MO 63141. 

OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady 

An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D. 
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the 
D.O. degree. 

Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the University of 
Health Sciences, College of Osteopathic Medicine in Kansas City, 
Missouri, one of fifteen osteopathic medical colleges in this country. 

Requirements for admission are similar to those for allopathic 
medical schools such as Loma Linda University School of Medicine. 

For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point 
average of 3.00 should be maintained in both science and non-science 
subjects. 



PHARMACY 

Adviser: Mitchell Thiel 

The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five 

years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College. 
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat 

variable so the student should consult the catalog of the school of 

his/her choice for specific course recommendations. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 

College of Pharmacy at Memphis are: 

ACCT 221 3 hours 

BIOL 151-152 8 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 811-812, 313-314 16 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181 3 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 






272 



Non-Degree Pre-Professional Programs 



Additional requirements include: 

Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours 

Social Sciences: 

Psychology ^, . . 2 hours 

Other (to include Economics, Political Science, 

Sociology, History, etc.) 8 hours 

Speech 3 hours 

Electives 8 hours 

A minimum grade of C must be obtained for each required pre- 
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance 
of acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score 
must be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test. 



VETERINARY MEDICINE 

Adviser: Stephen Nyirady 

Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is keen. 
Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a degree 
rather than the minimum requirements listed below. It should also be 
noted that it is difficult to be accepted in any veterinary institution 
other than the school in the state where the applicant resides. 

The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary 
College Admission Test (VCAT) in addition to meeting grade point 
average and personal qualifications for admission. Professional training 
involves four years of veterinary school beyond college. 

Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee 
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are: 

BIOL 151-152, 316, 412 15 hours 

CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 318-314, 323 20 hours 

ENGL 101-102 6 hours 

MATH 181-182 7 hours 

PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours 

Additional requirements include: 

Humanities and Social Sciences 18 hours 



Admission requirements will vary between veterinary schools. 
Therefore, it is recommended that the pre-veterinary student work 
closely with his/her adviser in assuring that the specific requirements 
for the schools of his/her choice are met. 












273 



Board and Faculty 



Board of Trustees 



* Malcolm Gordon, Chair 


** 0. R. Johnson 


E. A. Anderson 


Ben Kochenower 


Gordon Bietz 


Carolyn McCalla 


* Mardian Blair 


J. C. McElroy 


William Bryan 


* Ellsworth McKee 


** Tom Campbell 


** O. D. McKee 


* Richard Center 


James Ray McKinney 


Ken Coonley 


Denzil McNeilus 


Edy the Cothren 


** Harold Moody 


David Cress 


Robert Murphy 


Jackson Doggette 


Ralph Peay 
Earl Richards 


C. E. Dudley 


* Jim Epperson 


* Donald R. Sahly 


** Charles Fleming, Jr. 


Volker Schmidt 


* W A. Geary 


Ella Simmons 


W Jack Gillis 


* Ward Sumpter 


* Obed Graham 


** Martha Ulmer 


Melanie Graves 


* Tom Werner 


James Greek 


** J. H. Whitehead 


R. R. Hallock 


Bonnie Wilkens 


** James Hickman 


David Winters 


Bill Hulsey 


Ben Wygal 


** William lies 




* Members of the Executive Board 




** Honorary Trustees 





College Administration 

PRESIDENT 

Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President 

Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary 

ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D. (1966) Senior Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

Instructional Media 

Frank Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media 

Library 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) Director of Libraries 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program 

Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian 



274 



College Administration 



Records 

Mary Elam, M.A. (1965) Associate Vice President for 

Academic Administration 

ADMISSIONS, COLLEGE RELATIONS, AND ALUMNI 

Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for 

Admissions and College Relations 

Public Relations 

James Ashlock, Ed.D.(1991) Director of Alumni/ 

College Relations 

Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Publications 

and Media Relations 

Recruitment 

Doug Martin, B.A. (1988) Associate Director 

Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director 



BUSINESS SERVICES 

Dale J. Bidwell, B.S. (1989) Senior Vice President for Finance 

Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Associate Vice President 

for Finance 

Accounting and Financial Services 

Jack Femeyhough, B.S. (1989) Treasurer 

Burt Pooley, MA (1992) Chief Accountant 

Commercial Auxiliaries 

Dale Collins, B.A. (1988) Associate Manager, The College Press 

Roy Dingle, B.S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market 

Harold Haas, B.S. (1991) Associate Manager, Village Market 

Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press 

Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) Production Manager, The College Press 

Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market 

Rita Wohlers (1987) Manager, Campus Shop 

Computer Services 

John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services 

Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Assistant Director 

William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 

Thorn Nelson, B.A. (1985) Computer Analyst/Programmer 

Personnel/Student Employment 

Elsworth Hetke, M.A. (1991) Director of Personnel/ 

Student Employment 






275 



College Administration 



Service Auxiliaries 

Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service 

C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds 

Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Physical Plant 

William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool 

Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services 

Student Finance and Accounts 

Ken Norton, B.S. (1988) Director, Student Finance 

Donna Myers (1972) Assistant Director 

WSMC FM90 5 

Doug Walter, B.A. (1984) General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 

Dan Landrum (1989) Program Director 

DEVELOPMENT 

Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1980) Vice President for Development 

Paul Smith, M.Div. (1992) . . . Assistant Vice President for Development/ 

Director of Planned Giving 

STUDENT SERVICES 

William Wohlers, Ph.D. (1973) Vice President for Student Services 

Campus Safety 

Dale Tyrrell (1990) Director, Campus Safety 

Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Associate Director, Campus Safety 

Counseling 

K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing 

Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor 

Health Service 

Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service 

David Winters, O.D College Physician 

Residence Halls 

Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women 

Stan Hobbs, M.Ed. (1985) Associate Dean of Men 

Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

Don Mathis, B.S. (1988) Associate Dean of Men 

Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men 

Lydia Rose, B.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women 

COLLEGE PASTORS 

Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor 

Randy Harr, B.S. (1991) Youth Pastor 

James Herman, B.A. (1976) Children's Ministries Pastor 

Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) , College Chaplain 

Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor 



276 



Faculty Directory 



Faculty Emeriti 



Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Secretarial Science 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Thelma Cushman, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of Home Economics 
B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., 
Michigan State University. 

Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of 
Education 

B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma. 

Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern 
University. 

R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews 
University. 

Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic 
Administration 

B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; 
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed, 
and Ed.D,, Maryland University. 

K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga; 
Ed.D., University of Tennessee. 

H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody 
College for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. 

Evlyn Lindberg, M.A., Associate Professor Emerita of English 

B,A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University. 

Robert Merchant, M.B.A., Treasurer Emeritus 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Arkansas. 

William H. Taylor, M.A., Administrator Emeritus 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. 

Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus for Industrial 
Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee. 



277 



Faculty Directory 



Instructional Faculty 

(Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern College.) 

Pamela Ahlfeld, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Georgia State 
University. (1990) 

J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Capital University; M. Mus., American Conservatory of 
Music; D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968) 

Wiley Austin, M.S., Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S. Pacific Union College; M.S., Stanford University. (1988) 

Joyce Azevedo, M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Union College; M.A., University of California, Riverside. 
(1992) 

Fern Babcock, M.A.T., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.L.A., Pakistan Adventist Seminary and College; M.A.T., 
Andrews University. (1991) 

George Babcock, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews 
University, (1991) 

Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology 

B.S.E. and M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University of 
Iowa. (1984) 

John Beckett, B.A., Instructor of Computer Science/Director of 
Computer Services 

B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974) 

Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Ellen G. White Professor of Religion 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews 
University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. (1961) 

Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Director of Libraries, Associate Professor of 
Library Science 

B.S. Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State 
University. (1971) 

Orville Bignall, B.S., Assistant Professor of Physics 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1992) 

Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Union College; M.A. and B.D., SDA Theological Seminary; 
M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of 
South Africa. (1983) 



278 



Faculty Directory 



Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English/Coordinator of Special 
Academic Services 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of 
Tennessee at Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1965) 

Herbert Coolidge, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.A. and Ph.D., Michigan 
State University. (1991) 

Diane Cooper, M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University. 

(1989) 

Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Associate Professor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee 
State University. (1971) 

•Nancy Crist, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Florida. (1990) 

Kenneth R. Davis, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion/Director of 
Counseling and Testing 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University; 
M.A., Boston University. (1970) 

Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Speech Communication 

B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1968) 

Ron du Preez, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Helderberg College; M.A., Andrews University. (1992) 

John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science and 
Technology 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College 
for Teachers. (1969) 

David Ekkens, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Loma Linda 
University. (1990) 

Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Associate Professor of Business 
Administration 

B.S. and M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984) 

Ted Evans, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1974) 



•Orlando Faculty 

9 



279 



Faculty Directory 



•Flora Flood, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of 
Georgia. (1983) 

•Cheryl K. Galusha, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Florida. 
(1982) 

Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art 

B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of 
Technology. (1968) 

Philip G. Garver, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan 
University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music 

B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers 
College. (1967) 

Judith Glass, M.Mus., Professor of Music 

B.Mus. and M.Mus., University of Texas at Austin. (1975) 

Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. 

(1970) 

Jon Green, Ph.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.S., Loma Linda University; M.A., 
Andrews University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1989) 

Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History/Senior Vice President 
for Academic Administration 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College 
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1966) 

Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College. 

(1957) 

Leona Gulley, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A, Philippine Union College 
Seminary; M.H.Sc., Philippine Union College; M.S., Andrews 
University; Ed.D., Vanderbilt University. (1978) 

Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern 
Missionary College; M.A and B.C., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh University. (1978) 






• Orlando Faculty 

280 



Faculty Directory 



David W Haley, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists; M.B.A., 
Tennessee Technological University. (1989) 

Richard Halterman, M.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 

B.S., Florida Southern College; M.S., Florida Atlantic University. 

(1987) 

Jan Haluska, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California; 
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

*Pamela Harris, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.L.S., George Peabody 
College of Vanderbilt University. (1989) 

William Hayes, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S. and M.S., Walla Walla College; Ph.D., University of 
Wyoming. (1990) 

Carole Haynes, Ed.D., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., University of 
Tennessee at Chattanooga; Ed.D., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1982) 

Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor for International Research in Physics 
B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of 
Technology. (1955) 

Volker Henning, M.A-, Associate Professor of Journalism 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Div., Andrews University; 
M.A., University of Central Florida. (1989) 

Dawn Holbrook, B.S., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists. (1991) 

Dorothy Hooper, M.A., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University. 

(1975) 

Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North 
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973) 

Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 






* Study Leave 

281 



Faculty Directory 



Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1974) 

Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.&, University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1976) 

Bradley G. Hyde, M.S.C.S., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S.C.S., Maryland 
University. (1988) 

Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1982) 

Steven Jaecks, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., Loma Linda University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1980) 

Barbara James, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Texas at 
Arlington. (1991) 

John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T., 
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.S., George 
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987) 

Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics 

B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M,A., Western Michigan 
University; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1986) 

Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W, A.C.S.W., Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W, University of Tennessee, 
Knoxville. (1971) 

Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972) 

Donn Leatherman, M.Div., Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.Th., Canadian Union College; M.Div., Andrews University. 
(1992) 

Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980) 

Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., Andrews University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Chicago. 
(1979) 

Caroline McArthur, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979) 



282 



Faculty Directory 



Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., University of 
Montana. (1972) 

Robert Moore, Ed.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North 
Carolina; Ed.D., The University of Georgia. (1979) 

Derek Morris, D. Min., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.Div. and D.Min., Andrews 
University; (1987) 

Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library 
Science/Assistant Librarian 

B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. 
(1981) 

•Mildred Muniz, M.S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Antillian College; M.S.N., Catholic University of Puerto 
Rico. (1990) 

Laura Nyirady, M.S.N. , Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986) 

Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology 

B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., Loma Linda 
University. (1986) 

* Cliff Olson, M.A., Associate Professor of Business 

B.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Colorado State 
University. (1989) 

Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages 

B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter- 
American University; M.A. and Ed.D., Andrews University. (1971) 

•Joy Parchment, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Andrews University; M.S.N., Anna Maria College. (1990) 

Mark Peach, M.A., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Washington State University. 
(1987) 

Dennis Pettibone, Ph.D., Professor of History 

B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D., 
University of California, Riverside. (1988) 

Helen Pyke, M.A., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Tennessee at 
Chattanooga. (1990) 






•Orlando Faculty 
*Study Leave 



283 



Faculty Directory 



Kenneth Reynolds, Instructor of Industrial Technology (1992) 

Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of 
Texas. (1970) 

Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music 

B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern 
Colorado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966) 

Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D., 
University of the Pacific. (1976) 

Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A. and Ph.D., University of 
Maryland. (1964) 

Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan 
University. (1978) 

Terrie Ruff, M.S.W., Instructor of Social Work and Family Studies 

B.S.W., Columbia College; M.S.W., University of South Carolina. 
(1990) 

Helen Sauls, M. A., Associate Professor of Education 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Lynn Sauls, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and English 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Peabody College of 
Vanderbilt University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1989) 

Kathy Schleier, B.S.N., Instructor of Nursing 

B.S.N., Southern Missionary College. (1991) 

Sterling Sigsworth, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. (1991) 

Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music 

B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982) 

David Smith, Ph.D., Professor of English 

B.A. and M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., University of 
Tennessee, Knoxville. (1981) 

Peggy Smith, B.S., Instructor of Office Administration 
B.S., Southern Missionary College. (1988) 

Shirley Spears, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama 
at Birmingham. (1990) 

. Jean Springett, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., University of Maryland. (1991) 

284 



Faculty Directory 



Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion 

B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., and B.D., Andrews 
University; Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969) 

Jeanette Stepanske, Ed.D., Professor of Education 

B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D, 
University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1979) 

Carl Swafford, M.S., Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee 
at Knoxville. (1992) 

Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Union College; M.S. and Ph.D., University of Maryland. 
(1966) 

Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.PA., Ruth McKee Professor of 
Entrepreneurship and Business Ethics 

B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., 
Michigan State University. (1956) 

Dale Walters, M.S., Associate Professor of Industrial Technology 
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., East Tennessee 
University. (1988) 

Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982) 

•Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976) 

Larry Williams, M.S.W, Associate Professor of Social Work and 
Family Studies 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.W, University of Georgia. 
(1983) 

Ruth Williams-Morris, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Oakwood College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Minnesota. (1991) 

Judy Winters, M.N., Associate Professor of Nursing 

B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.N., Emory University. 
(1990) 

William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History/Vice President for Student 
Services 

B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., 
University of Nebraska. (1973) 



• Orlando Faculty 



285 



Faculty Committees for the 
1991-92 School Year 






Administrative Committees 

Academic Progress Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Mary Elam, 
Floyd Greenleaf, Donna Myers. (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Administrative Council: Donald Sahly, Chair; Jim Ashlock, Ron Barrow, Dale 
Bidwell, Helen Durichek, Mary Elam, Jack Ferneyhough, Floyd Greenleaf, 
Elsworth Hetke, Jack McClarty, Ken Norton, William Wohlers, two members of 
the teaching faculty. 

Admissions/Recruitment Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; K. R. Davis, John 
Durichek, Sharon Engel, Larry Hanson, Doug Martin, Ken Norton, Ron Qualley, 
Bob Silver, one student appointed by the Student Association. 

Budget and Finance Advisory Committee: Richard Center, Chair; Dale 
Bidwell, Wallace Blair, Richard Erickson, Floyd Greenleaf, William Hulsey, Allen 
Olsen, Marvin Robertson, Gilbert Wilkes, Charles Wilson, Ben Wygal. 

Financial Appeals Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell 
(or designee), Donna Myers. 

Health Care Exceptions Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Helen Bledsoe, 
Jack Ferneyhough, David Smith, Shirley Spears, Rita Wohlers. (Dale Bidwell, ex- 
officio) 

Key/Access Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Bert Coolidge, Elsworth 
Hetke, Charles Lucas, Cliff Myers, Dale Tyrrell. 

Loans and Scholarship Committee: Ken Norton, Chair; Ron Barrow, Diane 
Cooper, Sharon Engel (or designee), Dennis Pettibone, Diane Proffitt, Ron 
Qualley (or designee), William Wohlers, two S.A appointed students. (Dale 
Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Personnel Committee: Dale Bidwell, Chair; Helen Durichek, Vice Chair; 
Elsworth Hetke, Secretary; Wayne Janzen, Linda Marlowe, Donna Myers, Cherie 
Smith, David Smith, Shirley Spears, Rita Wohlers. 

President's Cabinet: Donald Sahly, Chair; Ron Barrow, Dale Bidwell, Floyd 
Greenleaf, Jack McClarty, William Wohlers. 

Publications Committee: Ron Barrow, Chair; Susan Brown, Secretary; Jim 
Ashlock, Doris Burdick, Doug Martin, Bob Silver, Ingrid Skantz, Merlin 
Wittenberg. 

Safety/Fire Prevention Committee: Helen Durichek, Chair; Sharon Engel, 
Earl Evans, Phil Garver, Eleanor Hanson, Wayne Janzen, Ray Lacey, Charles 
Lucas, Ed Lucas, Don Mathis, Clarence McCandless, Bill McKinney, Allen Olsen, 
Dale Tyrrell, Dale Walters, Steve Warren, Chuck Whidden. (Dale Bidwell, ex- 
officio) 



286 



Faculty Committees 



Trust Committee: Jack McClarty, Chair; Dale Bidwell, Richard Erickson, Jack 
Ferneyhough, Burt Fooley, Paul Smith. 

Faculty Senate 

Donald L. Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, Vice Chair; George Babcock, Dale 
Bidwell, Bert Coolidge, Mary Elam, Richard Erickson, Robert Garren, Jan 
Haluska, Volker Henning, Bonnie Hunt, Henry Kuhlman, Ed Lamb, Ben 
McArthur, Wilma McClarty, Robert Moore, Derek Morris, Ken Norton, Laura 
Nyirady, Dennis Pettibone, Helen I*yke, Dan Rozell, Terrie Ruff, Larry Williams, 
Ruth Williams-Morris, William Wohlers. 

Senate Committees 

Academic Affairs Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Cherie Smith, 
Secretary; George Babcock, Ron Barrow, Jack Blanco, Peggy Bennett, Mary 
Elam, Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Bradley Hyde, 
Ed Lamb, Katie Lamb, Ben McArthur, Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Marvin 
Robertson, Lynn Sauls, David Smith, Wayne VandeVere, Dale Walters, Steve 
Warren, Consultant: Frank DiMemmo. 

Academic Review Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; Ron Barrow, K. R. 
Davis (or designee), Mary Elam, Sharon Engel (or designee), Ken Norton (or 
designee), Ron Qualley (or designee), William Wohlers. 

Advisement Committee: Mary Elam, Chair; Ron Barrow, Bert Coolidge (1993), 
K R. Davis, Floyd Greenleaf, Carole Haynes (1994), Dorothy Hooper (1994), 
Wilma McClarty (1993), Marvin Robertson (1994), Ron Springett (1993). 

Distinguished Service Medallion Subcommittee: Chair and members 
appointed by Faculty Affairs Committee at the beginning of each year. 

Faculty Affairs Committee: David Smith, Chair; Richard Erickson, Shirley 
Howard, Steve Jaecks, Ed Lamb, Derek Morris, William Wohlers. (Donald Sahly, 
ex-ofificio) 

Faculty Senate Executive Committee: Donald Sahly, Chair; Floyd Greenleaf, 
Vice Chair; Jan Haluska, Secretary; Dale Bidwell, Ben McArthur, Laura Nyirady, 
Dan Rozell, William Wohlers. 

Film Subcommittee: Don Dick, Chair; Diane Cooper, Earl Evans, Robert 
Garren, Loranne Grace, Robert Merchant, Judy Winters, two students. (William 
Wohlers, ex-officio) 

General Education Committee: Lynn Sauls, Chair; Jon Green, Bonnie Hunt, 
Ed Lamb, Ben McArthur, Helen Pyke, Mitchell Thiel. (Floyd Greenleaf, ex- 
officio) 

Honors Subcommittee: Ben McArthur, Chair; Bruce Ashton, Duane Houck, 
Wilma McClarty, Steve Nyirady, Art Richert, Jeanette Stepanske. (Floyd 
Greenleaf, ex-officio) 



287 



Faculty Committees 



Instructional Resources Committee: John Keyes, Chair; Fern Babcock, Peg 
Bennett, Frank DiMemmo, Loranne Grace, Jon Green, Dorothy Hooper, Steve 
Warren. (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 

Pre-Professional Committee: Floyd Greenleaf, Chair; all faculty from Biology, 
Chemistry and Physics, Art Richert, Sharon Engel (or designee), Ron Qualley (or 
designee), William Wohlers. 

Promotions Committee: Katie Lamb, Chair (1993); Don Dick (1993), Floyd 
Greenleaf, Jan Haluska (1996), Ben McArthur (1995), Steve Nyirady (1994), Cecil 
Rolfe (1994). (Donald Sahly, ex-officio) 

Religious Life Subcommittee: Ken Rogers, Chair; Ron du Preez, Leona 
Gulley, Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Ruth Williams-Morris, two students 
appointed by the S.A., two students appointed by the Subcommittee chair. 
(William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Screening Subcommittee: Fat Silver, Chair; Pam Ahlfeld, David Ekkens, Don 
Mathis, Lydia Rose, Steve Warren. (William Wohlers, ex-officio) 

Social/Recreation Committee: Jeanne Davis, Chair; Earl Evans, Bill Hayes, 
Laura Nyirady, Terrie Ruff, Cherie Smith, Peggy Smith. (Donald Sahly, ex- 
officio) 

Student Activities Subcommittee: William Wohlers, Chair; Edgar Grundset, 
Rick Halterman, Stan Hobbs, Dawn Holbrook, Steve Jaecks, Kassy Krause, 
Kathy Schleier, three students appointed by the Student Association including 
the S.A Social Vice President. 

Student Personnel Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; K.R Davis, Sharon 
Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Kassy Krause, Don Mathis, Ron 
Qualley, Ken Rogers, Rhea Rolfe, Lydia Rose, Dale Tyrrell. 

Student Services Committee: William Wohlers, Chair; Don Dick, Sharon 
Engel, Judy Glass, Ken Norton, Ron Qualley, Ken Rogers, Dan Rozell, Pat Silver. 

Teacher Education Council: George Babcock, Chair; John Baker, Ben 
Bandiola, Joyce Cotham, David Ekkens, Phil Garver, LaVona Gillham, 
Jon Green, Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Carole Haynes, Michelle Krause, 
Philip Mitchell, Bob Moore, Dennis Pettibone, Mary Ries, Marvin Robertson, 
Kermise Rowe, Helen Sauls, Ron Springett, Jeanette Stepanske, Carl Swafford, 
William Wohlers. 

Wellness Committee: Phil Garver, Chair; Dale Collins, Helen Durichek, Don 
Mathis, Laura Nyirady, Merlin Wittenberg, one student intern appointed by the 
HPER Department. (Dale Bidwell, ex-officio) 

Writing Committee: Helen Pyke, Chair; Bruce Ashton, Douglas Bennett, Bill 
Hayes, Ray Hefferlin, Pat Morrison, Lynn Sauls. (Floyd Greenleaf, ex-officio) 



288 



Index 



Absences 67 

Academic Calendar 3 

Academic Enrichment Services 72 

Academic Honesty 64 

Academic Policies 47 

Academic Probation and Dismissal .... 65 

Accounting, Courses in 114 

Acceptance 10 

Regular 10 

Academic Probation 11 

Accounts, Statements and Billing 21 

Accreditation and Memberships 8 

Administrative Building 9 

Administrative Staff 274 

Admissions * 10 

Admissions, Nursing 232 

Admissions, Teacher Education 145 

Advance Payment 19 

Adventist Colleges Abroad 

Financial Policy 20 

Adviser, Academic 62 

Allied Health Professions 77 

Anderson Lecture Series 72 

Anesthesia 268 

Application Procedure 14 

Art, Courses in 85 

Architectural Studies 131 

Arthur W. Spalding School 9 

Assembly Attendance 46, 68 

Associate Degree Programs 

Accounting 112 

Allied Health 80 

Architectural Studies 131 

Computer Applications 131 

Computer Science 132 

Engineering Studies 161 

General Studies 266 

Health Info Administration 113 

Nursing 231 

Office Administration 113 

Pre-Dental Hygiene 81 

Pre-Occupational Therapy 81 

Pre-Physical Therapy 82 

Associate Degree Requirements 51 

Attendance Regulations 67 

Auditing Courses 16,61 

Auto Body, Diploma Program 188 

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements ... 50 

Bachelor of Arts 

Biology 96 

Broadcast Journalism 196 

Chemistry 122 

Computer Science 128 

English 164 

French 210 

German 210 

History 181 

International Studies 211 

Journalism (News Editorial) 194 

Mathematics , 204 



Music 219 

Physics 242 

Psychology 137 

Psychology Leading to 

Licensure, K-8 139 

Public Relations 197 

Religion 256 

Spanish 210 

Bachelor of Business Administration . 106 

Accounting 106 

Business Management 107 

Computer Information Systems . 109,130 

Marketing 108 

Bachelor of Music, Music Ed 216 

Bachelor of Science 

Behavioral Science . 89 

Biology 97 

Business Administration 109 

Chemistry 123 

Computer Science 129 

Family Studies 89 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 171 

Health Science 173 

Long-Term Health Care Ill 

Mathematics . 205 

Medical Science 266 

Medical Technology 77 

Nursing 231 

Office Administration 112 

Physical Education 172 

Physics 244 

Social Science Leading to 

Licensure 1-8 140 

Social Work 90 

Wellness Management 173 

Bachelor of Technology Degree 

Graphic Arts 189 

Technical Plant Services 189 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 26 

Bankruptcy 24 

Biblical Languages, Courses in 265 

Biblical Studies, Courses in 259 

Biology, Courses in 98 

Board of Trustees 274 

Executive Board 274 

Botany, Courses in 100 

Brock Hall 9 

Business Administration, Courses in . 116 

Campus organizations 45 

Canceled Classes 62 

Certification 149 

Challenge Exams 69 

Chamber Music Series 73 

Changes in Registration 61 

Chemistry, Courses in 124 

Class Attendance 67 

Class Office Eligibility 45 

Class Standing 49 



289 



Index 



Classic Film Series 73 

CLEP Exams 69 

Cognate Courses 76 

Collection Policy 23 

College Administration 274 

College Plaza 9 

College Publications . 44 

Collegedale Church 9 

Commercial Auxiliaries Managers , , . . 275 

Computer Center , 9 

Computer Science, Courses in 133 

Computer Science and Technology . . . 127 
Computer Technology, Courses in .... 136 

Concert-Lecture Series 45 

Conduct Standards 45 

Correspondence Work 70 

Counseling 43 

Course Load 62 

Course Numbers 76 

Course Sequence 76 

Credit Cards 27 

Daniells Hall 9 

Dean's List 57 

Degree Requirements. Basic 47 

Degrees Offered 58-60 

Associate Degrees 58-60 

Bachelor of Arts 58-60 

Bachelor of Music 60 

Bachelor of Science 58-60 

Bachelor of Business 

Administration 59 

Bachelor of Social Work , . 58 

General Education 

Requirements 51 

Major and Minor 

Requirements 57 

Dental Hygiene 81 

Dentistry 268 

Dining Services .,,,... 42 

Dismissal . . . 65 

Distinguished Dean's List 57 

E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 72 

Earth Science, Courses in 249 

Ecology, Courses in 100 

Economics, Courses in , 115 

Education 152 

Courses in 152 

Certification 147 

See Bachelor of Arts, Psychology 
Leading to Licensure K-8 

See Bachelor of Science, Social 
Science Leading to Licensure 1-8 

Elementary Education 149 

Eligibility Criteria/ 

Leadership Posts 45 

Emeriti Faculty 277 

Employment Service 44 

English, Courses in 166 

English, Proficiency in 13 

Engineering, Courses in , 162 

Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ 

Concert Series 72 

Examinations 

Attendance 68 



Credit by 69 

CLEP 69 

Special 68 

Special Fees 16 

Expenses 15 

Facilities 9 

Faculty 

Committees 286 

Directory 278 

Emeriti , . 277 

Family Rebate 15 

Financial Information 15 

Aid , 30 

Grants 37 

Loans 38 

Satisfactory Academic 

Progress for 32 

Scholarships 36 

Veterans 35 

Banking and Cash Withdrawals 26 

Credit Refund 25 

Expenses 15 

Advance Payments 19 

Application Fee 14 

Estimated Student Budget 15 

Food Service 18 

Housing 17 

International Student Deposit .... 19 

Late Registration 17 

Post Graduate Tuition ..... . 29 

Special Fees and Charges ........ 16 

Student Costs 15 

Student Tithing 28 

Tuition 15 

Tuition Refunds 25 

Family Rebate . . » 15 

Methods of Payment 20 

Florence Oliver Anderson 

Lecture Series 72 

Florida Campus 241 

Foreign Study 210 

French, Courses in » . . 212 

Freshman Standing 10 

Freshman Year Experience, Course ... 227 
Full-Time Student 63 

General Education, Purpose of 51 

General Education, Objectives 51-55 

General Education Requirements . . . 51-55 

General Studies 266 

Geography, Courses in 185 

German, Courses in 212 

Grading System 63 

Graduation Requirements 50 

Graduation with Honors 57 

Graphic Arts 189 

Greek, Courses in 265 

Grievance Procedure 67 

Guidance and Counseling 43 

Hackman Hall 9 

Health Education, Courses in 176 

Health Insurance . 26 

Health, Physical Education 

and Recreation, Courses in 174 



290 



Index 



Health Service . . 43 

History of the College 7 

History, Courses in 183 

Honor Roll 57 

Honors, Graduation with 57 

Honors Program 55 

Honors Studies Sequence 56 

Housing 17 

Deposit 18 

Humanities, Courses in 227 

I.D. Card Replacement 17 

Incompletes , 63 

Industrial Technology . . 187 

Instructional Media 74 

Insurance 26 

Interdepartmental Programs 266 

Interest on Past-Due Balance 23 

International Students 12,19 

Internship Tuition Charges 24 

Journalism, Courses in 199 

Key Replacement 17 

Labor Regulations 27 

Foreign Students 28 

Late Registration 61 

Law 269 

Ledford Hall 9 

Libraries 74 

Library Science, Courses in 228 

Literature, Courses in 167 

Loans 38 

Location of College 8 

Lynn Wood Hall 9 

Major and Minor Requirements ...... 57 

Marine Biological Field Station 74 

Mathematics, Courses in .......... 206 

Mazie Herin Hall , . . . 9 

McKee Library 74 

Medical Science 266 

Medical Technology, Course in 77 

Medicine 270 

Miller Hall 9 

Minors 

Art 86 

Behavioral Science 91 

Biblical Languages 256 

Biology 98 

Broadcast Journalism 198 

Business Administration 113 

Chemistry 124 

Computer Science 128 

Education . 142 

English 166 

French 211 

German 211 

Health, Physical Education, 

and Recreation 172 

History 182 

Journalism (News Editorial) 198 

Marketing 113 



Mathematics 206 

Music , 220 

Office Administration . 113 

Physics 245 

Political Economy 183 

Pre-Health Info Administration » ... 113 

Psychology 138 

Public Relations 199 

Religion * 259 

Sociology 91 

Spanish 211 

Technology 187 

Modern Languages, Courses in 212 

Music, Courses in 220 

Curricula 216 

Bachelor of Music ♦ . . . 216 

Bachelor of Arts 219 

Ensembles 225 

Fees 16 

Non departmental i 227 

Nursing, Courses in 235 

Accreditation 231 

Admission Requirements 

Lower Division 232 

Upper Division 236 

Expenses 15 

Loans 38 

Scholarships 36 

Nutrition Course 227 

Objectives of the College 6 

Occupational Therapy 81 

Occupational Therapy Assistant 80 

Office Administration, Courses in ... . 119 
One-Year Certificate 
Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing . 188 

Optometry 271 

Organizations 45 

Orientation Program 44 

Orlando Campus 241 

Osteopathic Medicine 272 

Overseas Study 210 

Pass/Fail Courses 174 

Petition 66 

Pharmacy 272 

Philosophy of College , 6 

Physical Education Building 9 

Physical Education, Courses in 174 

Physical Therapy 82 

Physical Therapy Assistant 80 

Physics, Courses in 246 

Pierson Lecture Series 74 

Placement 44 

Political Science, Courses in 185 

Post Graduate Tuition Plan 29 

Pre- Professional and 

Technical Curricula 60,268 

Anesthesia 268 

Dental Hygiene 83 

Dentistry 268 

Engineering 172 

Graphic Arts 200 

Law 269 

Medical Technology 80 



291 



Index 



Medicine 270 

Occupational Therapy 77 

Optometry 271 

Osteopathy 272 

Pharmacy 272 

Physical Therapy 82 

Pre-Health 

Information Administration 113 

Radiologic Technology 80 

Respiratory Therapy ♦ 80 

Technical Plant Services 189 

Veterinary Medicine 273 

Privacy (Student Records) 64 

Probation 65 

Programs of Study 58 

Prospective Graduates 50 

Psychology, Courses in 157 

Public Relations, Courses in * . 202 

Publications 44,193 

Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 75 

Rebate, Family 15 

Refund Policy 25 

Credit Refund 25 

Financial Aid Refund Policy 34 

Registration . 61 

Rehabilitation Act 42 

Religion Center 9 

Religion, Courses in 259 

Religious Organizations . . 45 

Residence Halls 42 

Residence Requirements 50 

Respiratory Therapy 80 

Right of Petition 66 

Rosario Beach Marine Field Station . . 104 

Satisfactory Academic Progress 31 

Scholarships 36 

Scholastic Probation 65 

Secondary Education 142 

Senior Citizen Tuition Policy 30 

Senior Placement Service 44 

Sequence of Courses 76 

Service Auxiliaries, Managers .... 276 

Setting of College 8 

SC Students 9 

Social Work t Courses in 91 

Sociology, Courses in 93 

Southern Scholars Benefits 16 

Spalding Elementary School 19 

Spanish, Courses in , 212 



Special Student 12 

Special Fees and Charges 16 

Speech, Courses in 169 

Speech-Language Pathology 

and Audiology 80 

Staley Christian Scholar 

Lecture Series 73 

Standards of Conduct . 45 

Student Association 44 

Student Center 9 

Student Employment Service 44 

Student Life and Services 42 

Student Records 64 

Study and Work Load 62 

Subject Requirements for Admissions 11 

Summer School, Class Load 62 

Summerour Hall 9 

Talge Hall 9 

Teacher Education Certification . . . 148 

Technology, Courses in 189 

Thatcher Hall 9 

Tithe and Church Expense 28 

Transcripts 24,50,70 

Transfer of Credit 51 

Transfer Students 11 

Trustees, Board of 274 

Tuition and Fees . 15 

Tuition Payment Plans 20 

Tuition Refunds 25 

Tuition Waivers 24 

Upper Division Credit 51 

Veterans 35 

Veterinary Medicine 273 

Waiver Examinations 69 

Wellness Management 173 

Withdrawals 25 

hynn Wood Hall 9 

J. Mabel Wood Hall 9 

Work Regulations 27 

Work-Study Schedule 62 

Worship Services 46 

Wright Hall 9 

Writing (W) Courses 52,76 

WSMC FM90.5 75 

Zoology, Courses in 101 



The Southern College CATALOG is published annually by the Office of the Vice President 
for Academic Administration. 

CREDITS 



Catalog Editor: 

Cherilyn J. Smith 

Information Consultant: 

Mary El am 

Cover Design: 

Publications Office 



Production: 

The College Press 

SPECIAL THANKS 

Sheila Draper 
Carol Loree 



292 



mimi t r?t9,AS' vent '?AynJy.Mp.Kee_jLib_. 

fii 




For Reference 



Not to be taken 



from this library